tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 0.

1 (S§)
Service Manual EFG 2xx 13xx

Index

Chapter 1 Operating Instructions

Chapter 2 Technical Description of Components

Chapter 3 Test and Setting Values / General Truck Data EFG 2xx / 3xx
Chapter 4 Truck Maintenance

Chapter 5 Service Manual Items

Chapter 6 AS 4812F and AS 4814H CAN Bus Controllers

Chapter 7 LISA and Parameters

Chapter 8 Electrical Wiring Diagrams

Chapter 9 Hydraulic Diagrams

Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid danger to personnel.

S Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material damage.

Used before explanations.

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 1.1 (SB)
1. Operating Instructions

EFG 2xx EFG 3xx

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.

CD 52025576 © 52025602 © 52025615 © 52025655

(GB) 52025577 <TR) 52025603 (GB) 52025616 (TR) 52025656

CD 52025578 (RUS) 52025604 © 52025617 (RUS) 52025658

<NL) 52025579 © 52025605 © 52025618 ® 52025660

CD 52025580 © 52025606 © 52025619 © 52025663

ÿ 52025591 (USA) 52025607 0 52025620 (USA) 52025664
(DK) 52025592 (DK) 52025641

CD 52025593 © 52025645
(RUS) 52025594 (RUS) 52025647

© 52025595 © 52025648

CD 52025596 © 52025649
(GR) 52025597 (GR) 52025650

© 52025598 © 52025651

CD 52025599 © 52025652
(PL) 52025600 (PL) 52025653

© 52025601 © 52025654
EFG 316k/ 316/318k/ 3181320 08. 04-

Operating instructions

52025616
07.08

Dungheinrich
 Foreword
The present ORIGINAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS are designed to provide
sufficient instruction for the safe operation of the industrial truck. The information is
provided clearly and concisely. The chapters are arranged by letter. Each chapter
starts with page 1. The page identification consists of a chapter letter and a page
number.
For example: Page B 2 is the second page in chapter B.
The operating instructions detail different truck models. When operating and servicing
the truck, make sure that the instructions apply to your truck model.

Safety instructions and important explanations are indicated by the following

graphics:

Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid danger to

personnel.
Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material damage.
Used before notices and explanations.

• Used to indicate standard equipment.

O Used to indicate optional equipment.

Our trucks are subject to ongoing development. Jungheinrich reserves the right to
alter the design, equipment and technical features of the truck. No guarantee of
particular features of the truck should therefore be inferred from the present operating
instructions.
Copyright
Copyright of these operating instructions remains with JUNGHEINRICH AG.

Jungheinrich Aktiengesellschaft

Am Stadtrand 35
22047 Hamburg - GERMANY

Telephone: +49 (0) 40/6948-0

www.jungheinrich.com

CD
CD
CO
o
o
 Table of contents
A Correct use and application of the truck

B Truck description

1 Description of application B1
2 Description of assemblies and functions B2
2.1 Description of truck B3
3 Technical data of standard version B4
3.1 Performance data B6
3.2 Weights (all weights in kg) B6
3.3 Tyres B7
3.4 EN standards B8
3.5 Conditions for application B8
4 Location of instruction labels and identification plates B9
4.1 Truck identification plate B 10
4.2 Capacity label Truck B 10
4.3 Capacity label Fork tines (basic device) B 11
4.4 Capacity label Attachment B 11

C Transportation and commissioning

1 Transportation by crane C1
2 Securing the truck during transport C1
3 First commissioning C3
4 Moving of the truck without own drive C4

D Battery - Servicing, recharging, replacement

1 Safety regulations governing the handling of lead-acid batteries D1

2 Battery type D2
3 Opening the battery hood with support system (optional) D3
4 Open battery hood D4
5 Charging the battery D5
5.1 Charger socket (O) D6
6 Removing and installing the battery D7
7 Closing battery cover D8
8 Battery discharge indicator, battery discharge monitor,
operating hour meter D8

h-
O

I1
E Operation
1 Safety instructions for floor conveyor operation E1
2 Description of the operating controls and indicators E2
2.1 Dashboard switches E4
2.2 Operating console switches E4
2.3 Multi function display E5
2.4 Warning indicators, push buttons, and switches E6
2.5 Displays E7
2.6 Setting the time E7
2.7 Driver's display warning messages E8
3 Commissioning the truck E9
3.1 Checks and actions before routine start-up E9
3.2 Trucks with reduced headroom X (O) E9
3.3 Adjustment of driver's seat E 10
3.4 Adjusting the steering column E 11
3.5 Provide operatability E 11
3.6 Trucks with heating (O) E 12
3.7 Safety belt E 13
3.8 Automatic/Mechanical Support System (optional) E 15
4 Working with the floor conveyor E 17
4.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck E 17
4.2 Driving E 19
4.3 Steering E 22
4.4 Braking E 22
45 Operating the lifting device and attachments (SOLO-PILOT) E 24
4.6 Operating the lifting device and attachments (Multi Pilot) E 26
4.7 Picking up, transporting and setting down of loads E 28
4.8 Safe parking of the truck E 31
4.9 Trailer towing E 32
5 Fault location E 33
5.1 Temperature monitoring E 33

m
O
cd
o
h-
o
 F Maintenance of the fork lift truck

1 Operational safety and environmental protection F1

2 Safety regulations applicable to truck maintenance F1
3 Servicing and inspection F3
4 Maintenance check list for EFG 316/318/320 F4
5 Lubrication plan for EFG 316/318/320 F6
5.1 Consumption type materials F7
6 Instructions for the servicing operations F8
6.1 Preparing the truck for the performance of servicing and
maintenance operations F8
6.2 Open rear cover F8
6.3 Check fixing of the wheels F8
6.4 Check hydraulic oil level F9
6.5 Check the transmission oil level F 10
6.6 Let off oil F 10
6.7 Refill oil F 10
6.8 Changing of hydraulic oil filter F 10
6.9 Checking the brake fluid F 11
6.10 Safety belt maintenance F11
6.1 1 Checking the electric fuses F 12
6.12 Recommissioning the truck F 13
7 Decommissioning the fork lift truck F 13
7.1 Operations to be performed prior to decommissioning F 13
7.2 Measures to be taken during decommissioning F 13
7.3 Recommissioning the truck F 14
8 Safety tests to be performed at intervals and after unusual events F 14
9 Final de-commissioning, disposal F 14

CO
U
CO
o
N-
o
 A Correct use and application of the truck
|ÿ"| The ..Guidelines for the Correct Use and Application of Industrial Trucks" (VDMA) are
included in the scope of delivery for this truck. The guidelines are part of these oper¬
ating instructions and must always be heeded. National regulations are fully applica¬
ble.
The fork-lift truck described in these operating instructions is a truck that is suitable
for lifting and transporting loads.
It must be used, operated and maintained according to the information in these oper¬
ating instructions. Any other uses are outside the design envelope and can lead to
injury to persons or damage to equipment and property. Above all, overloading
caused by excessively heavy or unbalanced loads must be avoided. The max. admis¬
sible load to be picked up is indicated on the identification plate or load diagram label
shown on the truck. The operator must ensure that damaged and/or poorly readable
load diagrams are renewed. The fork-lift truck must not be operated in spaces subject
to fire or explosion hazards, or in spaces where corrosive or very dusty atmospheres
prevail.

Duties of the user: A „user" within the meaning of these operating instructions is de¬
fined as any natural or legal person who either uses the fork-lift truck himself, or on
whose behalf it is used. In special cases (e.g. leasing or renting), the user is consid¬
ered the person, who, in accordance with existing contractual agreements between
the owner and the user of the fork-lift truck, is charged with the observance of the op¬
erating duties.
The user must ensure that the truck is not abused and only used within its design lim¬
its and that all danger to life and limb of the operator, or third parties, is avoided. In
addition to this, it must be ensured that the relevant accident prevention regulations
and other safety-related provisions, as well as the operating, servicing and mainte¬
nance guidelines, are observed. The user must also ensure that all persons operating
the truck have read and understood these operating instructions.

If these operating instructions are not observed the warranty becomes void. The
same applies if improper works are carried out at the device by the customer and/or
third parties without permission of our Customer Service.
Mounting of attachments: The mounting or installation of any attachments which
will interfere with, or supplement, the functions of the truck is permitted only after writ¬
ten approval by the manufacturer has been obtained. If necessary, the approval of
local authorities has to be obtained.
Any approval obtained from local authorities does not, however, make the approval
by the manufacturer unnecessary.

Trailing and slipping loads: The truck may only be used for trailing or slipping loads
for which the truck has been approved.

CD

A 1
 B Truck description
1 Description of application

EFG is an electric four-wheel driver-seat fork lift truck. The truck is a cantilever coun¬
terweight stacker which is able to unload trucks by means of the load lifting device
mounted to the stacker front and depose the load on ramps or on stacks. Also closed-
ground pallets can be picked up.

Vehicle types and maximum load capacity.

Model max. load capacity*) Load centre

EFG 316k 1600 kg 500 mm
EFG 316 1600 kg 500 mm
EFG 318k 1800 kg 500 mm
EFG 318 1800 kg 500 mm
EFG 320 2000 kg 500 mm

*) The capacity labels fixed to the vehicle are binding for the load capacity

h-
O

B1
2 Description of assemblies and functions

Item Designation
1
2
•• Overhead guard
Driver's seat
3
4
•• Counterweight
Batteries
5
6
•• Drive axle
Fork carrier
7
• Hoist frame
8
• Steering system

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

B2
 2.1 Description of truck

Steering system (8): Low steering forces of 15 N and a good transmission ratio with
5-6 revolutions of the steering wheel enable comfortable and quick steering. The
number of wearing parts has been minimised by means of the rack steering offering
the advantage of a compact steering unit.

Driver s seat (2): The driver's seat is the centre of the fork-lift truck. This is where
you find the particular advantages of our vehicles. The Multi-Pilot (option) offers very
comfortable operation since it combines all hydraulic functions and even the drive se¬
lection switch in just one lever. The truck is equipped with a comfortable seat, an ad¬
justable steering column and places of deposit for the papers and personal things of
the driver. The overhead guard (2) is prepared for a driver's cabin which can be ret¬
rofitted quickly.

Electrical system/electronics: State-of-the-art three-phase AC power via CAN bus

for a minimum of cabling. Thereby we achieve a lower susceptibility to cable parting
and a much quicker fault localisation. The complex control system is simple, safe and
built up in a flexible way. Depending on the load and the environment, the driver can
select between 5 driving programmes: from heavy duty to energy saving. A very com¬
fortable and especially quick fault analysis and programming can be carried out via
PC.
Drive and brake: The 2-motor front wheel drive assures optimum traction results at
the driven wheels. Each motor is driven proportionally to the steering angle at the pre¬
cisely required speed. The power supply is carried out proportionally to the steering
angle.
The hydraulically operated oil bath multiple plate brake is virtually maintenance-free
as service brake. The encapsulation of the transmission allows operation even in
harsh environments. Furthermore the speed of the stacker is reduced by means of
the generator drive motors until standstill. Thereby the energy consumption is mini¬
mised. The fork-lift truck does not start to move even when standing on a ramp.
Hydraulic system: All functions are to be carried out sensitively, proportionally and
simultaneously (if not limiting the safety). In order to achieve higher efficiency one hy¬
draulic aggregate and one steering booster motor work separately. The micro pres¬
sure filter can be changed from the upper side (without loss of hydraulic oil).

Hoist frame (7): Our aim is visibility optimisation. The cold-milled, high-strength steel
profiles are extraordinary thin with the result of very good visibility on the forks, espe¬
cially in case of the three-level hoist frame. The same positive results were achieved
for the fork carrier.
The hoist rails and the fork carrier run on constantly lubricated and hence mainte¬
nance-free angular rollers.

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

B3
3 Technical data of standard version

EFG EFG EFG EFG EFG

Designation
316k 316 318k 318 320
h! Height with hoist frame retracted 2125 2125 2125 2125 2125 mm
h2 Free lift 100 100 100 100 100 mm
h3 Length of lift 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 mm
, Height with hoist frame extend-
h4 ed 3850 3850 3885 3885 3885 mm

h6 Height above protective roof 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 mm

h7 Height of seat 890 890 890 890 890 mm
. Height of clutch 410/ 410/ 410/ 410/ 410/
mm
n10 580 580 580 580 580
L1 Length including fork 2990 3100 2990 3100 3100 mm
L2 Length including fork backing 1990 2100 1990 2100 2100 mm
b., Total width 1060 1060 1120 1120 1120 mm
e Fork width 100 100 100 100 100 mm
Road clearance with load below
m1 hoist frame 90 90 90 90 90 mm

Road clearance centre wheel

m2 base 100 100 100 100 100 mm

Width of corridors
Ast for pallets 800 x 1200 longitudi¬ 3660 3770 3660 3770 3770 mm
nal axis
Width of corridors
Ast for pallets 1000 x 1200 trans¬ 3460 3570 3460 3570 3570 mm
versely
Wa Turning circle 1910 2020 1910 2020 2020 mm
x Load spacing 350 350 350 350 350 mm
y Wheel base 1380 1490 1380 1490 1490 mm

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

B4
0708. GB
3.1 Performance data

Designation EFG EFG EFG EFG EFG

316k 316 318k 318 320
Q Load capacity
1600 1600 1800 1800 2000 kg
(at C = 500 mm) *)
C Load centre
500 500 500 500 500 mm
distance
Driving speed with /
17/17 17/17 17/17 17/17 17/17 km/h
without load
Lifting speed Lifting 0.50/ 0.50/ 0.44/ 0.44/ 0.40/
m/s
with / without load 0.65 0.65 0.56 0.56 0.56
Lifting speed
0.55/ 0.55/ 0.55/ 0.55/ 0.55/
Lowering m/s
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
with / without load
Hill climbing ability
(30 min) with / 7.5/12.5 7.0/11.5 6.0/10.5 6.0/10.5 5.5/10.5 %
without load
Max. hill climbing
ability (5 min) with / 27/35 27/35 26/35 25/35 24/35 %
without load
Acceleration (10m)
3.8/3.4 3.8/3.4 3.9/3.5 3.9/3.5 4.0/3.5 s
with / without load

*) with hoist frame in vertical position

3.2 Weights (all weights in kg)

Designation EFG EFG EFG EFG EFG

316k 316 318k 318 320
Dead weight 2850 3020 3130 3220 3230
(including battery)
Axle load front (without load) 1350 1370 1500 1420 1530
Axle load front (with load) 3940 3890 4410 4250 4675
Axle load back (without load) 1500 1650 1630 1800 1700
Axle load back (with load) 510 730 520 770 555

o
h-
O
 3.3 Tyres

Model EFG316 EFG318 EFG320

SE 18x7-8, 16PR 200/50-10
Tyre size, front Rubber 18x7x12 1/8" 18x8x 12 1/8
180/70-8
Pneumatic Diagonal, Not available
16 PR; 7bar
SE 16x6-8
Tyre size, rear Rubber 16x5x10 1/2"
150/75-8
Pneumatic Diagonal, Not available
16PR; 7 bar

Q Permissible tyres: See chapter F "Forklift Truck Maintenance". For any queries ple¬
ase contact your Jungheinrich customer adviser.

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o
3.4 EN standards

Continuous sound level: 67 dB(A)

according to EN 12053 as stipulated in ISO 4871

Q The continuous sound level is a value averaged according to standard regulations,

taking the sound pressure level into account when driving, lifting and idling. The
sound pressure level is measured at the ear.

Vibration: 1.05 m/s2

according to EN 13059

Q The swinging acceleration acting on the body in its operating position is, according to
standard regulations, the linear integrated, weighted acceleration in the vertical
plane. It is determined by driving over bumps with a constant speed.

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

The manufacturer confirms compliance with the limit val¬
ues for electromagnetic emission and interference immu¬
nity as well as testing of static electricity discharge ac¬
cording to EN 12895 and the references to other
standards contained therein.

Q Electrical or electronic components and their arrangement may only be modified after
written approval by the manufacturer has been obtained.

3.5 Conditions for application

Ambient temperature:

- during operation: -20°C to 40°C

p>| Special equipment and a special approval are required if fork-lifttrucks are operated
under continued extreme temperature or humidity fluctuations.

o
CO
o
h-
O

B8
 Location of instruction labels and identification plates

ÿroÿ> Warning and information labels, such as capacity diagrams, attachment points and
identification plates, must be readable at all times or be replaced, if necessary.

If

CJ

1° I"*'! 1 I I

Item Designation
3 Identification plate
9 Label adjustment steering column
10 Label lifting point
13 Capacity plate
17 Label hydraulic function (Multi-Pilot)
18 Label Observe operating instructions
19 Label Driving with lifted load, forward inclination of mast with lifted load not
permitted
20 Label Not on load, not underneath load, danger of contusion
21 Label inspection sticker
22 Test sticker (O)
23 Label Fit locations
30 Label Warning in case of overturn
31 Label Transport of passengers not permitted
CO 32 Label Hydraulic oil
0 33 Label lifting limitation
CO
o 34 "Maximum body size" notice
h-
o

B9
4.1 Truck identification plate

46
XX xxxx I
XXX xxxx I 45
xxxxx
xxxxxxx _ xxxxxxxxxxxxx
-ÿesggggyyvxyx i ÿ
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 44
xxxxxxxxxxx I * xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx
Xxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx 43
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx #
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
ÿXXXXXXXtvSxTxaaaXXX _ xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
42

xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx

C€ 41

40

Item Designation Item Designation

35 Type 41 Manufacturer
36 Serial No. 42 Min./max. battery weight in kg
37 Rated capacity in kg 43 Drive power in kW
38 Battery: Voltage V 44 Load centre distance in mm
39 Empty weight without battery in kg 45 Year of manufacture
40 Manufacturer logo 46 Option

fÿl In the event of queries relating to the truck or spare part orders, please state the serial
no. (36) of the truck.

4.2 Capacity label Truck

The capacity Label Truck (13) indicates the load capacity Q of the truck in kg with
hoist frame in vertical position. The maximum load capacity at a specific load centre
D (in mm) and the desired lifting height H (in mm) is given in a table.
Example:

Nr.
13 6 (kg)
h3 (mm}

4250 850 850 600

1105 1105 850
3600
1250 1250 850
2900

D(mm)| 500 | 600 | 700

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

B 10
 Example for determination of maximum load capacity:
In case of a load centre D of 600 mm and a maximum lifting height H of 3600 mm the
maximum load capacity Q is 1105 kg.

4.3 Capacity label Fork tines (basic device)

The capacity label Fork tines indicates the load capacity Q of the fork tines in kg. The
maximum load capacity at different load centres D is given in a diagram (in mm).

Nr.

h3 (mm) Q (kg)

D (mm)

4.4 Capacity label Attachment

The attachment load diagram indicates the carrying capacity Q of the truck in connec¬
tion with the respective attachment in kg. The attachment serial number indicated in
the load diagram must correspond to the ID plate of the attachment, since the manu¬
facturer must state the carrying capacity specially for each attachment. It is indicated
in the same way as the carrying capacity of the truck itself and must be determined
accordingly.

The arrow-shaped markings (47 and 48)

at the inner and outer mast indicate the
lifting height limits that are prescribed in
the load diagram.

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

B 11
 C Transportation and commissioning
1 Transportation by crane

//j\ Only use lifting equipment with sufficient

carrying capacity
(loading weight = own weight + battery
weight; see identification plate of the
truck).

- Park the truck and render it safe (refer

to chapter E).
- Attach the lifting gear to the cross
member of the hoist frame (1) and to
the tow bar (2).

/j\ The lifting gear must be attached to the

attachment points in such a manner that
it absolutely cannot slip and cannot
come into contact with any attachments
or the overhead guard of the truck when
the truck is lifted.

2 Securing the truck during transport

A The fork lift truck must be properly secured with wedges and restraints during trans¬
port on a lorry or trailer. The lorry or trailer must be equipped with lashing rings and a
wooden floor. Perform loading with suitably trained specialist staff according to the
recommendations of VDI 2700 and VDI 2703 guidelines. Correct dimensioning and
implementation of load securing measures is required for every separate case.

CO
q
m-
o
to
o

C1
 To lash down the fork lift truck with the lifting mast installed use the eyes on the top
cross beam of the mast and the trailer coupling pin.

Lashing and wedging with the lifting mast installed

To transport the fork lift truck without lifting mast perform lashing across the overhead
guard front.

Lashing and wedging without lifting mast

m
(J
ÿsT
O
in
o

C2
 Approximate centre of gravity

3 First commissioning

<stop) Commisioning and instruction of the driver must only be carried out by personnel with
appropriate training. If several trucks are delivered it must be assured that only load
suspension devices, hoist frames and basic trucks with identical series number are
assembled

Drive truck with battery power only.

Rectified alternate current will damage
the electronics. Cables connected to the
battery (towing cable) must be less than
6 meters in length.

In order to prepare the truck for work fol¬

lowing delivery or transportation, the fol¬
lowing operations must be performed:

- Check equipment for completeness.

- Check the battery connections.
- Commission truck as specified
(refer to chapter E).

CO
q
o
10
o

C3
4 Moving of the truck without own drive

If the truck must be put on tow, proceed as follows:

- Connect tow-bar or tow to the trailer coupling of the recovery vehicle and to the
truck to be recovered.
- Remove battery plug (refer to chapter D).
- Release parking brake.
A person must sit on the driver's seat of the truck on tow in order to do the steering.
Do not drive the truck on tow faster than walking pace.

Q Since the truck's steering booster is switched off, a higher expenditure of force is nec¬
essary to steer the truck.

m
q
o
in
o

C4
 D Battery - Servicing, recharging, replace¬
ment
1 Safety regulations governing the handling of lead-acid batteries

The truck must be parked and rendered safe before any operations on batteries are
undertaken (refer to chapter E).
Servicing staff: Recharging, servicing and replacing of batteries must only be per¬
formed by qualified personnel. The instructions contained in this operating manual,
and the instructions of the manufacturer of the battery and of the battery recharging
station, must be observed when performing the above operations.

Fire protection measures: Smoking and naked flames are not permitted when han¬
dling batteries. No inflammable substances or spark-generating materials must be
present or stored within a distance of 2 meters of the truck parked for battery recharg¬
ing. The location must be well ventilated and fire fighting equipment must be kept
ready.

Servicing of batteries: The battery cell screw caps must be kept dry and clean. Ter¬
minals and cable shoes must be clean, lightly greased with pole grease and must be
securely tightened. Batteries with bare terminal posts must be covered using a non-
skid insulating mat.

Disposal of the battery: Batteries must only be disposed of as stipulated in the na¬
tional environmental protection regulations or waste disposal provisions. The manu¬
facturer's specifications for the disposal must be heeded.

Before closing the battery hood, make sure that the battery cable cannot be dam¬
aged.

Batteries contain dissolved acid which is toxic and caustic. For this reason, protective
clothing and goggles must be worn whenever work is undertaken on batteries. Avoid
physical contact with battery acid.
If clothing, skin or eyes accidentally come into contact with battery acid, liberally flush
the affected parts with clean water. Consult a doctor when skin or eyes come into con¬
tact with battery acid. Spilled battery acid must be immediately neutralized.

Only batteries with closed tray may be used.

Battery weight and dimensions have considerable influence on operational safety of

the truck. Changing the battery equipment is not permitted without prior approval by
the manufacturer.

CD

h-
O

D1
2 Battery type

Depending on the use, the truck is equipped with different types of batteries.
The table below shows the capacity of the batteries and also the combinations used
as standard equipment:

EFG 316k 48 V - 5PzS - Battery 550 Ah

EFG 316 48 V - 6PzS - Battery 660 Ah
EFG 318k 48 V - 5PzS - Battery 550 Ah
EFG 318 48 V - 6PzS - Battery 660 Ah
EFG 320 48 V - 6PzS - Battery 660 Ah

For the battery weight, refer to the battery identification plate.

When changing/replacing the battery you must make sure that the battery is safely
fastened in the battery compartment of the truck.
Battery weight and dimensions have a considerable influence on the stability of the
truck. For this reason, the dimensions and weight of the batteries must correspond to
the following table and drawing. Operation of the truck with non-conforming batteries
is only allowed with prior approval by the manufacturer.

similar to
Drive battery 48 V
DIN 43535
Dimension (mm) Norn, weight
Truck
L max. B max. H1 +/- 2 mm H2 +/- 2 mm (-5/+8%)in kg
EFG 500 - 630
830 630 612 627 856
3 16k/31 8k Ah
EFG 600 - 720
830 738 612 627 1013
316/318/320 Ah

I 1
[O U)
H2
HI

L B

m
O
cd
o
I-
o

D2
 3 Opening the battery hood with support system (optional)

/j\ If the truck is equipped with a support system, the battery hood can only be opened
when the safety straps are swivelled downwards.

- In case of the automatic support system, lock the stop knob (2) and swivel the
straps downwards.

CO

h-
o

D3
 Open battery hood

Park the truck and render it safe (see chapter E).

- Release lock of the steering column
(1) push steering column forward and
secure it in this position.
Pay special attention when locking and
unlocking the hood of the control valve.

With Multi-Pilot (option):

- Pull control valve cover (2) forward un¬
til it engages.
- Carefully fold back battery cover with
driver's seat (3).
With Solo-Pilot:

- Unlatch control valve cover (2) by

pressing lever (4) and swivel forward.
- Carefully fold back battery cover with
driver's seat (3).

- Withdraw the battery connector (5).

- Remove insulation mat from battery, if
necessary.

ÿstop) The battery connector and the socket

must only be connected or disconnected
with the master switch and the battery
charger switched off.

m
O
cd
o
I-
o

D4
 5 Charging the battery

- Open the battery hood (see „Open battery hood").

<stop> The battery and the charger must only be connected or disconnected with the battery
charger switched off.
The surface of the battery cells must be exposed to provide sufficient ventilation.
Metal objects must not be placed on the battery.

Prior to starting the recharging operation, check all cable connections and plugged
connections for visible damage.
- Connect charging cable to battery
charger by means of the battery con¬
nector (5).
- Switch on the battery charger and
charge battery according to the speci¬
fications of the battery supplier and
the battery charger supplier.

stop) The safety instructions provided by the battery supplier and battery charger supplier
must be strictly observed. It is absolutely necessary to keep the battery hood open
during the charging process to ensure evaporation of gases formed during charging.
Smoking or naked flames are strictly forbidden when handling batteries. Explosion
hazard!

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

D5
5.1 Charger socket (O)

- Park the truck securely (see chapter E).

<stop> Always connect and disconnect the battery and charger when the charger is switched
w off.

- Connect the charger lead of the bat¬

tery charger station to the charger
socket (6).
- Depending on the battery you may
need to connect the water (7) to the
battery charger station.
The charging process is monitored elec¬
trically. The truck is automatically pre¬
vented from being operated and a fan
inside the truck is activated to ventilate
the battery.

(stop> Always check the fans each time you

charge.
The fans are located behind the side
panel (8) below the seat.
- Switch on the battery charging station
and charge the battery in accordance
with the battery and charging station
manufacturers' instructions.
Use only chargers with a max. 160 A
charging current.

It is essential to follow the safety regula¬

tions of the battery and charging station
manufacturers. The fan must be in per¬
manent operation during charging to allow the charging gases to dissipate. Do not
use fire or naked flames. Risk of explosion!

m
O
cd
o
I-
o

D6
 6 Removing and installing the battery

Open battery hood

(see „Open battery hood").
Pull out side door (9,10).

Batteries with exposed terminals or connectors must be covered with a rubber mat to
prevent short-circuits. When changing the battery with the aid of a lifting gear ensure
that the lifting gear is of adequate capacity (the battery weight is indicated on the bat¬
tery identification plate at the battery trough). The lifting gear is led through the open¬
ing of the overhead guard and must pull in a vertical direction to prevent damage to
the battery trough. Lifting hooks must be applied in such a way to the battery lifting
eyes that, with the lifting gear slack, they will not drop on to the battery cells.

- Attach lifting gear to the battery

trough.
- Lift battery over the frame on the right
side and pull it to the side.

- Installation is in the reverse order.

When replacing batteries, ensure that a battery of the same type is fitted. After rein¬
stallation of the battery, visually check all leads and connectors for damage. All hoods
and side doors must be securely locked.
During replacement/installation of the battery, pay attention that the battery is tight in
the battery box of the truck.

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

D7
7 Closing battery cover

With Multi-Pilot (option):

- Pull control valve cover forward and
simultaneously unlatch it by pressing
lever (4). Control valve cover moves
back by itself.
With Solo-Pilot:
- After closing the battery cover, swivel
control valve cover to the back until it
engages.

8 Battery discharge indicator, battery discharge monitor, operating hour meter

Battery discharge indicator: The multifunction display indicates the battery dis¬
charge state (12) in 10% steps (100% = 100% battery capacity, 0% = 20% battery
capacity).

The manufacturer setting of the bat¬

tery discharge indicator/ discharge
monitor is standard batteries. i )((©)
If maintenance-free batteries are
used, the indicator must be adjust¬
ed in such a way that the T symbol
appears behind the percent specifi¬
cation. If this setting is not selected
h iff Code Time . ,y%
the battery may be damaged due to 888-008 100ÿ° -JjU
a complete discharge. Contact the
customer service of the truck man¬
ufacturer if you need to adjust the
instrument.

It is required to recharge the bat¬

tery, if the residual capacity
amounts to 20% for standard bat¬
teries or 40% for maintenance-free
batteries.

Battery discharge monitor: If the residual capacity falls below the specified mini¬
mum value, the lifting function is switched off. An appropriate message appears on
the multifunction display.

[ÿ1
—
The lifting function will only then be released, if the connected battery is reloaded by
min. 40%.
Operating hour meter: The operating hours (11) are indicated next to the loading
status of the battery. The service hours are counted when the truck is switched on
and the seat switch is closed.

o
CO
o
h-
O

D8
 E Operation
1 Safety instructions for floor conveyor operation

Driving permission: The floor conveyor must only be operated by personnel that
have been adequately trained and have proved to the persons in charge or their rep¬
resentatives their ability to handle the truck correctly and who have been explicitly en¬
trusted with the operation of the truck.
Rights, duties and conduct of the driver: The driver must have been informed
about his rights and duties and must have been trained in the operation of the floor
conveyor. In addition, it is required that he knows the contents of theses operating in¬
structions. All necessary rights must be granted to him. If the floor conveyor is oper¬
ated with a person accompanying the truck it is required to wear protective shoes.
Prohibition of unauthorised use: The driver is responsible for his floor conveyor
during working time. He must forbid unauthorised persons to drive or operate the
truck. The transport or lifting of persons is forbidden.
Damage and defects: Damage or defects noted on the floor conveyor or on the at¬
tachments must immediately be brought to the notice of the person in charge. Trucks
that cannot be safely operated (e.g. due to worn tires or defective brakes) must not
be used until they have been properly repaired.
Repairs: Without specific training and expressed authorisation the driver is not al¬
lowed to perform any repairs or modifications on the floor conveyor. Under no circum¬
stances must the driver change the setting of switches or safety installations, or
render them ineffective.
Hazardous area: The hazardous area is defined as the area in which persons are
endangered by the travelling or lifting movements of the floor conveyor or its load lift¬
ing devices (e.g. fork or attachments), or by the loads being transported. This in¬
cludes also the area within reach of dropping loads or dropping truck attachments.

£roÿ> Unauthorised persons must be asked to leave the danger area. The driver must give
a warning signal, whenever a situation presenting danger to persons might develop.
The truck must immediately be brought to a standstill, if persons, although asked, do
not leave the danger area.

Safety devices and warning labels: The safety devices, warning labels and warning
notes described in the present operating instructions must always be heeded.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E1
2 Description of the operating controls and indicators

Item Operating control or in¬ Function

dicator
1 Steering wheel
• Steering of the truck with 6 revolutions of the
steering wheel from the left to the right.
2 Multi function display
• Indicates battery capacity, operating hours, er¬
ror, important warnings, wheel position and
drive direction (see section 2.3).
3
4
Parking brake
Steering column lock
••Secures the truck at standstill.
The steering column is adjusted to the desired
distance and locked.
5 Key switch
• Switches the control current on and off. When
the key is removed from the key switch, the truck
cannot be operated by unauthorised persons.
6
7
Accelerator pedal
Brake pedal
••The driving speed is continuously controlled.
The truck is decelerated.
8 Driving direction switch O Selection of the desired drive direction.
Multi Pilot Controls the lift mast functions.
Horn Trigger warning signal.
9 Switch lever for special O e.g. indication whether the working lights are
equipment switched on
10 Master switch
Emergency Stop • Switch electric power supply on and off.

11 Dual-pedal control o Truck drives backwards when actuated.

Driving pedal "Back¬ Driving speed is controlled continuously.
ward"
12 Dual-pedal control c Truck is decelerated.
Brake pedal
13 Dual-pedal control o Truck drives forwards when actuated.
Driving pedal ..Forward" Driving speed is controlled continuously.
14
15
Driving direction switch
Horn
•• Selection of the desired drive direction.
Trigger warning signal.
16 Solo Pilot
Lifting - lowering • The fork is lifted or lowered.

17 Control lever
Hoist frame - lowering • The fork is inclined to the front or to the back.

18 Control lever o The fork is moved to the right or left.

Auxiliary' hydraulics
(ZH1)
e. g. side shifting device
19 Control lever 0 Intended for hydraulic attachments.
Supplementary hydrau¬
lic system (ZH2)
20 Changeover switch o Change over from ZH2 to ZH3
Supplementary hydrau¬
lic system (ZH3)
03
= Standard equipment O = Optional equipment o
O
K
O

E2
 Truck with Multi Pilot (option)
12 3 4

10 9 8 7 6

Dual-pedal control (option)

o o o o
Vehicle with Solo Pilot and control levers
14 15 16 17

ÿ
CO
0
o
h-
o

E3
2.1 Dashboard switches

Function

IA Anti-collision light switch

to; Switch „360° warning light/parking light"

P Switch „Windshield wiper and washing system"

Position 1„Windshield wiper ON"
Position 2 ..Windshield washer ON"

Operat ng console switches

Function
_
"H Override switch ..Lift switch-off1

c
Switch ..Creep speed"

\zi >
Switch „Seat heater"

[I Switch ..Truck lighting" (parking light/dimmed headlights)

P
i
p
s

Switch ..Working lights"

m
O
K
O
h-
O

E4
 2.3 Multi function display

The multi function display indicates operating data, battery capacity, operating hours,
errors and information. Graphical symbols on the multi function display issue warn¬
ings.

Item Display
21 Push button to toggle between operating hours and time
22 Controller over temperature
23 Pump motor over temperature
24 Drive motor over temperature
25 Seat switch
26 Parking brake applied
27 Travel direction indicator 0
28 Truck in operation (key switch "ON")
29 Service display / UVV display
30 Brake fluid level too low
31 Lights up in case of errors or flashes when battery capacity is lower than
10%
32 Inching speed push button
33 Program selector button
34 SET button
35 Operating program indicator (programs 1 to 5)
36 Drive direction and wheel position indicator
37 Battery capacity indicator
38 Time and operating hours or diagnosis and error display
h»
O
h-
o

E5
2.4 Warning indicators, push buttons, and switches

Indicate or control the following:

Item Display / function

21 Push button to toggle between operating hours and time
- Truck operating hours counted while key switch was set to "ON"
- "Eff" operating hours can be switched "ON" or "OFF" with a code
- Time display
22 Controller over temperature
- Lights up in case of controller over temperature
- Power is continuously reduced in relation to temperature
23 Pump motor, power steering motor over temperature
- Pump motor, power steering motor temperature is continuously monitored
- Power is reduced in case of over temperature
24 Drive motor over temperature
- Drive motor temperature is monitored
- Power is reduced in case of over temperature

25 Seat switch
- Seat switch not closed
- Truck ready for operation, seat not occupied
26 Parking brake applied
- Truck ready for operation, parking brake applied
27 Travel direction indicator O
- In case of lighting system with flashing system
28 Truck is in operation
- Key switch to "ON"

29 Service display / UW display

- Service interval set has elapsed (1000 operating hours)
or annual UVV inspection is due (display flashes)
30 Brake fluid level too low
- A sensor on the brake fluid reservoir monitors the brake fluid level
31 WARNING
- Lights up in case of errors
- Flashes when battery capacity is less than 10 %
32 Inching speed push button
- Maximum travel speed km/h (adjustable)
33 Program selector button
- Push button for "Up" and "Down"
34 SET button
- Selects special functions
35 Operating program indicator
- Indicates the drive program selected (1 to 5)
m
O
K
O
h-
O

E6
 2.5 Displays

Item Function
36 Drive direction and wheel position indicator
- Indicates the drive direction selected (forward or reverse) or the wheel
position of steered wheels
37 Battery capacity display in %
The residual capacity available is indicated.
Display 0% = battery discharged by 80%.
With a 10% display, the Attention display (42) flashes.
The lifting function is disabled after 30 to 40 seconds at a capacity of 0%.
38 Operating hours / error display
- Indicates the operating hours:
- Eff: Indicates the overall operating hours
Error display:
- The operating hours display is cleared when an error (Err) or a warning (Inf)
is received. The error code is displayed.
- When several errors have occurred, these will be alternately displayed for
1.5 seconds, and a warning tone sounds.

2.6 Setting the time

Normal operating mode

Press „h/time" and up

simultaneously

The time appears

on the display.
The first digit flashes.

i
You can use the up/down
key to increase or decrease
the flashing number.
You can use SET to switch to
the next figure. After the
last digit, the value
is transferred

CO
0
o
h-
o

E7
2.7 Driver's display warning messages

Display Meaning

INFO 02 keine Fahrtrichtung gewahlt

INFO 03 Traction or lift controller temperature above 83°C.

INFO 08 Travel with applied handbrake

- Accelerator pedal pressed although the handbrake is applied

INFO 33 Travel 2 controller overvoltage

INFO 34 Hydraulic controller overvoltage

INFO 35 Accelerator pedal zero position

INFO 36 Travel 1 controller overvoltage

m
O
K
O
h-
O

E8
 Commissioning the truck

Before starting or operating the truck, or before lifting any loads, the driver has to
make sure that nobody is within the danger area.

3.1 Checks and actions before routine start-up

- Visual inspection for damages of the whole truck (especially tires and load carrying
devices).
- Check whether the load chains are tightened evenly.
- Visual inspection of battery fixing and cable connections.

Testing the windscreen fluid level

- Remove the left side section.
- The windscreen wiper fluid (38a) is lo¬
cated to the left of the battery in the
travel direction.
- Make sure there is sufficient wind¬
screen fluid in the container. Top up if
required.
- Use a windscreen fluid with anti¬
freeze solution.

3.2 Trucks with reduced headroom X (O)

//i\ Failure to comply with the recommended

body size may result in overload and
constitute a danger to the driver,
possibly resulting in permanent damage
caused by an unhealthy posture and
excessive physical exertions on the part
of the driver.
The owner must ensure that the truck
operator does not exceed the maximum
body size indicated.
The owner must also check that the
drivers can sit normally, in an upright
position without having to exert himself.

•1 1
1ÿI
T
max.
A
mm

CO
0
o
h-
o

E9
3.3 Adjustment of driver's seat

The driver s seat must be adjusted to the driver s weight in order to achieve an opti¬
mum damping of the seat.
The driver's seat must be load-free when adjusting to the driver's weight!
Adjusting the driver s weight:
- Pull weight adjustment „Driver's seat"
(40) in arrow direction until stop and
release again.
The previous weight adjustment is set
back to the minimum value. Adjusting
range of seat damping from 50 kg to
130 kg.

- Pull weight adjustment ..Driver's seat"

(40) in arrow direction again until the
appropriate weight is indicated on the
weight display ..Driver's seat" (41).
Push weight adjustment ..Driver's
seat" back again.
- Sit down on the driver's seat.
Backrest adjusment:

- Pull backrest adjustment (42) up and adjust backrest inclination.

- Release backrest adjustment (42), backrest locks in.
Adjusting the seat position:

- Pull locking of driver's seat (39) out and adjust the desired seat position by moving
the seat forward or backward.
- Release locking of driver's seat (39) to arrest the seat.
The driver's seat locking must be securely arrested in the adjusted position. The driv¬
er's seat adjustment must not be changed while driving the truck!

The driver's seat adjustment relates to the standard equipment. Use the adjustment
instructions of the supplier if the truck equipment deviates from the standard. When
adjusting the seat your have to make sure that all operating controls can be easily
reached.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 10
 3.4 Adjusting the steering column

- Release steering column lock (4) and

push or pull steering column to the de¬
sired position.
- Tighten steering column lock again.

3.5 Provide operatability

- Unlock master switch (10).

To do this:
Push rocker (-1) in and pull it upward
(t) until you notice that the master
switch locks in.
- Put key into the key switch (5) and turn
right until stop to position J".
- Check function of horn key (43).
(STOP) Check function of electric and hydraulic
brake and parking brake.

The truck is now operative. The battery

discharge and error indicator (3) dis¬
plays the available battery capacity.

Q After having pulled EMERGENCY STOP and having turned the switch key to the
right, the vehicle performs a self-test for about 3-4 seconds (test of PLC control and
motors). During that time, no driving motion is possible. If the driving pedal is actuated
during that time, the display indicates „motion rest position".

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 11
3.6 Trucks with heating (O)

ÿroi*> Covering the heater is prohibited due

to severe risk of burning. [- liwmm. )

- Set switch (59) to level I or II to

switch on the heating column.
p»j If the switch (59) is set to the middle
position, the heating is off.
J Til
59
60
777'
—rc 17
- Set switch (60) to level I or II to la] Al
switch the fan on.
The fan must be on in heating mode.

- Set the desired temperature on the

' 61

rotary button (61). \

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 12
 3.7 Safety belt

stop) Fasten safety belt before using the industrial truck.

The belt protects you from serious injuries!

Protect safety belt from dirt (e.g. cover during standstill) and clean it in regular inter¬
vals. Thaw out and dry frozen belt lock or belt winder to prevent them from freezing
up again.
ÿ1 The dry temperature of the warm air must not exceed +60°!

stop) Do not change anything at the safety belt!

Increased danger because of malfunctions.
- Replace safety belts after each accident.
- Only original spare parts must be used for retrofitting and repairs.
stop) Damaged or inoperative safety belts must be replaced by appointed retailers or
branches.

Behaviour in exceptional situations

(stop) Never loose the belt and never alight if

the industrial truck threatens to overturn.
Jumping down increases the danger of
injuries!
Proper behaviour:

- Bend trunk over the steering wheel.

- Hold steering wheel tight with both

hands and support with feet.

- Bend body against the falling direc¬

tion.
I//

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 13
 Safety belt instructions
Before starting the industrial truck, pull
belt out of the winder slowly, place it over
your thighs tight to your body and close
the lock.

The belt must not be twisted when fas¬

A
tening it!
When operating the industrial truck (e.g.
driving, lifting, lowering, etc.), the driver
must be seated with the back at the
backrest.
A
The automatic blocking system of the
belt winder gives you sufficient freedom
of movement on the seat.

Sitting on the front edge of the seat re¬

duces the protection because of the long
belt.

0 The belt must only be used to protect

one person.

- Press red key after use and place lock tongue back to the winder with your hand.
Q The automatic blocking system may be released if the lock tongue hits the housing.
In this case the belt cannot be pulled out.
Release blocking:
- Pull belt 10 to 15 mm out of the housing with increased power.
- Let the belt move in again to release the automatic blocking system.
Belt can be pulled out again.

Behaviour when starling the industrial truck on a slope

The automatic blocking system blocks the belt extension if the industrial truck is tilted
too much. The belt cannot be pulled out of the winder anymore.

fÿl Carefully drive industrial truck out of the slope and fasten belt.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 14
 3.8 Automatic/Mechanical Support System (optional)

Never use the truck without functional support system.

<stop> Have the support system checked after each accident by authorised specialist per¬
sonnel.

Do not modify the support system.

With loaded driver's seat, the dimension

90 mm between strap (1) and seat must
be observed to ensure safe working con¬
ditions.

Behaviour in the event of unusual situations

If the truck is in danger of tipping over, under no circumstances try to jump off. Jump¬
ing off considerably increases the danger of injury.

Correct behaviour
- Bend the upper part of the body over the steering wheel.
- Hold the steering wheel with both hands and support yourselves with the feet.
- Lean the body against the direction of fall.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 15
 Operating Instructions for the (Automatic) Support System
; 1,1?) Before travel starts, the function of the support system must be checked.
The stop knob (2) must not be locked.
- Sit down
- Turn the switch key to "On".
After having released the parking brake,
both safety straps on the left and right
side close and lock automatically.

Pay attention that the safety straps can

freely move.

After having parked the truck and ap¬

plied the parking brake, the safety straps
open automatically.
Only turn the switch key to "0" and take
it out after the safety straps have opened.

In the event of a power failure, the support system can be unlocked by means of pull¬
ing knob (3). The safety straps can then be swivelled backwards manually.

Operating Instructions for the (Mechanical) Support System

g> Before travel starts, the function of the support system must be checked.
For opening, press the left retaining strap inwards and swivel it upwards simultane¬
ously, after having released the strap, it automatically swivels downwards and locks.

m
O
K
O
h-
O

E 16
 4 Working with the floor conveyor

4.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck

Driving lanes and work areas: Only such lanes and routes that are specially allo¬
cated for truck traffic must be used. Unauthorised persons must stay away from work
areas. Loads must only be stored at places specially provided for this purpose.
Driving conduct: The travelling speed must be adapted to the prevailing local con¬
ditions. The truck must be driven at slow speed when negotiating bends or narrow
passages, when passing through swing doors and at blind spots. The driver must al¬
ways observe an adequate braking distance between the fork-lift truck and the vehi¬
cle in front and he must be in control of his truck at all times. Sudden stopping (except
in emergencies), rapid U-turns and overtaking at dangerous or blind spots is not per¬
mitted. It is forbidden to lean out of or reach beyond the working and operating area.
Visibility: The driver must look in the direction of travel and must always have a clear
view of the route ahead. When loads blocking the view are carried, the fork-lift truck
must be driven with the load at the rear. If this is not possible, a second person must
walk in front of the fork-lift truck to give suitable warnings.

Negotiating slopes and inclines: Negotiating of slopes and inclines is permitted

only when they are recognised lanes, when they are clean and non-slipping, and
when the technical specification of the truck permits safe driving on such slopes or
inclines. Loads must always be carried at that end of the truck facing uphill. U-turns,
cutting obliquely over slopes or inclines and parking of the fork-lift truck on slopes or
inclines is not permitted. Inclines must only be negotiated at slow speed, with the driv¬
er ready to brake at any moment.
Use of lifts and driving on loading platforms: Lifts and loading platforms must only
be used if they are of adequate load bearing capacity, if suitable for driving on, and if
authorised by the user of the truck for truck traffic. The fork-lift truck driver has to sat¬
isfy himself accordingly before driving into lifts or on to loading platforms. The truck
must enter lifts with the load in front and must take up a position which does not allow
it to come into contact with the walls of the lift shaft. Persons riding in the lift together
with the fork-lift truck must only enter the lift after the fork-lift truck has come safely to
a standstill, and must leave the lift before the fork-lift truck.

Nature of the loads carried: The driver must verify the proper condition of the load
unit. Only loads that have been safely and correctly secured must be carried. Never
transport loads stacked higher than the top of the fork carriage, or stacked higher than
the guard grille.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 17
 Towing of trailers or other vehicles is only allowed occasionally and on paved, lev¬
el driveways with a maximum deviation of +/-1% and a maximum speed of 5 km/h.
Permanent trailer operation is not permitted.
While towing, loads are not allowed on the forks.
The maximum trailer load given for the fork lift truck for braked and/or unbraked trail¬
ers must not be exceeded. The indicated trailer load is only valid for the auxiliary cou¬
pling at the fork lift truck counterweight. Also heed the instructions of the coupling ma¬
nufacturer if the genuine trailer coupling is replaced by another make.
After attaching the trailer but before starting driving, the driver must check that the
trailer coupling is secured against detaching. Towing fork lift trucks must be operated
in such a manner that safe driving and braking of the truck and the trailer is guaran¬
teed for all driving movements.

m
O
K
O
h-
O

E 18
 4.2 Driving

(STOP) During operation in electromagnetic fields beyond the admissible limit values uncon¬
trolled driving motion can occur.
Press EMERGENCY STOP (master switch) immediately, decelerate truck with the
service brake and pull the parking brake.
Determine the cause of the malfunction and inform the suppliers service, if neces¬
sary.
Safety switch, driver's seat

If the driver's seat is free or if the driver's weight is set too high, the driving function is
interrupted by the safety switch (see chapter E, section ,.Adjusting the driver's
weight").

(STOP) Do not drive the truck unless the hoods

are closed and locked in the stipulated
manner.
The lanes and routes must be free from
any obstacles.
The driving speed must be adapted to
the load and the prevailing local condi¬
tions of the routes, lanes and working ar¬
eas!

- Lift fork carrier approx. 200 mm so that

the fork tines are lifted above the
ground.
- Incline hoist frame backward.
A Depending on the truck version,
the driving direction switch can be locat¬
ed

at the Solo Pilot (14) or

at the Multi Pilot (44).

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 19
0 After having pulled EMERGENCY STOP and having turned the switch key to the
right, the vehicle performs a self-test for about 3-4 seconds (test of PLC control and
motors). During that time, no driving motion is possible. If the driving pedal is actuated
during that time, the display indicates „motion rest position".

Forward motion (single-pedal)

Make sure that the driving area is free
from obstacles.

- Release parking brake (3).

- Push direction switch (44) at the Multi
pilot or at the Solo pilot (14) in forward
direction.
- Slowly actuate driving pedal (6)
Forward motion (dual-pedal)

Make sure that the driving area is free

from obstacles.

- Release parking brake (3).

- Slowly actuate right driving pedal (13).

— —
11
<stop) Do not move Multi Pilot for driving.
Changing the drive direction (single-
pedal)
12
/rkrsSfl/
13ÿ V
Before starting to drive in opposite direc¬ o o o o I
tion you have to make sure, that the rear
driving area is free from obstacles.

- Release foot from accelerator pedal (6).

- Decelerate truck with the brake pedal (7) until standstill.
- Set driving direction switch (44) or (14) via the neutral position to the desired direc¬
tion.
- Carefully press accelerator pedal until the desired speed is reached.
Changing the drive direction (dual-pedal)

Before starting to drive in opposite direction you have to make sure, that the rear driv¬
ing area is free from obstacles.

- Release foot from the actuated driving pedal (13).

- Decelerate truck with the brake pedal (12) until standstill.
- Slowly actuate driving pedal (11), until the desired driving speed has been reached.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 20
 Backward motion (single-pedal)
Make sure that the rear driving area is free from obstacles.
- Switch driving direction switch (44) on
the Multi Pilot or at the Solo pilot (14)
backward (R).
- Slowly press accelerator pedal (6) un¬
til the desired speed is reached.
Backward motion (dual-pedal)

<STOP) Make sure that the rear driving area is

free from obstacles.
- Slowly actuate left driving pedal (11)
until the desired driving speed has
been reached.

(stop) Do not move Multi Pilot for driving.

Accelerating the truck (single-pedal)

- Slowly press accelerator pedal (6) un¬

11 —
MM/
til the truck starts to move.
- Press accelerator pedal (6) further jmmv
down.
Engine speed and riding speed in¬
J
\

CO \
crease in relation to the actuation •
o o o o
travel.
Accelerating the truck (dual-pedal)

- Slowly actuate driving pedal (1 1 or 13) depending on selected driving direction, un¬
til the vehicle starts moving.
- Press down driving pedal (11/13) further. Motor speed and driving velocity increase
in relation to the actuation.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 21
 Decelerating the truck

<stop> The braking effect of the truck is mainly dependent on the road surface. This must be
taken into account by the driver for his driving behaviour. Decelerate the truck care¬
fully so that the load does not slip.
When driving with trailed loads the resulting longer braking path must be kept in mind.
- Take your foot from the accelerator pedal (6) (11/13) and press down lightly the
brake pedal (7/12), if required.
4.3 Steering

/j\ The power to be applied for steering is very low due to the hydrostatic steering sys¬
tem. Therefore the steering wheel must be turned very carefully.
Driving a right turn

- Turn the steering wheel clockwise according to the desired radius of the turn.
Driving a left turn

- Turn the steering wheel counter-clockwise according to the desired radius of the
turn.

4.4 Braking

There are four possibilities available to

decelerate the truck:

- Service brake
- Coasting brake
- Reverse brake
- Parking brake
J

I mI
Service brake:
- Press brake pedal (7/12) down until
you feel brake pressure. 11
mm!
0 The driven wheels are decelerated by
means of multiple discs.
13-"ÿ V
Coasting brake: o o o o
- Release foot from accelerator pedal (6) (11/13). The truck is slowed down genera-
torically by means of the drive current control system.

This operating mode decreases the energy consumption.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 22
 Reverse brake (single-pedal):
- Switch driving direction switch (44) or (14) to opposite driving direction while driv¬
ing. The truck is decelerated generatorically by means of the drive current control
system until the truck starts to travel in the opposite direction.

Depending on the truck type, the driving

direction switch can be located

- at the Multi Pilot, (figure 1) or

- at the adjustment lever, (figure 2).

Locking brake:

- Pull back locking brake (3). The locking brake is engaged and the locking brake le¬
ver is locked into this position.
- Press the locking knob of the locking brake (3) and press lever forward, in order to
release the locking brake.

0 The driven wheels are mechanically decelerated by means of multiple discs.

When travelling with engaged parking brake a warning signal is triggered.

The parking brake holds the truck with the highest admissible load and clean lane on
an incline of 15 %.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 23
4.5 Operating the lifting device and at¬
tachments (SOLO-PILOT)

(stop) The control lever must only be operated ©

while the driver is sitting on his seat. The
driver must be instructed in the opera¬
tion of the lifting device and attach¬
ments!

Lifting/lowering fork carrier

- Pull Solo Pilot (16) backward to lift the

fork carrier.
- Press Solo Pilot (16) to the front to lo¬
wer the fork carrier.
Inclining of hoist frame

stop) Keep your body parts out of the gap between mast and front wall when inclining the
mast backward.

- Pull control lever (17) backward to incline hoist frame backward.

- Push control lever (17) forward to incline hoist frame forward.
4.5.1 Controlling attachments (SOLO-PILOT) (O)

Note the manufacturer's operating instructions and the capacity of the attachment.
Do not lift other people with the lifting device.

- Pull the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH1 (18) backwards or push it forward to
control the attachment (e.g. sideshift).
- Pull the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH2 (19) backwards or push it forward to
control the attachment (e.g. fork positioner).
- You can use button (20) to toggle the ZH2 control lever (19) to auxiliary hydraulics ZH3.
The auxiliary hydraulics ZH3 can only be activated when the button (20) is pressed and
the control lever is in the neutral position. To control the attachment, pull the SOLO-
PILOT ZH2 lever (19) back or push it forward. The auxiliary hydraulics ZH3 are deac¬
tivated when the button (20) is released and the control lever has returned to the neutral
position.

Moving the lever controls the lift speed of the hydraulic cylinder. When the lever is
released it automatically reverts to neutral and the lifting device remains in the posi¬
tion it has reached.

A Always apply the control lever sensitively, never with a sudden jerk. Release the con¬
trol lever as soon as the lifting device reaches the limit position.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 24
 Integrated sideshift (O)
The fork carriage can be moved sideways using the integrated sideshift.
- Pull the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH1 (18) back = sideshift right
- Push the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH1 (18) forward = sideshift left

Integrated fork positioner (O)

The integrated fork positioner allows the distance between the forks to be changed.
- Pull the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH2 (19) back = forks together
- Push the auxiliary hydraulics control lever ZH2 (19) forward = forks apart

The fork positioner can be synchronised to ensure the forks are even. The forks must
be spread apart as far as the stop and then brought back together.
Other attachments
Additional equipment can only be attached with written permission from the manufac¬
turer, see chapter A "Attaching Accessories". Always follow the manufacturer's oper¬
ating instructions when using other attachments.

The control levers of the attachments must be indicated by symbols to illustrate the
function of the attachment.

Only use attachments that have CE approval. The reduced residual capacity must be
re-calculated and indicated by a separate capacity plate.

CO

E 25
4.6 Operating the lifting device and at¬
tachments (Multi Pilot)

p»j Within the first 3-4 seconds after switch¬

ing the vehicle ON (self test phase), lift¬
ing functions are impossible. The display
indicates „lift rest position".

ÿtop) The Multi Pilot must only be operated

while the driver is sitting on his seat. The
driver must be instructed in the opera¬
tion of the lifting device and attach¬
ments!

Push the Multi Pilot to the respective direction according to the hydraulic function.
Lifting/lowering fork carrier

- Press Multi Pilot (8) to the back (45) to

lift the fork carrier.
- Press Multi Pilot (8) to the front (49) to
lower the fork carrier.

Inclining of hoist frame

ÿroi) Keep your body parts out of the gap be¬

tween mast and front wall when inclining
the mast backward.

- Press Multi Pilot (8) to the left (47) to

incline the hoist frame to the back.
- Press Multi Pilot (8) to the right (51) to
incline the hoist frame to the front.

Combined function

- In order to lower the fork carrier and to

incline the hoist frame forward at the
same time, push Multi Pilot forward
and to the right (50).
- In order to lift the fork carrier and to in¬
cline the hoist frame to the back at the
same time, push Multi Pilot back and
to the left (46).
- In order to lower the fork carrier and to
incline the hoist frame backward si¬
multaneously, push Multi Pilot forward
and to the left (48).

03
o
O
h-
O

E 26
 4.6.1 Controlling attachments (Multipilot) (O)

<stop> Note the manufacturer's operating instructions and the capacity of the attachment. Do
not lift other people with the lifting device.
Additional Control I
(Integrated side shifting device)
- Press key (52) on the Multi Pilot to
push fork carrier to the left.
- Press key (53) on the Multi Pilot to
push fork carrier to the right.

Additional control II

a The Multi Pilot can be turned for the op¬

eration of a hydraulic attachment. When
operating attachments the operating in¬
structions of the respective suppliers
have to be observed.

Additional control III

Press key III (54) on the Multi Pilot for

the additional control (e.g. locking mech¬
anism).

Speed control of the attachments

The speed of the hydraulic cylinders is controlled by the excursion of the Multi Pilot.
When the control lever is released, it jumps back to neutral position automatically and
the attachment remains in the current position.

A Use control lever very sensitively and do not jerk it. When the stop of the attachment
is reached, let Multi Pilot loose immediately.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 27
4.7 Picking up, transporting and setting down of loads

A Before a load unit is taken up the driver has to make sure, that it is correctly palettised
and that the load capacity of the truck is not exceeded.
Observe capacity label!
Adjusting fork tines
The fork tines must be adjusted so that
both tines have the same distance to the
outer edges of the fork carrier. The load
centre must be centred between the fork
tines.
- Swivel locking lever (55) upward.
- Push fork tines (56) on the fork carrier
(57) to the correct position.
- Swivel locking lever downward and
push fork tine until it is arrested in the
groove.

Taking up load

- Drive carefully close to the load to be

lifted.
- Pull parking brake (3).

Put hoist frame into vertical position.

Lift fork tines to the correct height of
the load.

m
O
k
o
i-
o

E 28
 - Drive the truck with the fork tines as far
as possible below the load unit.
{stop) The fork tines must be under the load
with at least two third of their lengths.
- Pull parking brake (3). Lift fork carrier
until the load is lying freely on the fork
tines.
- Switch driving direction switch (44/14)
to reverse driving and release the
parking brake.

/j\ Depending on the truck type, the driving

direction switch can be located
at the Multi Pilot, (figure 1), or
at the Solo Pilot, (figure 2).

<stoio Make sure that the way to the rear is free

from obstacles.

- Drive carefully backward until the load

is outside of the storage area.

<stop> Persons are not permitted to stay under¬

neath the lifted load!
Do not put your hands through the hoist
frame.

- Incline hoist frame carefully backward.

- Lower the load as far as possible for
the transport (road clearance approx.
150...200 mm).
CD
o
o
h-
O

E 29
 When moving loads the hoist frame
must be inclined backward and the fork
tines must be lowered as far as possible.

Transporting a load
If the load is stacked so high that the
view in forward direction is impeded, you
have to drive backward.
- Accelerate truck carefully with the ac¬
celerator pedal (6). Decelerate the
truck carefully by means of the brake
pedal (7). Make sure that you can stop
the truck at any time.
- Choose the speed with respect to the
conditions of lanes and the load to be
moved.
- Observe other traffic at crossroads
and passages.
- Use the help of a second person if ar¬
eas are unclear.
When negotiating slopes and inclines
the load must always be carried at that
end of the truck facing uphill. U-turns
and cutting obliquely over inclines or
slopes is not permitted.

Setting down a load

- Drive the truck carefully to the load.

- Pull parking brake (3).
- Put hoist frame in vertical position.
- Lift fork tine to the correct height of the
load suspension device.
- Release parking brake.
- Drive the fork tines carefully below the
load carrying device.
- Lower the tines slowly until they come
free.
Avoid pancaking the load, in order to
prevent damaging the load and the load
lifting device.

Bending forward with lifted load-carrying

unit only in front of or above the stack.
03
o
O
K
O

E 30
 4.8 Safe parking of the truck

ÿroÿ> If the truck is left unattended, even for only short periods of time, it must be rendered
safe.

- Driving the truck on even ground.

- Pull parking brake (3).
- Lower forks completely and incline
hoist frame forward.
Never park the truck or leave it unattend¬
ed while a load is lifted.

- Press down the master switch (10).

- Switch the key in the key switch (5) to
position „0".
- Remove the key from the key switch (5).

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 31
4.9 Trailer towing

The truck may be used for occasional towing of trailers on dry, level and smooth sur¬
faces.

p»j The max. tow load is the capacity indicated on the capacity data plate (see decals di¬
agram in chapter B).
The tow load consists of the weight of the trailer and the stated capacity. If a load is
transported on the forks, the tow load must be reduced by the same amount
Important notes for safe towing
- A truck must not be continually operated with trailers.
- No supporting loads are permitted.
- The maximum speed is 5km/h.
- Towing must only be performed on level, secure travel routes.
- Follow the instructions of the coupling manufacturer if using special trailer couplings.
- The owner must test trailer operation with the permissible tow load by means of a
trial run under the applicable operating conditions in the field.
~
Coupling the trailer

Before coupling, the driver must ensure

the maximum trailer load is not exceed¬
ed.

- Push the socket pin (58) down and

turn it by 90 degrees.
- Pull the socket pin upward and insert
the trailer drawbar into the opening.
- Insert the socket pin, push it down,
turn it by 90 degrees until it engages.

m
h-
O
h-
o

E 32
 5 Fault location

This chapter enables the operator to locate and rectify minor faults and malfunctions,
or the effect of operating errors. The order of the work stated in the table must be ob¬
served for fault location.

Fault Possible cause Remedy

Truck - Battery connector - Check the battery connector and connect if
does not move not connected necessary
- Master switch - Unlock main switch
depressed
- Key switch - Set the key switch to position "I"
in position "0"
- Battery - Check the charging condition of the battery
exhausted and recharge if necessary
- Faulty fuse - Check fuses
Load cannot - Truck not - Perform all remedial actions listed under
be lifted operative the fault "Truck does not move"
- Hydraulic oil level - Check hydraulic oil level
too low
- Faulty fuse - Check fuses
Error indica¬ - Truck not ready - Push main switch EMERGENCY STOP or
tion in the dis¬ for operation turn key switch to position 0, repeat desired
play - Software error working function approx. after 3 seconds

If it is not possible to rectify the fault by performing the indicated ..remedial actions",
please contact the Customer Service, as more intricate faults can only be rectified by
specially trained and qualified service personnel.

5.1 Temperature monitoring

If one of the temperature switches emits the appropriate signal, the performance of
the truck will be reduced in relation to the temperature development:
while driving in the low-speed mode,
with the hydraulic function „Half lifting speed" being activated,
with the control function ..Permanent performance adjustment" being activated.

CO
0
o
h-
o

E 33
 F Maintenance of the fork lift truck
1 Operational safety and environmental protection

The checks and servicing operations contained in this chapter must be performed in
accordance with the intervals as indicated in the servicing checklists.

Modifications of fork lift truck assemblies, especially of the safety installations, are not
permitted. On no account must the operational speeds of the truck be changed.

Only original spare parts have been certified by our quality assurance service. To en¬
sure safe and reliable operation of the fork lift truck, only spare parts of the manufac¬
turer must be used. Used parts, oils and fuels must be disposed of in accordance with
the applicable environmental protection regulations. For oil changes, the oil service
of the manufacturer is available to you.

Upon completion of any checking and servicing activities, the operations contained in
the section "Recommissioning" must be performed (refer to chapter F).

2 Safety regulations applicable to truck maintenance

Servicing and maintenance personnel: The fork lift truck must only be serviced and
maintained by trained personnel of the manufacturer. The service organization of the
manufacturer has external technicians trained especially for these assignments. We
thus recommend signing a maintenance contract with the relevant service location of
the manufacturer.
Lifting and jacking up: When a fork lift truck is to be lifted, the lifting gear must only
be secured to the points specially provided for this purpose. When the truck is to be
jacked up, suitable measures must be taken to prevent the truck from slipping or tip¬
ping over (use of wedges, wooden blocks). Work underneath the raised load lifting
device must only be carried out when the fork is immobilised and supported by a
chain of adequate strength.
Jacking point see chapter B.
Cleaning operations: No inflammable liquids must be used when cleaning the fork
lift truck. Prior to commencing cleaning operations, all safety measures that are re¬
quired to prevent sparking (e.g. by short-circuits) have to be taken. For battery-oper¬
ated fork lift trucks, the battery plug must be removed. Only weak indraft, weak com¬
pressed air and non-conducting, antistatic brushes must be used for the cleaning of
electric or electronic assemblies.
If the fork lift truck is to be cleaned using a water jet or a high-pressure cleaner, all
electric and electronic components must be carefully covered beforehand because
moisture can lead to incorrect functioning.
Cleaning by means of a steam jet is not permitted.

Upon completion of cleaning work, the operations detailed in the section "Recommis¬
sioning" must be performed.
CD

h-
O

F1
 Work on the electric system: Work on the electric system of the truck must only be
performed by personnel specially trained for such operations. Before commencing
any work on the electric system, all measures required to prevent electric shocks
have to be taken. For battery-operated fork lift trucks, the truck must also be depow-
ered by removing the battery plug.
Welding operations: To prevent any damage to electric or electronic components,
these have to be removed from the fork lift truck before any welding operations are
undertaken.
Settings: When repairing or replacing hydraulic, electric or electronic components or
assemblies, all truck-specific settings have to be retained.
Wheels: The quality of wheels affects the stability and performance of the truck.
When replacing wheels fitted at the factory, only use manufacturer's original spare
parts.
Otherwise the truck's rated performance cannot be ensured. When replacing wheels,
ensure that the truck does not slew (e.g. always replace wheels in pairs, i.e. left and
right wheels at the same time).

Lift chains: The lift chains wear rapidly if not lubricated. The intervals in the service
checklist apply to normal duty. If requirements are higher (dust, temperature), lubri¬
cation is required more often. The specified chain spray must be used as specified.
The external application of grease does not provide sufficient lubrication.

Hydraulic hoses: The hoses must be renewed every six years. When replacing hy¬
draulic components, also renew the hoses in this hydraulic system.

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

F2
 3 Servicing and inspection

Thorough and expert servicing is one of the most important preconditions for safe op¬
eration of the fork lift truck. The neglect of regular servicing intervals can lead to fork
lift truck failure and constitutes a potential hazard to personnel and equipment.

/j\ÿ The application conditions of an industrial truck considerably affect the wear levels of
the service components.
We recommend an application analysis carried out on site by a Jungheinrich custo¬
mer adviser to establish specific maintenance intervals in order to restrict damage
caused by wear.
The indicated servicing intervals are based on single-shift operation under normal op¬
erating conditions. For applications in dusty environments, or involving large temper¬
ature fluctuations or multiple-shift operation, the servicing intervals must be
shortened accordingly.
The following servicing checklist indicates the operations to be performed and the re¬
spective intervals to be observed. The servicing intervals are defined as follows:

W = Every 50 service hours, at least weekly

A = Every 500 operating hours
B = Every 1000 operating hours, or at least annually
C = Every 2000 operating hours, or at least annually

W service intervals are to be performed by the customer.

In the run-in period - after approx. 100 service hours - or after repair work, the owner
must check the wheel nuts/bolts and re-tighten if necessary.

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

F3
4 Maintenance check list for EFG 316/318/320

Maintenance intervak
Standard =
• W A B C

Chassis/
super-
1.1
1.2
Check all load bearing elements for damage
Check all bolted connections
••
struct.: 1.3
1.4
Check tow bar
Check overhead guard for damages and proper fixing
••
1.5
1.6
Check safety belt for damages and function
Check retaining system (option) for damages and function
••
1.7
1.8
Check if labels are present, readable, and valid
Check overhead guard seating for pre-tension and renew,
••
if necessary
Drive unit: 2.1
2.2
Check the transmission for noises and leakage
Check the transmission oil level
••
2.3 Check pedal mechanism and adjust and grease, if neces¬
sary •
Wheels:
2.4
3.1
Change the gear oil (at least once every 12 months)
Check for wear and damage
•• •
3.2 Check air pressure
3.3
3.4
Check seating and fixing
Renew grease filling of wheel bearings of the front and
••
rear wheels and re-adjust wheel bearings.
Steering: 4.1 Check the hydraulic components for leakage and
functioning •
4.2 Grease all bearings of the steering axle (wheel bearing,
king pin, steering arm and swivel) according to the
lubrication schedule with a conventional grease gun at
least after 500 hours.
•
4.3 Check steering axle, steering knuckle and stops for wear
and deformation •
Brake
4.4
5.1
Clean steering angle sensor with compressed air
Check for correct function and adjustment
••
system: 5.2
5.3
Check the brake linkage; adjust and grease, if necessary
Check the brake lines, connections and brake fluid level
••
•• •
5.4 Change the brake fluid
Hydraulic 6.1 Check all connections for leakage and damage
system: 6.2 Check aeration and deaeration filters at the hydraulic tank
6.3
6.4
Check the oil level
Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage, damage and secu¬
••
re attachment
6.5
6.6
Check the hose line for correct functioning and damage
Change filter cartridge (hydraulic oil and deaeration filter)
••
••
6.7 Change hydraulic oil
6.8 Check the pressure relief valves for correct functioning

m
O
CO
o
h-
o

F4
 Maintenance intervals
Standard =
•W A B C

Electr.
system:
7.1 Check the instrument and indicators for correct
functioning •
7.2 Check all cables for secure connection and damage
7.3 Check the cable runs for correct functioning and dama¬
••
ge

••
7.4 Check functioning of warning devices and safety circuits
7.5 Check contactors and replace wearing parts, if necessa¬
ry
7.6
77
Check the fuses for correct amperage
Clean impulse control
••
Electric
motors:
8.1 Check the ventilator for correct function
8.2 Check the motor for secure attachment
••
Battery:
8.3 Clean motor cooling fins
9.1 Check the battery cables for damage and replace, if ne¬
• •
cessary
9.2
9.3
Check acid density, acid level and cell voltage
Check the terminals for secure attachment and apply
• •
pole grease
9.4 Clean battery connections, check for tight fit
Hoist frame: 10.1 Apply grease to running paths and side run areas of idler
• •
pulleys in the hoist frame profiles.
10.2 Apply grease to all greasing points of the idler pulleys of
the hoist frame and the fork carrier. •
10.3 Check lift chains and chain guide for wear, adjust and
grease them. •
10.4 Lubricate lifting chains and chain guides.
10.5 Check secure attachment of hoist frame
• •
10.6 Check bearing of inclination cylinder and fixing
10.7 Check fork tines and fork carrier for wear and damage
••
10.8 Visual check of rollers, slide pieces and stops
10.9 Check angle of inclination of hoist frame. Check uniform
••
extension of both tilting cylinders.
10.10 Check mast play and adjust lateral play by means of
shims, if necessary. •
General
measure¬
11.1 Check the electrical system for a grounding fault
VDI 2511 •
ments: 11.2 Check driving speed and braking distance
11.3 Check lifting and lowering speed
••
Demon¬
stration:
12.1 Perform a trial run under a nominal load
12.2 Demonstrate the truck to a person charged with inspec¬
••
tion upon completion of the maintenance of the truck

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

F5
5 Lubrication plan for EFG 316/318/320

ii s- / vs. v

T Slide faces ÿ Filler neck Gear oil

-I Grease nipple O Drain plug Gear oil
Filler neck Brake fluid
Filler neck hydraulic oil
0 Drain plug Hydraulic oil CQ
q
CO
o
r-
o

F6
 5.1 Consumption type materials

Handling operating agents: Operating agents must always be used with regard to
their proper usage and according to the manufacturer specifications.

ÿstop) Improper handling is injurious to health, life, and environment. Consumption type ma-
terials must be stored in adequate containers. They might be inflammable and, there¬
fore, must not come into contact with hot components or open fire.
When filling in consumption type materials, use clean containers only. It is prohibited
to mix consumption type materials of different grades or qualities, except if mixing is
expressively prescribed in these operating instructions. This regulation may only be
ignored if mixing is explicitly prescribed in these operating instructions.
Avoid spilling. Spilled liquid must be removed immediately using a suitable binding
agent, and the mixture of consumption type material and binding agent is to be dis¬
posed of according to the regulations.

Code Order-no. Qty Designation Used for:

1)
50426072 H-LPD 32
50429647 H-LPD 22 2)
A 50124051 18 I HV68 3) Hydraulic system
51082888 Plantosyn 46 HVI
(BIO hydraulicoil)
Brake fluid
SEA J 1703 4) u . ....
D 29201570 0,25 I Hydraulic brake system
FMVSS 116
DOT 4 and DOT 4

E 50157382 Grease K-L 3N 3)

Front and rear wheel -
wheel bearings
G 29201280 Chain spray Chains
Gear oil ATF/ __
N 50124052 2x0,351 Transmission
Dexron-ll D

Grease standard values

Code Type of Sa¬ Drop point Walkpenetration NLG1 Class Service-

ponification °C at 25 °C temperature °C
E Lithium 185 265 - 295 2 -35/+ 120
1ÿ valid at temperature -5/+ 30 °C
2)
valid at temperature -20/-5 °C
3) valid at temperature +30/+50
°C
4) Brake fluid DOT 4 should be favourably used.

The trucks are filled at the factory with H-LPD 32 hydraulic oil or Plantosyn 46 HVI
BIO hydraulic oil.
You cannot change from "Plantosyn 46 HVI" BIO hydraulic oil to H-LPD 32. The same
applies to changing from H-LPD 32 hydraulicoil to Plantosyn 46 HVI BIO hydraulic oil.
m Furthermore you cannot mix H-LPD 32 hydraulic oil with Plantosyn 46 HVI BIO hy-
ÿ draulic oil.
O
h-
o

F7
6 Instructions for the servicing operations

6.1 Preparing the truck for the performance of servicing and maintenance operations

All required safety measures must be taken to prevent any accidents in the course of
the servicing and maintenance operations. The following preparatory operations
must be performed:
- Park the truck and render it safe (refer to chapter E).
- Disconnect the battery plug so that the truck cannot be started by unauthorised per¬
sons (refer to chapter D).
When work has to be performed under the raised fork or under the jacked up truck,
suitable measures must be taken to prevent any dropping, tilting or slipping of the fork
or truck. When lifting the truck, the instructions contained in chapter "Transportation
and commissioning" have to be observed.
When performing work on the parking brake, the truck must be secured against mov¬
ing.

6.2 Open rear cover

- Remove two screws, push rear cover down and remove it.
The fuses, the hydraulic pump and the electric aggregates are now accessible.

6.3 Check fixing of the wheels

- Park the truck and render it safe

(see chapter E).
- Tighten wheel nuts (1) cross-wise with
a torque wrench.
Torque
Driven wheels Ma= 140 Nm
Rear wheels Ma= 140 Nm

h-
O

F8
 6.4 Check hydraulic oil level

<STOP> The load lifting device must be completely lowered.

- Prepare truck for maintenance and
service operations.
- Unscrew air cleaner with level plunger
(2).

- Visual check of hydraulic oil level on

the level plunge (3). o n d
0 The reading of the hydraulic oil level
must be at the upper mark (4) when the
tank is sufficiently filled.

- If required, top up with hydraulic oil un¬

til the prescribed filling level is
reached
(10 mm at the dipstick (3) correspond
to approx. 1 I hydraulic oil).

A Do not fill hydraulic tank higher than the upper mark. This can cause disturbances and
damage of the system.
Changed consumption type materials must be disposed of in accordance with the ap¬
plicable environmental protection regulations.

Trucks with bio hydraulic oil have a warning notice on the

hydraulic reservoir: "Fill only with hydraulic oil". Use only bio
hydraulic oil, see "Lubricants" section.
ffl

CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

F9
6.5 Check the transmission oil level

ÿroi*> Gear oil must not run into the ground. To

prevent this, put an oilpan underneath
the gear box.
- Park the truck and render it safe (see
chapter E).
- Unscrew oil filler screw (5).
- Check the gear oil level and top up, if
required.

p»j The filling height must reach the lower

edge of the oil filler opening.

Changed consumption type materials

must be disposed of in accordance with
the applicable environmental protection
regulations.

6.6 Let off oil

- Let off oil at service temperature.

- Use an oil pan.
- Unscrew waste oil screw (6) and let off gear oil.

6.7 Refill oil

- Screw in waste oil screw.

- Fill in fresh gear oil with the oil filler screw (5) unscrewed.
6.8 Changing of hydraulic oil filter

The hydraulic oil filter is located at the left side of the tilting cylinder and is accessible
when the bottom plate is removed.

- Unscrew the closing cap of the hy¬

draulic filter (7).
- Change filter cartridge; if the O-ring is
damaged, it must also be changed.
Lubricate O-ring slightly when install¬
ing the filter.
- Screw in closing cap again.

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

F 10
 6.9 Checking the brake fluid

stop) Brake fluid is poisonous and must only

be stored in closed original containers.
- Park the truck and render it safe (see
chapter E).
- Remove floor mats.
- Unscrew fixing screw and remove bot¬
tom plate (8).

- Visually check the brake fluid level at

the equalizing reservoir for the brake
fluid (9) and top up with brake fluid, if
necessary.

S The brake fluid level must be visible be¬

tween the marks „Min." and „Max.".

A Changed consumption type materials

must be disposed of in accordance with
the applicable environmental protection
regulations.

6.10 Safety belt maintenance

Daily inspections of the condition and operatability of the safety belt should be carried
out by the driver before using the industrial truck. A malfunction can only be detected
at an early stage by regular inspection.

- Pull belt out completely and check on unravelling

- Check operatability of belt lock and faultless drawing in of the belt into the winder
- Check cover on damages
Automatic blocking system test:
- Park industrial truck horizontally
- Pull out belt jerky

A The automatic system must block the belt.

- Open hood by approx. 30 degree

A The automatic system must block the belt

Do not operate industrial truck with defective safety belt but have it replaced immedi¬
ately!
CO
0
CO
o
h-
o

F 11
6.1 1 Checking the electric fuses

- Preparation of the truck for servicing and maintenance operation.

- Open rear cover.
- Unscrew cover (11).
- Check fuses according to table for correct rating and damage.

(stop) In order to prevent damage to the electric system, only fuses with the respectively
specified ratings must be used.

Item Description Electric circuit Rating / type

10 F3.1 Free for 48 V options 5A
11 F3.1 Free for 48 V options 5A
12 5F5 Free for 48 V options 5A
13 F1 Main control fuse 15 A
14 1F9 Electronics control fuse 5A
Contactor control fuse-
15 F18 2A
power-on
16 1F1 Drive motor 1 250 A
17 1F2 Drive motor 2 250 A
18 2F1 Hydraulic motor 250 A
19 3F1 Power steering motor 40 A

m
O
cd
o
I-
o

F 12
 6.12 Recommissioning the truck

Recommissioning of the truck following the performance of cleaning or maintenance

work is permitted only after the following operations have been performed:

- Check the horn for proper functioning.

- Check the master switch for correct functioning.
- Check the brake for correct functioning.
- Lubricate truck according to lubrication schedule.

7 Decommissioning the fork lift truck

If the fork lift truck is to be decommissioned for more than two months, it must be
parked in a frost-free and dry location and all measures to be taken before, during and
following decommissioning must be performed as detailed below.
During decommissioning, the fork lift truck must be jacked up, ensuring that the
wheels are clear of the ground. Only this measure will ensure that wheels and wheel
bearings do not suffer damage.
If the fork lift truck is to be decommissioned for more than 6 months, additional meas¬
ures must be discussed with the Service Department of the manufacturer.

7.1 Operations to be performed prior to decommissioning

- Thoroughly clean the fork lift truck.

- Check the brakes for correct function.
- Check the hydraulic oil level and top up if required (refer to chapter F).
- Apply a thin film of oil or grease to all parts not protected by a paint coating.
- Grease the fork lift truck as detailed in the lubrication chart (refer to chapter F).
- Recharge the battery (refer to chapter D).
- Disconnect and clean the battery. Apply pole grease to the battery poles.
Q In addition to this, all instructions given by the battery supplier must be observed.
- Spray all exposed electrical contacts with a suitable contact spray.

7.2 Measures to be taken during decommissioning

Every 2 months:

- Recharge the battery (refer to chapter D).

/j\ Battery-operated fork lift trucks:

Regular recharging of the battery is very important; otherwise, exhaustive depletion
of the battery caused by self-discharging would occur. Owing to sulfatisation, this will
result in the destruction of the battery.

h-
o

F 13
7.3 Recommissioning the truck

- Thoroughly clean the fork lift truck.

- Lubricate the fork lift truck according to the lubrication chart (refer to chapter F).
- Clean the battery. Grease the pole screws using pole grease and reconnect the
battery.
- Recharge the battery (refer to chapter D).
- Check if the gear oil contains condensed water and change if required.
- Check if the hydraulic oil contains condensed water and change if required.
- Start up the fork lift truck (refer to chapter E).

Q Battery-operated fork lift trucks:

If switching troubles are experienced in the electric system, spray the exposed con¬
tacts with contact spray and remove any oxide layer on the contacts of the operating
controls by repeated operation.

<stop> Perform several brake tests immediately after recommissioning the truck.

8 Safety tests to be performed at intervals and after unusual events

Q Perform a safety check in accordance with national regulations. Jungheinrich recom¬

mends the truck be checked to FEM guideline 4.004. Jungheinrich has a safety de¬
partment with trained personnel, able to carry out inspections.
The truck must be inspected at least annually or after any unusual event by a qualified
inspector (be sure to comply with national regulations). The inspector shall assess
the condition of the truck from purely a safety viewpoint, without regard to operational
or economic circumstances. The inspector shall be sufficiently instructed and expe¬
rienced to be able to assess the condition of the truck and the effectiveness of the
safety mechanisms based on the technical regulations and principles governing the
inspection of forklift trucks.

A thorough test of the truck must be undertaken with regard to its technical condition
from a safety aspect. The truck must also be examined for damage caused by pos¬
sible improper use. A test report shall be provided. The test results must be kept for
at least the next 2 inspections.

The owner is responsible for ensuring that faults are immediately rectified.

a A test plate is attached to the truck as proof that it has passed the safety inspection.
This plate indicates the due date for the next inspection.

9 Final de-commissioning, disposal

p>] Final, correct de-commissioning or disposal of the truck must be performed in accord¬
ance with the regulations of the country of use. In particular, regulations governing
the disposal of batteries, fuels and electronic and electrical systems must be ob¬
served.

m
O
cd
o
h-
o

F 14
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.1 (S§)
2. Technical Description of Components

Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid Steering system 2.15
danger to personnel. Steering column 2.15
A Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material EFG 2xx swivelling bolster 2.16
damage. EFG 3xx Steering Axle 2.17
Power steering pump 2.18
p»j Used before explanations.
Steering system block diagram 2.19
Chassis / load section connection 2.20
Index Tilt cylinder 2.20

Multi-Pilot 2xx Component Arrangement 2.3

Hydraulic system 2.21
Control panel 2.21
Solo Pilot 2xx Component Arrangement 2.4
Control valve 2.22
Multi-Pilot 3xx Component Arrangement 2.5 Pump motor / pump / pressure filter 2.23
Solo Pilot 3xx Component Arrangement 2.6 Electrical System 2.24
Chassis/Superstructure: 2.7 Solo Pilot block diagram 2.25
Drive 2.8 Multi Pilot block diagram 2.26
Traction motor 2.9 Information and Service Display 2.27
fÿl For sensor bearing disassembly / assembly refer INFO displays 2.27
to 004 014 293 00008 Effective hours on/off, sound on/off 2.27
Transmission 2.10 Resetting the service interval counter 2.28
Wheels/Axles 2.11 Resetting the UW interval counter 2.28
Travel switch/Accelerator pedal 2.12 Activating / deactivating operating programs 2.29
Brake system 2.13
Brake pedal 2.13
Parking brake 2.13
Multi-plate brake 2.14
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.3 (SB)
Multi-Pilot 2xx Component Arrangement

Item Description
1 Mast
2 Mast lift cylinder
3 Steering
4 Information and Service Display
Main switch and switch controls
5
Aux. electrical system (optional)
6 Traction motors
7 Interface 4
8 Control valve
9 Pump motor
10 Main contactor (K1)
10a Voltage switch contactor K6
11 Main current fuses
12 Steering swivelling bolster
13 Steering unit
14 Lift controller / Lift main fuse
15 Traction controller / Travel main fuse
16 Control current fuses
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.4 (SB)
Solo Pilot 2xx Component Arrangement

ÿ 1
Item Description
1 Mast
2 Mast lift cylinder
3 Steering
4 Information and Service Display
Main switch and switch controls
5
Aux. electrical system (optional)
6 Control valve
7 Traction motors
8 Interface 3
9 Pump motor
10 Main contactor (K1)
10a Voltage switch contactor K6
11 Main current fuses
12 Steering swivelling bolster
13 Steering unit
14 Lift controller / Lift current fuse
15 Traction controller / traction current fuse
16 Control current fuses
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.5 (SB)
Multi-Pilot 3xx Component Arrangement

Item Description
1 Mast
2 Mast lift cylinder
3 Steering
4 Comfort display
Main switch and switch controls
5
Aux. electrical system (optional)
6 Traction motors
7 Interface 4
8 Prop, control valve
9 Pump motor
10 Main contactor (K1)
10a Voltage switch contactor K6
11 Main current fuses
12 Steering cylinder / steering axle
13 Steering motor
14.1 Traction controller, LH / traction current fuse
14.2 Traction controller, RH / traction current fuse
15 Lift controller / Lift current fuse
16 Control current fuses
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.6 (SB)
Solo Pilot 3xx Component Arrangement

Item Description
1 Mast
2 Mast lift cylinder
3 Steering
4 Comfort display
Main switch and switch controls
5
Aux. electrical system (optional)
6 Control valve block
7 Traction motors
8 Interface 3
9 Pump motor
10 Main contactor (K1)
10a Voltage switch contactor K6
11 Main current fuses (Travel, Lifting, Steering)
12 Steering cylinder / steering axle
13 Steering motor
14.1 Traction controller, LH / traction current fuse
14.2 Traction controller, RH / traction current fuse
15 Lift controller / Lift current fuse
16 Control current fuses
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.7 (SB)
Chassis/Superstructure

S Dismantle the base plate (1) to access the

traction motors.

Description
1 Base plate
Base plate attachment
Mast bearing
Tilt cylinder bearing
 HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.8 (GB)
Drive

Design
A drive unit consists of a traction motor and a two-stage
wheel hub transmission with integrated multi-plate brake
system.
Threephase motors (28 volt / 4 kW) form the drive units.

(hM The traction motor is attached to the transmission through

i - one M8x50 and two M8x75 hex. bolts.
The complete drive unit is attached to the chassis through
five M16x90 and two M16x60 ratchet bolts.

(n) For torques, see chapter 3

Item Description Item Description

1 M16 bolt 5 Stop nut
2 Transmission 6 0 ring 76x2.5
3 Wedge 7 M8 bolt
4 Traction motor
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.9 (SB)
Traction motor

Design
Threephase motors (28 volts/4 kW) form the drive units.
The traction motors are designed for regenerative braking.
The thermo sensor for temperature control is located in the motor
coil, the speed sensor is located in the sensor ball bearing (SL).

0 For sensor bearing disassembly / assembly refer

to 004 014 293 00008
Motor overtemperature is displayed via warning lights in the multi¬
function display.

r-
-x/
~\ -
i i

1
r
-ih

Sensor lead
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.10 (SB)
Transmission

Design
Sun and planet gear system with integrated hydraulic and mechanical
multi-plate brake system, with an overall gear reduction ratio of i = 18.2 : 1.
The transmission is a twin drive system and is used for front-powered
industrial trucks with single tyres.
Oil is added via the top filler plug.* The exact amount of oil required is
determined by the oil filler opening (overflow).*
When carrying out repairs do not dismantle the transmission, only replace
it as a complete unit. For multi-plate replacement see Chapter 5.

Item Description Item Description

1 Wheel shaft 14 Outer multi-plate
2 Discharge filte 15 Retaining plate
3 Housing 16 Compression spring
4 Retaining ring 17 Inner multi-plate support
5 Allen screw 18 Thrust washer
6 Ring gear, compl. 19 Spur pinion
7 Seal 20 Axial slide bearing
8 Oil drain plug 21 Cylinder pin
9 Sun wheel 22 Thrust pin
20
10 Cylindrical roller bearing 23 Housing cover
11 Planet wheel 24 Shaft seal
12 Thrust washer 25 Driving pinion * Oil level control plug

13 Inner multiplate 26 Brake lever, compl. [] Oil drain plug

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.11 (SB)
Wheels/Axles

Design

Item Description
1 Wheel nut
2 Load wheel
3 Transmission
4 Drive motor

(n) For torques, see Chapter 3

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.12 (SB)
Travel switch/Accelerator pedal

Function
The mircroswitch releases the travel impulse if the seat switch is also
applied at the same time.

The potentiometer controls the travel speed. The further the pedal is
depressed, the less the resistance and the greater the speed.

0 After setting the default parameters or replacing the potentiometer

you must check the "MIN" and "MAX" potentiometer voltages in the
"Travel" setting.
(see Chapter 6 "Travel Parameter Setting")!

Item Description
1 Microswitch
2 Coupler plug
3 Seal
4 Pedal/Pedal support
5 Potentiometer
6 Spring
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08
Brake system

Brake pedal Parking brake

Design Design

Item Description Item Description

1 Brake pedal 1 Brake pin
2 Main brake cylinder 2 Stop lock
3 Hydraulic pressure switch 3 Switch
4 Brake fluid level switch (7S40)
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.14 (SB)
Multi-plate brake Design
Integrated hydraulic and mechanical multi-plate brake.
The operating and parking brakes act on the multi-plate brake
independently of each other.
The brake actuation mechanism consists of the brake pedal and
the handbrake lever. The mechanical linkage, main brake
cylinder, hydraulic lines, brake cylinder and the multi-plate brake
comprise the transmission mechanism. The parking brake is
actuated via sheathed cables.

Function
Operating brake
The drive wheels are hydraulically brakes (through brake lever,
thrust pin, thrust washer, inner and outer multi-plates).
Parking brake
The drive wheels are mechanically braked. The brake cables are
tensioned by the handbrake lever. At the same time the "parking
brake applied" switch is activated by the handbrake lever and
shown on the multi-function display.
Item Description Item Description
1 Thrust washer 6 Brake cylinder
2 Brake multi-plates 7 Discharge valve
3 Axial slide bearing 8 Brake cable
4 Thrust pin 9 Brake line
5 Brake lever
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.15 (SB)
Steering system

Steering column

Design
All truck models are fitted as standard with a hydraulic steering
system with emergency steering. The steering column has been
taken from the EFG-DF series.
The hydrostatic steering consists of the steer unit (servostat) and
the swivelling bolster with integrated steering cylinder.

Function
When the steering wheel is turned the rotary movement is
converted into an electric signal. The servostat (1) controls the
amount of oil in proportion to the turn of the steering wheel and
which is directed to the required side of the steering cylinder.
When the steering wheel has been turned, the rotary slide valve
automatically reverts to neutral.

Item Description
1 Servostat
2 Steering sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.16 (SB)
EFG 2xx swivelling bolster

Design Service note:

The steering angle sensor (1) (potentiometer) reports the actual
When assembling note how the steering toothed rod is centrally
wheel position to the drive controller.
positioned with regard to the pinion.
,-1

Item Description Item Description

1 Toothed rod 4 Piston and seal
When replacing the steering angle potentiometer, make the
2 Seal 5 Pinion appropriate settings and "teaching" in "Steering parameter
3 Cylinder 6 Oil level control plug setting". See chapter 5 "Steering Angle Potentiometer
Replacement / Setting".
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.17 (SB)
EFG 3xx Steering Axle Design
The steering axle with its integrated steering cylinder forms a
complete unit with the steering wheels. It is located elastically and
vibration-proof in the chassis surrounded by two rubber layers to
compensate for uneven ground conditions.
The steering cylinder (single cycle cylinder) transmits the steering
movement to the king pin via a connecting unit.
(ÿ The steering angle sensor reports the actual wheel position to the
drive controller.

i i Service note:
When replacing the steering angle sensor, make the appropriate
settings and "teaching" in "Steering parameter setting".
See Service Manual No. B 6001 "Steering angle sensor
replacement / adjustment".

Item Description
1 Full floating axle
2 Steering cylinder
3 Steering angle sensor (Hall sensor)
4 Magnet support
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.18 (SB)
Power steering pump

Design Function
The steering motor is controlled by a steering wheel sensor
(Hall sensor) via the control electronics on the motor housing.
The steering motor operates at a constant speed of 500 rpm,
provided the main and seat switches are closed.
If the hydraulic pump fails, emergency steering is provided at all
times by the emergency pump in the servostat.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.19 (SB)
Steering system block diagram
3a 3b

2 1
Item Description
1 Power steering unit
2 Steering unit
3a Steering cylinder swivelling bolster (EFG 2xx)
3b Steering cylinder steering axle (EFG 3xx)
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.20 (GB)
Chassis / load section connection

Tilt cylinder

Design

Service notes 0
0 (n) Sealed with Loctite

p»j (N)1> When adjusting the tilt cylinder you should still be able to feel &
the piston rod thread in the check bore hole. ©

ÿstopÿ When adjusting, ensure the tilt cylinders are synchronised.

 HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.21 (SB)
Hydraulic system

Control panel

Multi Pilot
All hydraulic functions are controlled by the multi pilot.
The horn switch and the travel direction switch are
contained in the multi pilot.
If you expand to the ZH2 function, the multi pilot must be
completely replaced.

Solo Pilot
A control block with lifting/lowering, tilt and sideshifter is
used on the Solo Pilot.
If an additional aux. function is required, a control valve
(ZH1) can be installed as an optional variant.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.22 (SB)
Control valve

Design
Hydraulic ports for lifting, tilt, aux. hydraulics
and the hydraulic pump and reservoir return
lines are located on the front of the valve.
On top of the valve are located:
Valve lever (1)
Rotary potentiometer (2) for lift pulse
controller
Relief valve (3)
Lowering brake (4)
Adjustable microswitch (5) for each spool
valve
Emergency drain (6)

Function
The integrated tilt brake or pre-tension valve Valve Electrical Function Valve Electrical Function
cannot be adjusted to prevent the mast from designation designation
tilting forward when the spool valve is opened ml 2Y1 / XB 29 Solenoid / lift m5 2Y46 / XB 46 Solenoid / Fwd. tilt
and the electrical system disconnected. m2 2Y29/XB29 Solenoid / tilt m6 2Y47 / XB 47 Solenoid / Rev. tilt
Service note: m3 2Y49 / XB 49 Solenoid / ZH1 sideshift left ml 2Y51 / XB 51 Solenoid /ZH1 (ZH2)
After replacing the potentiometer check the reverse
parameter settings and adjust if necessary. m4 2Y48 / XB 48 Solenoid /ZH1 m8 2Y50 / XB 50 Solenoid /ZH1 (ZH2)
(See chapter 7) Sideshift right forward
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.23 (SB)
Pump motor / pump / pressure filter
Design
Pump drive system with threephase motor 28 volt / 10kW.

The thermo sensor for temperature control is located in the motor

Item Description Description coil, the speed sensor is located in the sensor ball bearing.
Motor overtemperature is shown by an indicator in the
1 Pump motor Hydraulic pump
multifunction display.
Coupling Hydraulic reservoir
O ring Pressure filter
 HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.24 (SB)
Electrical System

Design Item Description

7 Control fuse bracket
8 Main contactor (K1)
9 Aux. contactor K6
10 Steering power motor control fuse = 40 A
11 Steering power motor with integrated control electronics
12 Interface 3/4

Item Description
1 AS 4812 F plus traction controller / LH drive motor
2 Traction controller rating 1F1 = 250 A
3 AS 4814 H plus lift controller
4 Lift controller rating 2F1 = 250 A
5 AS 4812 F plus traction controller / RH drive motor
6 Traction controller rating 1F2 = 250 A
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.25 (SB)
Solo Pilot block diagram

CAN-BUS
Service PC
1U1.1 1M2

Travel nom. value

Brake switch Incremental transmitter


CAN 6U3
Steering angle transmitter
Handbrake switch
Seat switch
Key switch
Inch switch 2M1
Steering
Lift cutout
Forward
Incremental transmitter


Reverse
Lift nom. value
Tilt
Controller 1
Controller 2 and 3 1M1
Horn switch
Horn
Brake fluid switch
Reverse travel relay
Incremental transmitter

1M1 Traction motor, LH 1U1 Traction current controller, LH 6U4 Interface 3

1M2 Traction motor, RH 1U1.1 Traction current controller, RH 6U3 Information and Service Display
2M1 Pump motor 2U1 Hydraulic controller
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.26 (SB)
Multi Pilot block diagram

Forward
Reverse CAN
Lift nom. value
Tilt
1U1.1 1M2
7B1
Controller 1
Controllers 2 and 3 CAN
Horn switch


Incremental transmitter


Service PC

2U1 2M1

Travel nom. value

Brake switch Incremental transmitter


Steering angle transmitter
6U3
Handbrake switch
Seat switch
Key switch
Inch switch
Steering 6U5
Lift cutout 1U1 1M1
Horn CAN
Brake fluid switch
Temperature control
Reverse travel relay Incremental transmitter
Solenoids

7B1 Multi Pilot 2M1 Pump motor 2U1 Hydraulic controller

1M1 Traction motor, LH 1U1 Traction current controller, LH 6U5 Interface 4
1M2 Traction motor, RH 1U1.1 Traction current controller, RH 6U3 Information and Service Display
 HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.27 (SB)
Information and Service Display
Effective hours on/off, sound on/off
Normal operation
||i (!£)) I
Press the h/time and down keys together.
!'• L jh Four digits are displayed (factory setting 1010)
1. Digit: Effective service hour display
h Eff Code Time a V-..*

uuu 808 100 a W 0 = Off/ 1 = On

2. Digit: Cutout time after opening the seat switch when using
the code lock
0 = No cut out
1 = 2 min., 2 = 4 min., 3 = 6 min., 4 = 8 min.
5 = 10 min., 6 = 12 min., 7 = 14 min., 8=16 min.

3. Digit: Sound keys

INFO displays 0 = Off / 1 = On

INFO 008 Handbrake lever applied

seat switch not closed 4. Digit: Handbrake signal.
0 = off
travel against handbrake
1 = on
INFO 035 Travel low voltage 2 = off after 5 seconds
INFO 036 Lift low voltage Use the up/down key to change the setting, the SET key to
go to the next point; after the last point the values are saved
INFO 037 Steering low voltage and setting completed.
INFO 040 Check motor sensor system
INFO 073 Check valve outlets
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.28 (SB)
Resetting the service interval counter Resetting the UVV interval counter
Normal operation Normal operation
Press the h/time and snail keys together. Press the SET and down keys together.
The display shows h, CODE and 0000 The display shows time, CODE and 0000
Use the up/down key to set the code number and the SET Use the up/down key to set the code number and the SET
key to continue switching. key to continue switching.
P»j If the code number is incorrect, the multi-function display returns P»j If the code number is incorrect, the multi-function display returns
to normal operation. to normal operation.
If the code number is correct the service interval is reset and the If the code number is correct the UW interval is reset and the code
code number deleted (0000). number deleted (0000).
Press any key apart from SET to return the multi-function Press any key apart from SET to return the multi-function
display to normal operation and to save the code number display to normal operation and to save the code number
as 0000. as 0000.
After pressing SET, you can enter and store a new code After pressing SET, you can enter and store a new code
number. number.

0 If you change the code number for the service interval, the code
number for the UW interval will also change as the code is the
Q If you change the code number for the UW interval, the code
number for the service interval will also change as the code is the
same for both functions. same for both functions.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 10.08 2.29 (SB)
Activating / deactivating operating programs
Normal operation
Press the h/time and SET keys together.
The display shows CODE and 0000
Use the up/down key to set the code number and the SET
key to continue switching.
P»j If the code number is incorrect, the multi-function display returns
to normal operation.
If the code number is correct the code number will be
deleted (0000).
Press any key apart from SET and h/time to return the multi¬
function display to normal operation and to save the code
number as 0000.
After pressing SET, you can enter and store a new code
number.
After pressing h/time you can use the up and down keys to
activate (LED on) or deactivate (LED off) the travel programs
and use the inch key to set inching permanently on or to the
On/Off function.
Complete the change with the h/time key and save.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.1 (S§)
3. General Truck Data ITest and Setting Values

INDEX
EFG 2xx General Truck Data 3.2
EFG 2xx Test and Setting Values 3.4
EFG 2xx Torques 3.8
EFG 3xx General Truck Data 3.10
EFG 3xx Test and Setting Values 3.12
EFG 3xx Torques 3.16
 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.2 (S§)
EFG 2xx General Truck Data
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
A Chassis/Superstructure:
Capacity t 1,3 1,5 1,6 1,8 2,0

Load centre of gravity mm 500

Load distance mm 357 352

Wheelbase mm 1249 1357 1457 1357 1457 1465

Turning radius mm 1440 1545 1655 1545 1655

Net. weight kg 2800 2990 3185 3100 3170 3205

Axle load, unladen (front/rear) kg 1310/1490 1415/1575 1410/1580 1500/1685 1485/1615 1530/1640 1500/1705
Axle load, laden (front/rear) kg 3490/610 3930/560 4015/575 4030/755 4415/485 4375/595 4665/540

B Drive
Rated tow force
N 2300/2500 2200/2450 2150/2450 2100/2450 2000/2300 1900/2300
w/ w.o. load S2 60 min.

Max. tow force 12300/

N 12700/12700 12400/12200
w/ w.o. load S2 5 min. 12000
Gradeability
% 7,6/12,5 7,3/12,3 7,0/11,5 6,2/10,7 5,92/10,57 5,7/10,4
w / w.o. load S2 30 min.
Max. gradeability
% 28/35 27/35 26/35 25/35 24/35
w / w.o. load S2 5 min.
dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.3 (Sb)
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
Acceleration time
s 3,6/3,2 3,8/3,4 3,9/3,5 4,0/3,5
w. / w.o. load to 10 m
Noise level db(A) 66

Travel speed
km/h 16/16
w. / w.o. load

K Battery / Charger
Battery voltage / Rated capacity V/Ah 48/440 48/550 48/660 48/550 48/660

Battery weight kg 708 856 1013 856 1013

 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.4 (S§)
EFG 2xx Test and Setting Values
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
B Drive
Traction motor Type JULI/AF
104-R1
Current consumption w. / w.o. load A 100-145/
80-105
Traction motor output
kW 2x4
S2 / 60 min.

Transmission i tot. 18,2

ATF transmission oil quantities I approx. 0,35
(per transmission)

D Brakes
Piston brake pressure 1 bar A 21 Nm wheel moment
Service brake pressure bar 60-80

E Wheels/Axles
Load axle tyre size S/E/L 18x7-8 (16PR) 200/50- 10

Steering axle tyre size S/E/L 15x5.5-9

dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.5 (Sb)
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
F Steering system

Steering motor Type Iskra

(with integrated control electronics) AM G 6315
Output kW 0,85

Pressure relief valve (not adjustable) bar 70-75

Impact valve (not adjustable) bar 130-150

G Mast / Load section

Lowering brake
mm
Multi pilot / Solo pilot (S =)
Line break safety device
mm 0,6 0,7
Mast lift cylinder (S =)

Line break safety device

mm 1,7
Free lift cylinder (S =)

Roller bearing (special size) mm 79,6

Roller bearing (standard) mm 80,1
Fork carriage roller bearing
mm 80,1
(standard)

Fork carriage roller bearing (large) mm 80,5

Tilt speed setting see 006 034 000 00003

 dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.6 (Sb)
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
G1 Attachment
Sideshifter operating pressure bar >200

Sideshifter pressure relief valve bar >200

Attachment operating pressure bar >200

Attachment oil volume I / min 25

H Chassis / load section connection

Tilt speed
°/s
Forward tilt w. / w.o. load 3,6/3,5 3,6/3,8
+/- 5%
(for parameter setting 5)

Tilt speed
°/s
Rev. tilt w. / w.o. load 4,7/4,7 4,4/5,0 4,2/5,1
+/- 5%
(for parameter setting 5)

J Hydraulics
Lift speed:
m/s 0,48/0,60 0,46/0,60 0,38/0,50
w. / w.o. load
Lowering speed:
m/s 0,55/0,55
w. / w.o. load
Oil volume I approx. 18
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.7 @)
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 K EFG 216 EFG 218 K EFG 218 EFG 220
Hydraulic motor Type JULI / AP
108-L1
Motor output S3 = 15% kW 10

Pump delivery rate cm3/ 11

rev.
Safety rating IP 54

J Electrical System
Fuses
A - for options (vacant) 48 volts A -
B - for options (vacant) 48 volts A -
C - for options (vacant) 48 volts A -
D - F1 overall control current fuse A 15

E - 1F9 travel/lift controller A 5

F - F18 voltage release A 2

3F1 Steering power motor A 40

1F1 Traction controller A 250

1F2 Traction controller A 250

2H1 Lift controller A 250

 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.8 (S§)
EFG 2xx Torques
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 EFG 216 K EFG 218 EFG 218 K EFG 220
A Chassis/Superstructure:
Counterweight (M 20-8.8) Nm 400+1°
Overhead guard / rubber mounting Nm 85

B Drive
Drive / truck chassis Nm 200
Motor /Transmission Nm 23
Motor pinion stop nut Nm 55
Oil filler plug Nm 22
Brake cable hydraulics Nm 50

E Wheels/Axles
Wheels/Drive axle Nm 140
Wheels / Steering axle Nm 140
Wheel bolt Nm 180-190

F Steering
Motor / pump Nm 25+5
Steering axle / chassis (M16-10.9) Nm 280
Steering cylinder / steering axle (M16-10.9) Nm 280+ÿ
dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.9 (Sb)
EFG 213 EFG 215 EFG 216 EFG 216 K EFG 218 EFG 218 K EFG 220

G Mast / Load section

Mast support / chassis Nm 85

H Chassis / load section connection

Tilt cylinder / chassis Nm -
Tilt cylinder / jam nut (M24 xi .5) Nm 170
Tilt cylinder bushing in cylinder (M8-8.8) Nm 25

J Hydraulics
Motor / pump Nm 25+5
Fan / motor Nm 18
 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.10 (S§)
EFG 3xx General Truck Data
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320
A Chassis/Superstructure:
Capacity t 1,6 1,8 <— 2,0

Load centre of gravity mm 500 <—

Turning radius mm 1910 2020 1910 2020

Net weight incl. Battery kg 2850 3020 3130 3220 3230

Axle load, unladen (front/rear) kg 1350/1500 1370/1650 1500/1630 1420/1800 1530/1700

Axle load, laden (front/rear) kg 3940/510 3890/730 4410/520 4250/770 4675/555

B Drive
Rated tow force
N 2150/2450 2100/2450 2000/2300 <— 1900/2300
w/w.o. load S2 60 min.

Max. tow force

w / w.o. load S2 5 min.

Gradeability
N 12700/12700
- 12400/12200 <— 12300/12000

% 7,5/12,5 7,0/11,5 6,0/10,5 *— 5,5/10,5

w/w.o. load S2 30 min.
Max. gradeability
w / w.o. load S2 5 min.
Acceleration time
% 27/35
- 26/35 25/35 24/35

s 3,8/3,4 <— 3,9/3,5 <— 4,0/3,5

w. / w.o. load to 10 m
dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.11 (Sb)
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

Noise level db(A) 67 4— 4— 4— 4—

Travel speed w. / w.o. load km/h 17/17 4— 4— 4— 4—

K Battery / Charger
Battery V/Ah 48/550 48/660 48/550 48/660 4—

Battery weight kg 856 1013 856 1013 4—

 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.12 (S§)
EFG 3xx Test and Setting Values
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

B Drive
Traction motor Type JULI / AF 4— 4— 4— 4—
104-R1
Current consumption w. / w.o. load A 100-145/
80-105 - 4— 4—
-
Traction motor output
S2 / 60 min.

Transmission
kW

i tot.
2x4

18,2
-
4—
4—

4—
4—

4—
-
4—

ATF transmission oil quantities I approx. 0,35 4— 4— 4— 4—

(per transmission)
D Brakes

Piston brake pressure 1 bar A 21Nm 4— 4— 4— 4—

wheel moment
Service brake pressure bar 60-80 4— 4—

E Wheels/Axles
Load wheel tyre size S/E/L 18x7-8 200/50 - 10 4—

(16PR)

Load wheel tyre size S/E/L 16x6-8 4— 4—

dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.13 (Sb)
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

F Steering system

Steering motor Type Iskra 4— 4— 4— 4—

(with integrated control electronics) AM G 6105

Output kW 0,85 4— 4— 4— 4—

Pressure relief valve (not adjustable) bar 70-75 4— 4— 4— 4—

Impact valve (not adjustable) bar 130-150 4— 4— 4— 4—

G Mast / Load section

Lowering brake mm
Multi pilot / Solo pilot ( S = )
Line break safety device
Mast lift cylinder (S = )
mm 0,7
- 4— 4—
-
Line break safety device /
Free lift cylinder lowering brake valve
(S = )
mm 1,7
- 4— 4—
-
Load wheel (standard)
Load wheel (large)
mm
mm
79,6

80,1
4—

4—
4—

4—
--
Fork carriage load wheel (standard)
Fork carriage load wheel (large)
mm

mm
80,1
80,5
4—

4—
4—

4—
--
dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.14 (Sb)
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

G1 Attachment
Sideshifter operating pressure bar >200 4— 4— 4— 4—

Sideshifter pressure relief valve bar >200 4— 4— 4— 4—

Attachment operating pressure bar >200 4— 4— 4— 4—

Attachment oil volume I / min 25 4— 4— 4— 4—

H Chassis / load section connection

Tilt speed
°/s
Forward tilt w. / w.o. load 3,6/3,5 4— 3,6/3,8 4— 3,8/3,8
+/- 5%
(for parameter setting 5)

Tilt speed
Rev. tilt w. / w.o. load
(for parameter setting 5)
°/s
+/- 5%
4,7/4,7
- 4,4/5,0 4— 4,2/5,1

J Hydraulics
Lift speed:
m/s 0,50/0,65 4— 0,44/0,56 4— 0,40/0,56
w. / w.o. load
Lowering speed:
m/s 0,55/0,55 4— 4— 4— 4—
w. / w.o. load
Oil volume I approx. 18 4— 4— 4— 4—
VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.15 (Sb)
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

Hydraulic motor

Motor output S3 = 15%

Type

kW
JULI/AP
108-R1
14
-
4—
4—

4—
4—

4—
-
4—

Pump delivery rate cm3/rev. 11 4— 4— 4— 4—

Safety rating IP 20 4— 4— 4— 4—

J Electrical System
Fuses
A - for options (vacant) 48 volts A - 4— 4— 4— 4—

B - for options (vacant) 48 volts A - 4— 4— 4— 4—

C - for options (vacant) 48 volts A - 4— 4— 4— 4—

D - F1 overall control current fuse A 15 4— 4— 4— 4—

E - 1F9 travel/lift controller A 5 4— 4— 4— 4—

F - F18 voltage release A 2 4— 4— 4— 4—

3F1 Steering power motor A 40 4— 4— 4— 4—

1F1 Traction controller A 250 4— 4— 4— 4—

1F2 Traction controller A 250 4— 4— 4— 4—

2H1 Lift controller A 250 4— 4— 4— 4—

 dUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.16 (S§)
EFG 3xx Torques
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320
A Chassis/Superstructure:
Counterweight (M 20-8.8) Nm 380 4— 4— 4— 4—

Overhead guard / rubber mounting Nm 85 4— 4— 4— 4—

B Drive
Drive / truck chassis
Motor / Transmission
Nm
Nm
200
23
4—

4—
4—

4—
-
«-

Motor pinion stop nut

Oil filler plug
Nm
Nm
55
22
-
4—
4—

4—
4—

4— 4—

Brake cable hydraulics Nm 50 4— 4— 4— 4—

E Wheels/Axles
Wheels/Drive axle Nm 140 4— 4— «-

Wheels / Steering axle

Wheel bolt
Nm
Nm
140
180-190
-
4—
4—

4—
4—

4— 4—

F Steering
Motor / pump
Steering axle / chassis (M12-10.9 / M20-8.8)
Nm
Nm
25+5
105/380
-
4—

4—
4—

4—
-
«-

Steering cylinder / steering axle Nm 250+1° 4— 4—

dUNGHE/NRICH | EFG 2xx / 3xx 03.12 3.17 (Sb)
EFG 316 K EFG 316 EFG 318 K EFG 318 EFG 320

G Mast / Load section

Mast support / chassis Nm 85 4— 4— 4— 4—

H Chassis / load section connection

Tilt cylinder/ chassis Nm - - - - -
Tilt cylinder / jam nut (M26xi.5) Nm 170 4— 4—

Tilt cylinder bushing in cylinder (M8-8.8) Nm 25 4— 4—

I Hydraulics
Motor / pump Nm 25+5 4— 4— 4— 4—

Fan / motor Nm 18 4— 4—
 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 1 (SB)
Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products

Jungheinrich products are serviced on the basis of standard 1.2 Maintenance Interval Definition
maintenance checklists. The following (enclosures) are applied:
Preparation time: Time required to expose the
• Maintenance checklist,
components, e.g. disassembly and
• Additional service items for system trucks, assembly of brush covers.
• Additional inspection items for UW testing where servicing Net servicing time: Time spent on servicing the
and UW test are combined. components, e.g. visual inspection
see also UW test instructions. of carbon brushes and determining
the wear level.
The enclosed lists are for sample purposes.
Total servicing time: Sum of preparation and net
The maintenance checklists are issued by the persons in charge.
servicing time.
Maintenance intervals and instructions are issued by the VZ / AF
customer service managers. Total time: Overall time between arrival at and
departure from customer.
The maintenance checklist is a working guideline for customer
1 Terminology Definition service technicians to help them perform maintenance work. Any
other type of work not mentioned here is repair or other test work,
1.1 Maintenance Definition e.g. UW test.
Maintenance: Maintaining the rated condition. In the framework of maintenance, an operational test is performed
Inspection: Determining and assessing the and where possible the brake lining wear level assessed via a
actual condition. peep hole. A thorough inspection of the brakes is carried out at
Repair: Restoring the rated condition (error least 1 x year or every 1000 service hours. To do this, the brakes,
e.g. load wheel brakes, must be opened.
diagnostics / error rectification,
parts replacement etc.). The time required for this is stipulated in the UW test overtime
specifications.
 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 2 (SB)
2 Points covered under maintenance 3 Summary
2.1 Test items • Maintenance is a planned preventative strategy designed to
maintain the truck's rated condition.
• Operation
• It is condition and time-oriented.
• Correct levels (e.g. oil level)
• It extends the working life of the product and increases its
• Secure attachments uptime.
• Damage / wear • It provides security to the user of the product.
• Settings (e.g. play / paralletity)
Maintenance and repair work is extended after 1000 service hours
• Sealing / leakages or at least 1 x annually.
The VK-E repair charge out rates should be applied.
2.2 Maintenance items
• Cleaning (removal of contamination caused through normal
use, e.g. brake lining dust)
• Grease, oil, lubricants
• Bleeding
• Adjusting
• Tightening
 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 3 (SB)
Maintenance checklist

Customer: Place:
Type:
Serial no.:
Year of manufacture: Service hours:

Complaints Complaints
Yes No Yes No
Brakes 003 Energy supply
Brake force of operating and parking brakes 0 0 Battery O 0

Brake lining wear 0 0 Battery plug O 0

Brake fluid level (oil level) 0 0 Gas system O 0

Lines and connections 0 0

004 Travel
Electrics Valve setting O 0

Instruments and operating switches 0 0 Ignition and spark plugs O 0

Testing the signal system 0 0 Distributors O 0

Fuses and wiring 0 0 Replace air, oil and fuel filters O 0

Lighting 0 0
Check engine oil O 0

Travel direction switches 0 0

V-belt 0 0

Microswitch settings 0 0
Exhaust system 0 0

Contactors and relays 0 0

Coolant level 0 0

Safety switches 0 0
Anti-freeze inspection 0 0

Electrical steering 0 0
Engine suspension 0 0

Carbon brush wear 0 0

Test transmission for noises 0 0

Cable and motor attachments 0 0

Hydrostat 0 0

Electronics check Check oil or grease filling 0 0

Check / delete error log book 0 0

Wheel bearings and wheel attachments 0 0

Check parameters, adjust if necessary 0 0

Tyre wear 0 0

Tyre aire pressure 0 0

 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 4 (SB)
Customer: Place:
Type:
Serial no.:
Year of manufacture: Service hours:

Complaints Complaints
Yes No Yes No
005 Structure of truck Operator platform
Battery trolley O 0

Mast attachment O 0 007 Agreed work

Doors and covers O 0 Fully lubricate the truck in accordance with
Counterweight bolts O 0 lubrication schedule
Overhead guard O 0 When maintenance is completed, present the truck
to the responsible person.
Slide rails O 0

Driver's seat O 0
008 Steering
Support systems O 0
Steering play and steering chain
Labels O 0

Hydraulic steering
Steering axle
006 Hydraulic movement
Steering housing oil level
Roller bearings and stops O 0
Emergency recovery test
Mast section play and parallelity O 0

Lift chains O 0
009 System components
Pull rod O 0
Mast
Forks O 0
Bracing
Tilt angle O 0
Lift cutouts
Connections and lines O 0
Diagonal travel switch
Cylinders and piston rods O 0
Slack chain switch
Cylinders and piston rod attachments O 0
Chain settings
Check oil level, replenish if necessary O 0
Potentiometers, index switches, sensor bearings
Replace hydraulic oil filter O 0
Slide pieces
Hydraulic system operation O 0

Attachments and auxiliary equipment O 0

 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 5 (SB)
Customer: Place:
Type:
Serial no.:
Year of manufacture: Service hours:

Complaints Complaints
Yes No Yes No
Aux. lift and attachment Wire guidance system
Gear wheels and toothed racks 0 0 Hydraulic cylinder brake 0 0

Creep distances and limit positions 0 0 Stopping distances and end of aisle safety device 0 0

Chain settings 0 0 Sensors 0 0

Bearings and stops 0 0 Electrics

Traverse and lift speeds 0 0 Personal safety system 0 0

Swivel 0 0 Operational test 0 0

Telescopic forks
Synchronised 0 0

Transmission switches 0 0

Overpressure 0 0

Cabin
Cabinets 0 0

Safety switches and panels 0 0

Abseil device 0 0

Hydraulics
Pump speed 0 0

Wheels
Drive wheel position and forward travel 0 0

Catches 0 0

Starting rollers 0 0

Hicont
Sensor system 0 0
 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 6 (SB)
Battery service maintenance checklist - to be carried out only for separately agreed battery
maintenance contracts

Customer: Place:
Type:
Serial no.:
Year of manufacture: Service hours:

Faults Faults
Yes No Yes No
Basic battery service Battery service electrolyte circulation
• Measure overall battery voltage 0 0 • Visually inspect hoses and coupling system 0 0

• Measure cell voltage 0 0

• Operational test 0 0

• Measure electrolyte density 0 0

• Check and replace air filter 0 0

• Check electrolyte level, replenish if necessary 0 0 0 0

•Visually inspect: Aquamatik service (additional service for Aquamatik

- Container 0 0 refill system)
- Battery surface 0 0
• Check stops and hoses for leaks (connect water supply) 0 0
- Connectors 0 0
• Check water lines and container systems (no metal) 0 0
- Connector cable 0 0

0 0
- Plug
• Assess overall condition 0 0

• If applicable check Aquamatik system on battery side 0 0

• Leakage? 0 0

• Water flow 0 0

• Floating stop operation 0 0

• Draw up an inspection report 0 0

0 o

Battery service basic cleaning

• Cleaning as per ZVEI code of practice 0 0

• Suction off acidic fluid 0 0

• Measure battery temperature 0 0

 tUNGHEINRICH Maintenance of Jungheinrich Products 12.05 7 (SB)
Addition Test Items for UVV Inspection
Where maintenance and UW inspection are combined, the
following tasks must be performed in addition to the maintenance.

1. Chassis
• Check for cracks on load-bearing components and weld
seams.
• Check decals are complete and legible
(reverse steering, hooks, capacity chart, etc.).

2. Mast
• Check load forks for cracks and deformation,
(and welded seams if required).
• Measure lift chain elongation under maximum load using
chain wear gauge no. 3 (1/2" - 11/4").

4. Brakes
• Record brake retardation.
• Visually inspect all brake components.
• Measure brake lining and air gap.

11. Hydraulic system

• Test pressure relief valves.
• Determine the leak oil rate for lowering and tilt.

14. Special accessories

• Ensure platform is operating safely.
 tiUNGHEINRICH
FEM 4.004 test instructions
Allgemeine FEM-Prufung (01.12 -)

Serial no. Customer

Model Address 1

Year of manufacture Service hours Address 2

Date Post Code

Inspected by Serv.Rep.No.

Comments

Signed
FEM 4.004 test instructions
Allgemeine FEM-Priifung (01.12 -) Rating ÿ X V

Brakes
Check the braking with the tiller in the maximum vertical and horizontal positions.
Measure the parking brake power, e.g. measure the brake power when travelling
against the parking brake.
Check the brake system components for damage and wear. Make sure they are
secure and check the settings.

Electrics
Test the warning and safety devices in accordance with operating instructions. EDO
Test the Emergency Disconnect button. pod
Carry out a frame leakage test.
Check the electric wiring for damage (insulation damage, connections).
Make sure wire connections are secure.

Power supply
Compare the details (battery voltage, battery weight) on the battery data plate with
those on the data plate of the truck. [ÿÿÿ[
Test the floor openings at their lowest point. Hop
Driving
Test the body protection switch.
Check the wheels for wear and damage. Make sure they are tight and check the
compressed air if necessary.

Chassis and superstructure

Check the chassis and screw connections for damage.
Check the operating instructions and relevant documents are accessible,
e.g. operating instructions for attachments.
Check labels are legible and complete.
Check the capacity rating for the truck and all attachments that are used with it.
ppq
Check the attachment and setting function of the driver's seat. tang
Test the cutouts through the seat switch, gates etc. nod
Test the raising operator platform and check for damage.
Test the attachment of the panels and covers as well as the floor plate and
supports. Ensure they work and are safe.
Check the mast attachment / mounting.
Test the trailer hitch.
ppq
Replace the brake fluid in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Bleed
the brake system.
ÿÿÿ
Test the driver's seat restraint system and check for damage. bop
Check the frame and safety equipment (e.g. overhead guard) for cracks, damage,
deformation and any changes that could affect safety.

>/ OK / completed X Complaint M repaired / rectified 2/3

FEM 4.004 test instructions
Allgemeine FEM-Priifung (01.12 -) Rating ÿ X V

Hydr. movements
Test the operation and settings of the safety functions (e.g. slack chain device) on
trucks with a raising operator position.
ÿ ÿÿ
Check the load chains and chain guide for wear and damage.
Check the cab locking device is present and test it.
ppq
Test the automatic lowering with rated load (max. 100 mm within 10 min. for trucks
with a rated load up to 10 to. ).
ÿÿÿ
Attachment:
Check the attachment is properly secured to the truck and the supporting item.
Attachment:
Test operation and settings and check for damage.
Check the forks for cracks.
Check the forks for enduring deformation and bending.
A separate test is required for fork extensions.
ÿÿÿ
Check the minimum permissible thickness on the fork bend.
A separate test is required for fork extensions.
Make sure the stops (bolts, screws) preventing the forks from moving accidentally
are in place and secure.
Test the automatic "forward" tilt with rated load (max. 5 "within 10 min.).
Check that hydraulic ports, hose and pipe lines are secure, check for leaks,
damage, blisters and kinks.
ÿÿÿ
Check the lever, bolts and mounting are present, test them and check for wear. ÿÿÿ

Steering
Check the tiller recuperating function.
Test electric / hydraulic steering and its components.
Check the steering components for slack and damage.

>/ OK / completed X Complaint M repaired / rectified 3/3

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 09.08 5.1 (S§)
5. Service Manual Items

Title SHB no.

Title SHB no.
Assembly instructions for die ring screw I 6600.06
Steering angle sensor replacement / B 6001 connections
adjustment
Lowering brakes and line brake safety I 6632.01
Steering angle potentiometer replacement / B 6002 devices
adjustment
Notes on how to avoid accidents and J 6900.09
Brake multi-plate replacement D 6001 material damage during maintenance, test
Braking distances, minimum braking ratio D 6360.03 and repair work on industrial trucks with
electronic components
Main brake cylinder (single stage) D 6360.14
Notes on how to avoid malfunctions and Z 0000.15
Guidelines for brake line installation D 6360.16 material damage when cleaning an
industrial truck
Screw connection torques in brake systems D 6360.18
Colour coding key 3 6900.08
Brake fluid replacement D 6360.19
Wheel bolt disassembly / assembly 004 039 019 00004
Parking brakes D 6360.21
Tilt speed setting 006 034 000 00003
Steering auxiliary motor connection layout F 4001
Sensor Bearing Disassembly/Assembly 004 014 293 00008
Outer cylinder replacement G 2002
Check dimensions and settings for masts G 6233.01
with angled support rollers
Load chain elongation testing G 6355.01
Forks G1 6401.01
Control valve standard setting I 5001
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual B 6001 01.06 1 (S§)
Steering angle sensor replacement Iadjustment
Preparation EFG 3xx; EFG 422-430 (EFG-Vac 22-30)
Park the truck securely
Fully lower the load lifting device
Set the main switch and key switch "Off'

Disassembly
Disconnect sensor cable connection.
Undo steering angle sensor mounting bolts (1)

Assembly
46 mm
Insert the steering angle sensor (2), set to 46 mm distance
and tighten the mounting bolts (1).
Check the distance between the magnet and the sensor, EFG 535-550
approx. 3-4 mm, adjust if necessary.
Re-connect the sensor cable connection (interface)

46 mm
 dlJNGHEINRICH Service Manual B 6001 01.06 2 (S§)

Steering angle Degrees 3.8 11.3 19.8 29.0 39.3

Potentiometer V 4.500 4.875 5.250 5.625 6.000
voltage

Steering angle Degrees 50.6 62.6 74.3 80.9

Potentiometer V 6.375 6.750 7.125 7.500
voltage
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB B 6002 08.99 5.1 (ID
Replacement/adjustment steering angle potentiometer

Preparatory actions |gp see section 6 "Setting the steering parameters".

Park the truck safely.
Completely lower the load lifting device.
Set main switch and key switch to "OFF".

Dismounting
Disconnect the potentiometer connection, detach plug from O
its clip-holder.
Loosen the fastening screws and pull potentiometer out from
the adapter.

Mounting
Set the swivelling bolster to driving straight on. Insert adapter
with the dowel pin into the swivelling bolster.
Turn the potentiometer shaft with the shouldered side 4-
towards the red connecting cable; this sets the electrical cen¬
tre of the potentiometer.
Slip the rubber bushing onto the shaft of the steering angle
potentiometer. Pos. Designation
Mount the steering angle potentiometer onto the adapter and 1 Steering angle potentiometer
screw it to the holder.
2 Holder
Attach plug to the clip-holder and reconnect the potentiome¬
ter connections. 3 Rubber bushing

Perform "teach-in" in parameter "Steering parameter

4 Adapter with dowel pin
adjustment". 5 Swivelling bolster
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.1 (ID
Replacing the Brake Multi-Plates
Preparation 5.1 Preparation
Tools 5.1 Park the truck securely
Drive Unit Disassembly 5.2
Raise the load pick-up
Gear Unit Disassembly 5.3
Brake Multi-Plate Assembly 5.3 Tie the mast to the cross member with a chain.
Gear Unit Assembly 5.4 Turn the main switch and key lock OFF.
Measuring the Thrust Washer Thickness 5.5 Remove the floorboard.
Drive Unit Assembly 5.6
Jack up the truck
Release the handbrake

Tools
Tie chain
Clevis
Chain hoist
Nylon sling 1.Ot
2 guide bolts
ft Indicates a safety note which must be observed to avoid danger to M10 screw ring
personnel.

y4\ Indicates a note which must be observed to avoid material

damage.
jgp To ensure even braking, the brake multi-plates on both drives
must always be replaced together.
jgp Explanation.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.2 (GB)
Drive Unit Disassembly
1. Remove the wheel nuts and disassemble the load wheel. 7. Press the upper retaining ring out of the groove and push the
brake cylinder bolt (4) down.
2. Disconnect the motor and sensor cables.
Provisionally attach the brake cylinder to the chassis.
3. Unscrew the brake cable, taking care not to open the brake
line.
4. Drain the gear oil.
5. Unscrew first the fastening screws in the 5 and 10 o'clock
positions, insert and tighten guide bolts (1 + 2). Now remove
the other fastening screws.
6. Carefully remove the drive unit by approx. 10 cm.

Igp In order to handle the drive unit (weight approx. 43 kg) more
easily, insert the clevis in the eye on the top hoist frame cross
member and attach the chain hoist.
8. Insert the M10 screw ring in the motor shaft and attach the
chain hoist. Position the drive unit vertically and support it
securely.
9. Remove the motor screws (3) and remove the motor from the
Block the brake pedal to prevent accidental activation. gear unit.
After disassembling the brake cylinder do not apply the brake
pedal. The brake cylinder piston does not have an internal stop.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.3 (ID
Gear Unit Disassembly Brake Multi-Plate Assembly
1. Remove the eight M6x16 gear lid screws, retract the dowel |g§=> If only the multi-brake group (2-8) is to be replaced, the existing
pin and carefully lever the gear lid out from the housing (this thrust washer (1) can be re-used.
is made complicated by the sealant).
Place the multi-plates in the ring gear in the following order:
2. Raise the gear lid and multi-plate carrier from the housing
and remove the multi-plates and thrust washer from the gear
unit. Do not dismantle the gear lid and internal multi-plate 12 3 4
carrier.
3. Remove the sealant and clean the surfaces.
jgp If the thrust washer (1) must be replaced due to wear, the washer
thickness must be re-measured (see Measuring the Thrust Was¬
her Thickness).

5 6 7 8
1. Thrust washer (1)
2. Outer multi-plate (2) / Inner multi-plate (3) / Outer multi-plate
(4) / Inner multi-plate (5) / Outer multi-plate (6) / Inner multi-
plate (7) / Outer multi-plate (8).
3. Align the Sinus inner multi-plates (3; 5; 7) evenly according to
the contour. When placing the multi-plates in the ring gear
note the punch direction.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.4 (GB)
|gp A quick and precise method is centering with an inner multi-plate Gear Unit Assembly
carrier (9) which has not been used for the gear unit assembly.
1. Replace the sealant (Loctite 574) on the gear lid surface.
2. Carefully insert the gear lid and internal multi-plate carrier in
the gear unit while taking care not to displace the centred
multi-plates.
3. Drive in the dowel pins, insert the gear lid screws with Loctite
234 and torque to MA= 9.6 Nm.

The multi-plate position is fixed by turning or moving the inner

multi-plate carrier.
tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.5 (ID
Measuring the Thrust Washer Thickness Example:
• "X" = Measure the distance between the end faces of the X = 23.23 mm (measured)
gear lid and the thrust washer.
Y = 12.60 mm (measured)
• "Y" = Measure the thickness of the multi-plate group.
W = 23.23+12.60 = 35.83 mm
• "W = Calculate X+Y
• "V" = Measure the distance between the end faces of the V = 41 .93 mm (measured)
gear housing and the thrust washer. Z= 41 .93-35.83 = 6.10 mm
• "Z" = Calculate V- W.

Thrust Washer
Measurement 1)
5.58 to 6.10 4.8 mm
6.10 to 6.70 5.3 mm
6.70 to 7.22 5.8 mm

The required thrust washer thickness is 4.8 mm.

1)
See Spare Parts Catalog for order no.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6001 10.99 5.6 (GB)
Drive Unit Assembly
1. If necessary, replace the O ring on the motor bearer plate.
Place the motor back in the gear unit, insert the motor flange
screws (1x M8x50 and 2x M8x75) and torque to MA = 23 Nm.
2. Place the drive unit back in its original position.
Assemble the brake cylinder. Insert the brake cylinder bolts
and press the retaining ring into the groove.
Make sure the retaining ring is correctly positioned in the bolt
groove.
3. Insert the fastening screws of the drive unit and torque them
to Ma=135 Nm.
4. Connect the brake cable and torque to MA= 50 Nm.
5. Connect the motor and sensor cables.
6. Fill with approx. 0.35 litres of gear oil. Insert the screw plug
(1) with a new seal (2) and torque to MA = 22 Nm.
For the gear oil specification and order no. see the operators
manual. The exact amount of oil is defined by the oil filler opening
(overflow). Only fill when the unit is installed.
If the brake system has been opened, the whole brake assembly
must be bled.
7. Fit the load wheel and torque the wheel nuts to MA= 140 Nm.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual D 6360.03 06.12 1 (SB)
Measuring the Minimum Deceleration and Stopping Distance (Service Brake)

s Testing the parking brakes:

see service manual D 6360.21
Deactivate the pedal brake
EFG series 1, 2 and 3: disconnect the brake switch cable.
EFG series 4 and 5: Bypass the brake pedal switch
Test conditions contact (7S11).
The braking must be carried out on a level, dry, horizontal track Set parameters in accordance with the table
made of concrete or similar.
Parameters Parameter value
If the truck has an operator position, the driver must be in it when
Reduction / Reducing Brake 0 (Min)
recording the braking.
All industrial trucks are recorded with maximum load.
Vmax forward + reverse 9 (Max)
Coasting brake 0 (Min)
The load must be secured to prevent it from slipping. Brake ramp 0 (Min)
Tow trucks are recorded without trailer and load. Option 4 0 (Min)
The load handler must be in the transport position, i.e. freely lifted
as low as possible in the home position. The mast must be tilted
Atop) After completing the brake test restore the pedal brake to the
operational status and the parameters to their original range.
back and retracted.
Braking is recorded for both forward and reverse travel in the
straight-ahead direction. Tow trucks are recorded only in the tow
direction.
The brakes are applied suddenly. The wheels must not skid or
block during braking and the truck should handle well.

Prior to testing the brakes

P»j On trucks with traction current control the regenerative braking
must be deactivated.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual D 6360.03 06.12 2 (SB)
Minimum deceleration recording
%
Check the travel speed (with load) from the truck data sheet
or record the maximum travel speed as described in 50
50 B2
paragraph 1 of Stopping Distance Recording.
45
Attach a decelerometer (motometer, dynometer etc.) to the
truck and prepare it for operation. Note the manufacturer's 40
instructions. A/ 35
35 B1
Bring the truck to a halt from the maximum speed.
30
P»j Where possible, brake without using an automatic brake (e.g.
25
magnetic brake) so that the wheels are just before the point of 25 A1
skidding.


20 1o,b
For pedestrian trucks move the tiller suddenly to the full braking

__
zone. 15 13
"

Compare the deceleration value shown as % with the 9,3 _ 9 _

10 C
minimum deceleration value for the truck as indicated in the
diagram. 5 A
"

km/h
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
13,4
Travel speed

Group Definition
A1 (all trucks < 16 tonnes except for groups B and C)
B1 (Tow trucks with 1 or 2 braked wheels)
B2 (All-wheel braked tow trucks)
C (Trucks with a rising operator position >1200 mm, lateral
/ three-way order pickers)
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual D 6360.03 06.12 3 (SB)
Stopping distance recording
Check the travel speed (with load) from the truck's data sheet Group A1 (Junior, ED, ER, ET, EK, EFG, VFG, EJE-KmS,
or travel a 5m distance at maximum speed and record the EJP series etc.)
time taken to cover this distance. Conversion formula:
Time recorded in seconds (t) to km/h (v): v =18 / 1 [km/h] Maximum stopping distances from VDI 2511 (2010)
Travel at maximum speed and then brake to a halt at a given
marking. Travel speed 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(km/h)
Record the stopping distance and compare this with the
maximum stopping distance for the type of truck. Stopping distance 0,5 0,8 1,2 1,4 1,7 1,9 2,1
(m)

Travel speed 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(km/h)

Stopping distance 2,4 2,6 2,9 3,1 3,54 3,9 4,5

(m)

Travel speed 17 18 19 20 21
(km/h)

Stopping distance 5,0 5,6 6,2 6,8 7,5

(m)
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual D 6360.03 06.12 4 (SB)
Group B1 (tow trucks with 1 or 2 braked wheels) Group C (ETX series [except for ETX wire guided and
Maximum permissible braking distance without a trailer from VDI ETX automatic] ESP, ESP wire guided, KmS 1 etc.)
2511 (2010) Maximum stopping distances from VDI 251 1 (2010)

Travel speed 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Travel speed 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(km/h) (km/h)
Stopping 0,5 0,7 0,9 1,1 1,2 1,4 1,6
distance (m) Stopping distance 1,0 1,7 2,1 2,5 2,9 3,4 3,8
(m)

Travel speed 10 11 12 13
(km/h) Travel speed 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(km/h)
Stopping 1,8 2,0 2,1 2,3
distance (m) Stopping distance 4,6 5,6 6,6 7,7 8,9 10,2 11,6
(m)
Group B2 (tow trucks with all-wheel braking)
Maximum permissible braking distance without a trailer from VDI Travel speed 17 18 19 20 21
2511 (2010) (km/h)

Stopping distance 13,1 14,7 16,3 18,0 19,8

Travel speed 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(m)
(km/h)

Stopping 0,4 0,5 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,1 1,2 ETX wire guided, ETX automatic, etc.
distance (m)
Minimum deceleration:
14% (max. permissible travel speed = 9 km/h)
Travel speed 10 11 12 13
(km/h) Q The load wheel brake must only apply max 6% (+1%/-2%).

Stopping 1,3 1,4 1,6 1,7 Max. permissible stopping distances:

distance (m) The min./max. permissible stopping distance (braking
distance and response time) is indicated on a decal.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual D 6360.03 06.12 5 (SB)
Teletrak etc.
Minimum deceleration:
see diagram, Group B or C
Maximum stopping distances:
For driverless vehicles with an anti-collision safety device,
the braking must be performed so that the vehicle comes to
rest within the sphere of influence or deflection path of the
anti-collision safety device.
For brake system setting and maintenance
see service manual 6360.xx, ETX, ESP and AS.
Testing the parking brakes:
see service manual D 6360.21
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6360.14 07.98 1 (GB)
Main Brake Cylinder (Single-Stage)
1. Design Features (general)
The main brake cylinder is used to initiate and control the braking
action.
1. Main brake cylinders for brake systems incorporating drum
brakes are fitted with a bottom valve to ensure a rapid brake
response at short pedal travel. The bottom valve (1) ensures
that the brake fluid contained in the brake system is con¬
stantly kept under a slight overpressure (pilot pressure 0.4 -
1.7 bar pressure gauge reading) when the brake pedal is not
operated so that the braking action will commence immedia¬
tely when the brake pedal is depressed.
2. Main brake cylinders for brake systems incorporating disc
brakes are fitted with special bottom valves (bottom valve
provided with throttle bore), as contrary to drum brake
systems, no pilot pressure must exist in the brake system Item Designation
(pressure gauge reading 0 bar when the brake pedal is not
operated). 1 Bottom valve
2 Disc
I2P To avoid any confusion between the two different brake cylinders, 3 Primary sleeve
the main brake cylinders destined for disc brake systems are fitted
with a metal or adhesive tape bearing the inscription "Cylinder is 4 Vent hole
fitted with special bottom valve". 5 Admission bore
6 Secondary sleeve
7 Piston
S Piston spindle clearance 1,0mm
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6360.14 07.98 2 (GB)
2. Servicing and Repair

Servicing Intervall Check the cylinder bore for scoring and pitting. If any existing sco¬
ring or pitting cannot be removed by gentle polishing, discard and
Every 500 operating hours / 3 months:
replace the cylinder.
Visual inspection of the line connections for security and tightness
When performing repairs, all parts of the repair kit must be used.
(screwed connection must be dry).
Always adhere strictly to the mounting instructions supplied with
Check the dust protection cap for security, cleanliness and the parts.
damage.
yMAXl

Adjustments
-4 £
Following the removal or replacement of the main brake cylinder, MIN

the clearance "S" between the piston and the spindle must be
checked and readjusted, if ne-cessary, to ensure that the vent hole
(4) is not covered by the primary sleeve (3).
Prior to performing the adjustment, remove the bolt (8), unscrew
1 10
the check nut (9) and turn the fork head (10) until the prescribed
clearance of
-A
tTi Q)
w
--- J -

S = 1.0 mm j 1 jy-4
\ r

has been obtained. Refit the fork head and tighten the check nut.

Repair
Remove the cylinder. Temporarily blank off the tube coming from
the compensating vessel to prevent any brake fluid from escaping.
Remove the connection pipe, the attachment bolts and the pedal
linkage. Dismantle the cylinder and clean all parts thoroughly
using white spirit or brake fluid.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6360.16 10.00 1 (GB)

Guidelines for Installing Brake Lines

The brake lines used are manufactured in accordance with DIN Insert blocks (1) for line 0 4.75 mm in the flanging device,
74234 and are only used with 4.75 mm outer diameter and 0.7 mm 45° side to the flange spindle (4). Insert the brake line in the
thickness. block as far as the spacer pin (2). Fit the flange insert for line
0 4.75 mm in the flange spindle (4) and create the flange.
Guidelines for Laying Brake Lines Before tightening the spigot (line nut) coat the outer flange
1. Brake lines must be protected against external damage. surface with brake fluid.
2. Line bends of r < 25 mm must not be used. To eliminate the
danger of cross-sectional restrictions, line bends must be
manufactured in a cold forming process with line bending
pliers.
3. Line end pieces must not be used. These could create air
pockets.
4. To avoid chafing caused by line clamps, all clamps must be
coated with shrink-resistant material (rubber, plastic, leather
etc.)

Preparation of Brake Line Connections

1. The line connections must form a conical connection ("F"
flange) with spigot FS M 10 x 1 to DIN 74 234. A flanging
device is required to make a compliant flange.
2. Cut the brake line with a saw at right angles, remove any
splints and chippings from the inside and outside. Apply
water-free pressurised air to the line.
 - ./.$0 1'
tUNGHEINRICH %&' ()' $*+,* "





   






 
  
 








 




 
    
 



A 

  




 





 

  

 

 




 ! 


"  

 

 


 
#$  


 

2 3



 +   

  

 

   
#. $4* "*4*
#5 "4" /4"
#0 .4/ 64.
#$ *4/ "46
#$ ,46 "46
#" ,4/ *46
#" "*45 *4*
#6 "$4. "$4*
#6 /$4. 5*4**
#. /*45 5*4**
#0 6/45
#"$ */45
#"" .$45
#"6 0$4*
#". 0"40
#"5 ,*4*

2 7
 
  
 
$5
 
 

 


  












 








A 


 



13=
 - ./.$0 1'
HUNGHEINRICH %&' ()' $*+,* ""


"
 





-
 

 % 
%

 #83

 
'
  2 #$ 9 
 
:  "$4$
 
  
 
   /46


'
  #$ 9 
 
:  "$4$
 

  
/46


(
  
 #. 9 
 
:  "*4*
#5     /4"
#0 

64"

%

  #$   
 
:  "*4*


  
 
 

;
 
 #0* "*45






 





2 <   :

:

 :

 

 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D6360.19 03.99 1 (GB)
Changing the Brake Fluid
Brake Fluid The heat generated by frequent use of the brakes is considerable
and, if the brake fluid contains a relatively large amount of water,
Brake fluid to DOT 3 and DOT 4 is hygroscopic, i.e., it possesses might cause steam bubbles, which can lead to the failure of the
the peculiarity of constantly absorbing water from the atmospheric brake system.
humidity. The boiling point of fresh brake fluid is between 260°C To prevent this happening, it is essential to change the brake fluid
and 290°C. This value decreases considerably with increasing at the intervals in-dicated in the operating instructions:
water absorption, as is shown by the diagram below
vehicles in normal use
= every 2000 hours or at yearly intervals
'c 300
Oriainal ATE-Brake fluids vehicles used in cold storage
\
DUT3 Typ N = every 1000 hours or half-yearly facilities intervals
s\ DC T3 Typ S
250 -tW DOT3 Typ SL
\

\
\
200 _

_
\

.
150

100-

percentage of water by weight

 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D6360.19 03.99 2 (GB)
Instructions for handling brake fluid Changing the brake fluid
Brake fluid must always be stored in the original container. Changing of the brake fluid must always be performed via the
compensating vessel. In order to check the brake fluid for freedom
igp The container must be immediately and carefully closed after of bubbles, pass a transparent hose over the connection of the
brake fluid has been taken from it.
vent valve. Put the free end of the hose into a suitable container
According to the SAE-Specification, the maximum storage period filled 1/3 with brake fluid.
of brake fluid, when kept in the unopened original container (sea¬
Unscrew and remove the screwed plug from the compensating
led), is five years.
vessel. Open the vent valve and empty the compensating vessel
Do not use brake fluid that has exceeded its useful life!
down to the "MIN" mark by pumping the brake pedal. Top up the
According to the applicable environment laws, brake fluid does not compensating vessel to the "MAX" mark using fresh brake fluid.
come under the provisions covering used oit. For this reason, This procedure must be repeated for all vent valves of the brake
brake fluid must always be collected and disposed of separately system and must be kept up until clear and bubble free brake fluid
from used oil. is discharged from the transparent hose. Upon completion of the
brake fluid change, close the vent valve and replace the protective
Drained brake fluid must never be used again.
cap.
Changing of the brake fluid also ensures proper bleeding of the
brake system, as the fresh brake fluid entering the system pushes
the old fluid contained in the system out through the vent valves.
Top up the compensating vessel to the "MAX" mark and replace
the screwed plug.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D6360.19 03.99 3 (GB)
Bleeding the brake system Cleaning the brake system
The brake system must be bled whenever the system has been The brake system must be cleaned when internal contamination
opened (e.g. after repair operations or replacement of compon¬ becomes excessive (formation of sludge in the compensating ves¬
ents), or when the brake fluid has been changed. sel). This is done by flushing the system with fresh brake fluid until
clear fluid emerges from all vent valves.
igp The bleeding procedure must be performed on all vent valves of
the brake system. In the case of disc brake callipers (e.g. A 300), Pressure gauges and measuring connections, as used for pres¬
both valves must be bled (two val-ves per calliper). sure testing on hydraulic systems, must never be used for tests
and measurements on the brake system.
Upon completion of the bleeding operations, dust caps must be
If hydraulic oil or mineral oil is inadvertently permitted to enter the
replaced on the vent valves!
brake system, this will cause the entire brake system to be inser-
Bleeding is through the main brake cylinder and by pumping ope¬ viceable within a very short time. In this case, all rubber parts,
ration of the brake pedal (manual bleeding). When bleeding the including the brake hoses and brake light switches, must be repla¬
brake system, it must be ensured that the brake fluid level in the ced.
compensating vessel does not face below the "MIN" mark. Upon The brake tubes (pipes) must be cleaned with Tri, rinsed with
completion of the bleeding operation, top up the compensating white spirit and finally blown through using dry compressed air.
vessel with brake fluid to the "MAX" mark.
Check that the vent hole in the vessel's cap is not blocked and
clean if required.
igp If, following the bleeding operation, the travel of the brake pedal is
excessive, or if the pressure resistance is too soft, depress the
brake pedal firmly several times and repeat the bleeding
operation.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6360.21 12.00 1 (GB)

Parking Brakes
(Extract from DIN 0015161 and FEM)

Requirements
The parking brake must be able to stop an industrial vehicle with
max. permissible load or an unladen tow truck without attachment
and without assistence from the driver on the maximum incline
permitted by the manufacturer for ascent, or on the incline descri¬
bed hereafter, whereby the higher value applies.

A Operator seated and standing industrial vehicles

- exclusing B and D constructions - 15%
B Stackers with extending driver's position, dual-sided
trucks, triple-sided trucks 5% Incline Angle a
C Pedestrian and driverless industrial vehicles 5% CM o b CO o
X

10% 10 % 5° 50' -6°

D Narrow aisle industrial trucks (reach trucks, straddle 12.5 % o
O X
o

trucks, high level trucks, low level trucks) 10%

15 % 8° 30' -9°
|gg=> 5% incline means:
Gain in height H of 5 cm for 1 m horizontal length L.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB D 6360.21 12.00 2 (GB)

Tests
Testing can follow either process A or B. Trucks with Spring-Loaded Accumulator
jgp For industrial trucks with automatic braking (e.g. magnetic brake When the handbrake is applied the full force of the spring-loaded
or spring-loaded accumulator), the automatic brake is also the par¬ brake acts.
king brake.
The truck brakes suddenly.
For pedestrian trucks the tiller acting in the braking zone is also the
parking brake.

Process A
• Drive the industrial truck onto an incline in accordance with
the "Requirements" section and bring to a standstill with the
operating brake.
• Activate the parking brake and then release the operating
brake.
• The parking brake is functional if the truck stops in accor¬
dance with the "Requirements" section.

Process B
• Halt travel (release accelerator / travel switch) and bring the
truck to a standstill with the handbrake.
• The parking brake is functional if the truck achieves the
respective percentage value for braking (recorded with a
delay recording device), in accordance with the "Require¬
ments" section.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual F 4001 11.09 1 (SB)
Power Steering Motor Connector Layout
Connector Pin Assignment
Graphical Illustration


Connector XB17 B+ B-
Pin Wire Description / Note n
Colour Function





  











1 bl Analog input from steering sensor X X X
2 rt +12 volt supply X
3 ge Seat switch Standby speed at 0 volts X X X X X
4 Inhibit Prevents the motor from X X X X X
starting during the self-test
phase
5 gn Thermal protection Overtemperature message, X X X X X
no cutout

A Electronic control
X Pin layout

Igp Brushless DC motor:

Threephase synchronous motor with permanent-magnetic
rotor and integrated electronic system.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual F 4001 11.09 2 (SB)
Connector Pin Assignment
Graphical Illustration
Connector XB17




B+ B-
Pin Wire Description / Note n
Colour Function




 

 

 

 








1 bl Analog input from steering sensor X X X X
2 Red +12 volt supply X X X X
3 ge Seat switch Standby speed at 0 volts X X X X
4 Inhibit Prevents the motor from X X X X
starting during the self-test
phase
5 gn Thermal protection Overtemperature message, X X X X
no cutout
6 Black Switch on pump to release the spring-loaded X X
accumulator brake

A Electronic control
X Pin layout
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB G 2002 04.04 1 (SB)
Replacing the external cylinders

The following equipment is required:

Safety chain
Plug neck size L15
Standard tool

Cylinder removal:
Disassemble the piston attachment screws (1) from the top of the
lift frame.
Disassemble the rope nuts (cylinder buckling safety device) (2)
and push the rope through to the front.
Extend the mast.
If the mast cannot be extended, pull the lift frame up from the top
cross member using a lifting device.
Suspend the safety chain.
'm
iUNGHEINRICH SHB G 2002 04.04 2 (GB)
Lower all the cylinders again. The piston rod disengages from the
cross member hole and retracts.
If the piston rod does not automatically disengage and retract,
adjust with an appropriate tool.
Disassemble the lower mounting stud (4)
Push the oil tray underneath the mast.
Undo the connecting hose (3) from the cylinder and close the
screw connections again via plug necks.
Raise the cylinder approx. 30 mm, move the base forward and
past the bottom cross member and place it on the ground.
Tip the cylinder back and lift it out from the top on the truck side.

Assembly is the reverse order.

4
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 1 (GB)
Hoist Frames with Angled Rollers
Condition Assessment
Figure IKey: Hoist Frame Angled Roller Guide
Item Description No.

1 Load carriage 1
1.1 Load carriage stud 2
1.2 Top roller 2
1.3 Bottom roller 2
2 Inner mast 1
2.1 Inner mast section 2
2.2 Inner mast roller 2
3 Outer mast 1
3.1 Outer mast section 2
3.2 Outer mast roller 2
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 2 (GB)
Test Measurements
jgp If the permissible section / lateral play measurement is exceeded, Rated section Max. lateral play 2) Max. lateral play 3)
the mast components must be adjusted. dimension A (mm) (mm)
(mm)

62.3 +0.3

76.2 -0.8
0.2 1.2
80.2 ±0.5

98 ± 0.5
2* Play in top operating 3' Play in bottom operating
position position

Parallelity Deviation

In upper third » max. 1 mm

In middle third » max. 1.25 mm

Rated section Roller Max. section play1) In lower third » max. 1.5 mm
dimension A 0 D -0.2 (mm) +0.5 (mm)
(mm)
Section Wear
62.3 +0.3 61.8 1.0
76.2 -0.8 75.9 Indents, grooves, roller running marks » Max. 0.5 mm
0.9
80.2 ±0.5 79.9
98 ±0.5 97.4 0.8
1) Recorded with mast components
installed
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 3 (GB)
Roller Components

Rated section dimension A (mm)

Item Description
62.3 76.2 80.2 80.24) 98
1 Screw1) M10x252) - M10x253) M6x12 M6x 12 6 4,5
2 bearing cap
o;
V - V - -
piece
6) 6)
2* Disk - - -
3 Roller 0 (mm) 61,8 75,9 79,9 79,6 97,9
(standard)
II I
3.1 Roller 0 mm 62.3 76.4 80.4 80.1 98.3
(large) 4,5
B
3.2 Roller 0 mm 62.8 - - 80.5 98.8 R R
(max.)
4 Spacer; 31x25x0.2 40x28x0.3 36.3x28.2x0.2 40x28x0.3 50x40x0.3
as required
5 Spacer; 31x25x0.5 40x28x1.0 36.3x28.2x0.5 40x28x1.0 50x40x0.5
as required
A = Welded stud with taper-faced piston ring
B = Welded stud without taper-faced piston ring
6 Taper-faced pis¬ 31x25x2.0 - 36.3x28.2x3.5 - -
ton ring
.94
6' Items 1* and 2* load carriage version with 6 rollers, upper roller pair.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 4 (GB)
Adjustment

Setting the lateral play Complete Assembly Replacement

The spacer set for adjusting the lateral play does not have to be Components are replaced in full, e.g. new load carriage in existing
replaced or re-assessed for every repair. hoist frame:
|gp The following cases serve as examples. Survey spacer set in accordance with setting instructions; com¬
pensate any section play with larger rollers.
Replacing rollers without changing the lateral play
To achieve the best setting, remove the hoist frame and place it
Re-use existing spacer set, use rollers of the same size. Check horizontally on a workbench where it is totally secure, load car¬
play after assembly. riage facing down.
Disassemble the assembly(ies) to be assessed.
Section wear and increased lateral play
Before disassembling the components determine the play (section
and lateral play).
If the permissible tolerance is not exceeded, fit larger rollers in
accordance with the roller component table, items 3.1/3.2.
Re-use the spacer set, check the roller freedom of movement and
the roller studs for cracking or grooving.
Fit bearing cap piece1) with a new screw. Check play after
assembly.
1)
igp Not applicable for hoist frames with section of A=98 mm.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 5 (GB)
Setting Instructions
jgp The following measuring procedure is with respect to the installa¬ Rest the rollers on the running surfaces in accordance with
tion of the mast carriage / inner mast assembly. the torque stresses, top roller (1.2) tensioned in the load direc¬
When assessing the inner mast / outer mast assembly proceed in tion, bottom roller (1.3) in the opposite direction. (Use wooden
a similar manner block or similar)
Move the load carriage sideways in the lower operating posi¬
tion so that the rollers rest on the inner mast section (2.1).
Calculate the distance over the carriage stud (1.1) and the
inner mast section by the roller and record the measurement
(Xi)
Repeat the measurement in the middle and upper operating
positions.
Rest the load carriage on the opposite section side, apply ten¬
sion and determine the measurement at the same measuring
point (as 1st set) (X2)
Repeat the measurement in the middle and upper operating
positions in the same way as for the lower operating position.
Divide the lowest difference calculated in the 3 measure¬
ments by two.
jgp Spacer Dimension Ax/2 = X2 - X1 / 2.
This corresponds to the spacer dimension required for all four
roller studs.
Remove load carriage, disassemble rollers.

Fit the taper faced piston rings1) and roller without bearing cap * Place the spacer set to be assessed onto roller studs, assem-
piece1) onto bearing studs. hie the rollers and fit them with new screws.
Insert the assembly to be assessed. [gp Note the torques.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6233.01 02.03 6 (GB)
When assembling the bearing cap piece1) make sure that the cap
piece can press the bearing inner ring and the spacers against the
bolt.
If necessary, insert spacers between the bearing cap piece and
the bearing inner ring (min. 0.5 mm).

1)
|gp Not applicable to hoist frames with section A=98 mm.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 1 (GB)

Load Chains (Cleaning, Inspection and Lubrication)

Cleaning
If the chain becomes so contaminated on the outside during
operation that the lubricant cannot penetrate, clean between the
link plates to remove contamination, grease or other particles.
The contamination prevents the lubricant from penetrating
between the link plate and pin.
yj\ Only lubricate a load chain when the chain has been unloaded.

Chains must only be cleaned with paraffin derivatives such

as petroleum, turpentine or diesel.
Special cleaner: 50002003
Tungard Clean: 51025050
ÿtoJÿ After cleaning always apply chain spray (29201280) to the chain.

Never clean load chains with steam jet high pressure cleaners or
chemical cleaning agents.
This can cause direct damage to chains through gassing.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 2 (GB)

Inspection

Q Load chains wear rapidly if not lubricated. The intervals stated in

the service checklist apply to normal duty use. More demanding
If the truck is fitted with two lift chains,
both chains must always be replaced.
conditions (dust, temperature) require more regular cleaning and This is the only way to ensure even
lubrication. load distribution over the two chains.
When replacing a chain, replace also
The chain must be replaced immediately if:
the chain adjuster (3) and pin (4). All
the chain has elongated significantly within a short period of used parts must be scrapped. Do not
time. replace individual chain links.
signs of external wear or heavy corrosion are visible.
an error has occurred that could have resulted in a peak
voltage in the chain.
Item Description
there is excessive contamination.
1 Chain pulley
a However, careful inspection is made more difficult if the chain is
coated with a thick layer of grease. The inspection will not be 2 Maximum wear area
reliable unless the chain has been thoroughly cleaned 3 Chain adjuster
beforehand.
4 Pin

If the chain is removed for inspection, it should be re-installed in

the reverse order of disassembly.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 3 (GB)

Checking the chain wear level Broken link plates

Check the wear level on the edge of the chain links: Broken link plates are indicated by a
rising of the respective plate near
near an anchor point the plate head or by a missing part
on sections that rest on pulleys during transportation, as
these are subject to greater wear levels.
a
of the head.
Corrosion can also be a cause of a
broken link plate.
(O 0
Check chains for torn or missing link plates, extended holes,
cracking in the outer link plates, loose, worn or damaged pins and Chains with broken link plates are unsafe for operation. The chain
cotter pins. must be replaced immediately.
Chains should also be replaced immediately if visible damage is
noted, as such damage causes permanent breakage over time. Twisted pins
Normal Twisted
bolt bolt
Re-tensioning
The chain setting must be checked during an inspection and
re-adjusted if necessary.

If there are twisted pins, this means the blockage in the chain joint
is already so severe that the press fit between the pin and outer
plate has been overcome.
Chains with twisted pins are unsafe for operation. The chain must
be replaced immediately.
tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 4 (GB)

stiff joints Checking chains for corrosion

Check chains for corrosion, in particular inside the link plates.

a Corroded, worn or damaged chains must be replaced, as the

corrosion can ultimately lead to permanent breakage.

If the chain links cannot return to their operational position after

leaving the pulley, the chain joint is not functional. This
appearance can be caused by cold welding, friction corrosion or
excessive contamination.
If the stiff joints cannot be rectified by cleaning and lubricating, the
chain must be replaced.

Plate hole wear

If plates have impact markings or other deformities, or if wear is

detected on the plate holes, the chain must be immediately
replaced.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 5 (GB)

Checking the wear limit of link plate height "H"

Example of a chain where division P = 1" (25 mm):
Check if the chain has excess wear to link plate height "H", e.g.
due to constant contact with chassis / mast sections
Dimension of link plate height "H" = 24 mm
Q The max. permissible reduction of the link plate height is 5% of the
overall height of link plate height "H", irrespective of whether the Maximum wear (5% of 24 mm) = 1.2 mm
wear is showing on one or both sides.
Minimum plate height (24 mm - 1.2 mm) = 22.8 mm

If the wear exceeds this level, the chains must be replaced.

H = Link plate height

P = Separation
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 6 (GB)

Checking chains for elongation a The bore hole gauge / wear gauge can measure chain elongation
of 3% with precision. This means that for a 3% chain elongation 33
2 1 chain links or 33 pins [1 to 34 pins] lie between the markings of the
bore hole gauge / wear gauge.
For safety reasons, Jungheinrich recommends replacing load
chains when they elongate by 2.9%.
This means that the maximum elongation of a segment or of the
whole chain must not exceed 2.9% of the length of the chain.

A The permissible elongation of chains is tested at 10% of the rated

load. The length of the laden chain must be measured over 17
double links or 34 chain pins [1 to 35 chain pins],
Measure the chains at three different points, in particular the
sections that lie over the pulleys (2) during transport as these
are subject to greater wear levels.
If the truck is fitted with two lift chains, both chains must always be
replaced. This is the only way to ensure even load distribution over
the two chains.
When replacing a chain, replace also the chain adjuster (3) and
pin (4). All used parts must be scrapped. Do not replace individual
chain links.
Item Description Item Description
1 Chain pulley 4 Pin
2 Maximum wear area 5 Double link
3 Chain adjuster 6 Chain link

Tool: Bore hole gauge,

Wear gauge in UW test kit
tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 7 (GB)

The following table shows the dimensions produced for a 2.9% If the truck is fitted with two lift chains,
elongation of a specific section of a load chain (17 double links both chains must always be replaced.
over 34 pins [1 to 35 pins]): This is the only way to ensure even load
distribution over the two chains.
Chain Dimension over Wear limit (dimension When replacing a chain, replace also
dimension = 17 double links or over 17 double links the chain adjuster (3) and pin (4). All
used parts must be scrapped. Do not
Separation P 34 pins + 2.9%)
replace individual chain links.
mm (inch) mm inch mm inch
12,7 1/2 431,80 17.00 444,32 17,49 Item Description
15,875 5/8 539,75 21.25 555,40 21,87 1 Chain pulley
19,05 3/4 647,70 25.50 666,48 26,24 2 Maximum wear area
25,4 1 863,60 34.00 888,64 34,99 3 Chain adjuster
31,75 1 1/4 1079,50 42.50 1110,81 43,73 4 Pin
38,1 1 1/2 1295,40 51.00 1332,97 52,48
44,45 1 3/4 1511,30 59.50 1555,13 61,23
50,8 2 1727,20 68.00 1777,29 69,97
76,2 3 2590,80 102.00 2665,93 104,96

Replace the entire chain including the chain adjuster (3) and
pin (4) when the wear limit has been reached. Do not replace
individual chain links. All used parts must be scrapped.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 8 (GB)

Lubrication
General Instructions When the chains have been cleaned they should be
lubricated by applying a thorough layer of grease and
Effective chain lubrication protected against corrosion. The lubricants to be used are
extends a chain's service life listed in the operating instructions (in the "Consumables"
several times over. The section).
amount of oil used is not the It is not sufficient to lubricate only the top of the bearings.
only factor; how much oil
actually reaches the lubrication The drip method should preferably be used for disassembled
points in the chain joint (5) is chains.
equally important. The chain Mark the assembly position of the chains and remove them
must be lubricated shortly from the truck. Clean the chains then soak them in lubricant
before commissioning. for an hour.
The amount of lubricant used is Remove the chains from the immersion bath, allow the
sufficient if: lubricant to drip off and install the chains back on the truck in
• when you run your finger along the chain it is coated with a
the reverse order (note markings).
thin, clear layer of oil. Lubricate the chain tensioning bolts before and after chain
The chain surface should be coated with a thin layer of oil to assembly.
provide the necessary corrosion protection. -ÿ1 It is advisable to carry out a test run on the load chains to remove

a Never apply so much lubricant to the chain that it starts to drip off.
The chain lubricant also protects the chain from corrosion. It is
oil drips and to check whether unusual noise or vibrations occur.

essential that all link plates and pin surfaces are coated with
lubricant as corrosion can cause rusting of the link plates, which in
turn could result in chain breakage with unexpectedly low loads.
The chains must be lubricated in accordance with the
maintenance intervals listed in the operating instructions.
The chain tensioning bolts must be lubricated after the chain
has been assembled and all subsequent adjustments made.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service Manual G 6355.01 05.15 9 (GB)

Lubricants

Q The lubricants to be used are listed in the operating instructions (in

the "Consumables" section).
The prescribed chain spray must be used in accordance with the
instructions. Applying grease externally will not provide sufficient
lubrication.
Poisonous and hazardous vapours can be produced when using
lubricants / fluids. Therefore, apply the appropriate safety
regulations when handling these materials.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service manual G1 6401.01 08.12 1 (SB)
Forks
Faulty forks can cause accidents Checking for wear
• Replace any faulty forks. Measure the initial
• Do not repair faulty forks through heat treatment or welding. dimension (x).
Visual inspection Measure the minimum
thickness (d) at the thickest
point.
i
d
1

0 d > x - 10%, otherwise replace

the fork tine. 4
Wear checked.

3 -ÿ

Checking the height difference

Measure the height
difference (h) between the
fork tips.
Inspect the fork bend (4) and attachments (1 , 3) for cracks,
warping and wear.
0 The maximum permissible
deviation h = 1.5% of the blade
Check the welding seams for cracks.
length, otherwise replace the fork
Check the fork tips for damage (6). tine.
Check the lock is present and working. Height difference checked.

0 Replace forks if necessary.

Visual inspection performed.
tUNGHEINRICH Service manual G1 6401.01 08.12 2 (SB)
Checking the angularity Checking the deflection under load
Mark the fork horizontally Check the fork tines individually. The test load for one fork tine
and vertically at 500 mm should be the rated capacity of the truck.
and measure the diagonal
(d).
d = 695 - 713 mm, otherwise
replace the fork tine.
500
Angularity checked.

Checking the fork blade deflection

Centre-punch the fork at two points (x) on the side.

Measure the deflection (k) of the fork blade.

a The markings may already be present on the fork.
Measure the test dimension l2 between the two points (x).

Q The maximum permissible deviation k = blade length L (in mm)/66,

otherwise replace the fork tine.
Raise a test weight with one fork tine at its load centre.
Check for cracks on the top fork hanger (1) and in the fork
Deflection checked. bend (4) under load. Clean the test points beforehand if the
test is using a diffusion spray.
Lower the test weight.
Measure the test dimension l2 with the forks unladen.
A No permanent deformation (deflection) is permissible.
Fork tine checked.
 tUNGHEINRICH Service manual G1 6401.01 08.12 3 (SB)
Technical Specifications
The forks contain technical specifications that must be observed
during testing.

Q The capacity engraved in the fork is not the test load but rather the
maximum capacity of the fork.
Dimensions l2 and Smin and the two centre-punches are only
engraved optionally in the fork.

625 x 500
Load centre distance (mm)

800 = Test dimension "l2" (mm)

Smin = 32 -
= Minimum fork tine thickness (mm)
64.XXXXX —
= Fork tine order number
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB I 5001 03.99 5.1 (ID
Pilot Valve Basic Setting

Mechanical Basic Setting for all Functions: Rotary Potentiometer Setting:

Igp The control lever path (1) is limited via the valve. The rotary potentiometer (2) for "Lifting" must be fitted in such a
The lever path cannot be adjusted. way that it is slightly pre-tensioned when the control lever is in
neutral.

1
Microswitch Setting:
The microswitches (3) must be adjusted in such a way that they
are activated when the control plunger has travelled approx. 1
mm.

Flow Control Valve Setting:

The flow control valves for "Tilt", "Aux. Lift 1" and "Aux. Lift 2" are
factory set and cannot be adjusted.
JUNGHEINRICH SERVICE HANDBUCH bss.oo.os

DIRECTIVES FOR EXECUTING SCREWED JOINTS

Cut pipe at right angle and debuir

All threaded parts must be oiled (do not grease)

Push nut 1 and cutting ring 2 over the end of pipe 3.

1. Screw nut by hand onto the male member.

2. Push pipe in till it comes to rest.
3. Tighten with wrench about 3/4 turn.
4. The cutting ring will cut itself with its edge into the pipe.
5. Unscrew nut from male member.

1. Checking the cutting edge.

It is of no importance if the cutting ring can be turned on the end of the pipe.
2. The final fitting on the male member is performed with another 3/4 turn.

34((04
HUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 


     



 



   
 
  
 
    
 !  !" 
 #$

  %
 &
 
  '  (
%

!
 
 

!  !" )  
%

*
  )  +
%

!#,-.
#/ 0  

34((04
tUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 

 




  
/
!  
!5 !"
 
/ 

$

! 
!6
/
//7
,/
/ 

 /

0(0'0- 
90-

//!   "



 


 
8 
 
 8 
4 
!/
 " 8 
"
/




   

! 2 
! 2 

34((04
HUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 

,!!
"!
  
7

#$

  &
 
 
: "

 
 ;

//" 


!
!//!  /!
"



  
 
 
       
    

 

    

!  !"  //
/
! 
! 
$

/ ! ! 
$" 
!/ &

/
! 
!*/
!
/

$
/  
!0%0<!/ $ 
!0(-

!  !"!7
&



!/  !/ 

   

! 2 
! 2 


  
 
 
    
       

34((04
llUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 %

  

,/
  "!/" "//!
"

/

 
 / !  !"

 

  

 

 
//
=>
 !"
#$

   

 %&'#
 !  
/
 /!"!"!
/

 

/
"
!/
8
=>
 ,/

 "


/ 8

"
 
!!/ 8


"
 (()* 
$()
*   
 *  
 ?

!/ 8
!/

*// 8

=>"
!//
=>
 ;"
 / 8

=>
/
=>

34((04
llUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 '

! " 


&
 
  
 
/ !/!
"

,/
  
 !  !"
&
/
!   
! */ 


"* /
 !/ 



"
 * )
  
 
 
 
 ** 


%+'  
  
 
 
"
  




 
   
   

) 
  
%,'
    
  
"
  
  
         *
   
 
*)
  


  
 
 
    
 
    
 

34((04
llUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 (

,/
 
 



.
4
@


0)(+0%
$A;8






,  

,"


.
3
@

,"
0)'+0
4B
0)'%00'
4'B
0)0+0(
4)B
0)0%0)
4+B
0)9('0
4'B ,


A;8


!

/ ,/  





*
!/ " 

#$ %
: "
 8
 !/ * 

!/


/!
"

;
 8

 "/
/  ,/ 8
 
// 

-  
  
 
  
*   
 
 
  

*    
 #
&
/ !3
  "
 "//
"
!/
/
 !
!/ 8
 
C

34((04
HUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 )

&    

     
.
3 .
4

,"


,



,/  
,  

&    

 '  =!#,-.
#/!%>
&  ' (  % )  (   
.
3 .
4 

B" B"




      $
,"   ," 

," 

 


  


D0*   

ED0*  
    
, ++0''%0
4)B %*%   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(
, ++'+09
4)B )*   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(
, ++'++0%
4'B '*
  %(* '0 *0 000
0)'%00' 0)(+0% '0
, ++)(0
4)B %*%   '0 *0 '0
0)0+0(
, ++)(0%
4'B '*
  %(* '0 *0 000
0)'%00' 0)(+0% '0
, ++9''%09
4+B %*   '0 *0 '00
0)0%0)
, ++9'()09
4)B %*%   '0 *0 000
0)0+0(
, ++90%
4B %*%
  %9*) % *% 000
0)'+0 0)(+0% '0
(00
, ++0)+)00
4'B (*
  %(* % *% '0
0)'%00' 0)(+0%
, ++0)+90
4)B )*%   % *% (00
0)0+0(
, ++(%+0%
4'B '*
  %(* '0 *0 000
0)'%00' 0)(+0%
, ++(%'0
4'B '*
  %(* '0 *0 000
0)'%00' 0)(+0%
, ++(%'%00
4'B '*
  %(* '0 *0 '0
0)'%00' 0)(+0%
, ++(%'+0
4)B %*%   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(

34((04
llUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 9

&  ' (  % ))  (   )

.
3 .
4 

B" B"




      $
,"   ," 

," 

'<  


  


D0*   

ED0*  
    
F ++'+%(0
4'B *9
  '0 *0 000
0)'%00) 0)(+0% %%*) '0
F ++'+%90'
4)B '*   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(
F ++)'0
4'B *9
  %%*) '0 *0 '0
0)'%00) 0)(+0%
F ++)')0
4)B '*   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(
F ++0%)00%
4)B '*   '0 *0 000
0)0+0(
F ++0'0
4+B (*   '0 *0 '00
0)0%0)
F ++0)+0
4'B *9
  %%*) '0 *0 '0
0)'%00) 0)(+0%
F ++0)%'09
4)B '*   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(

&!  ' (  % ))  (    

.
3 .
4 

B" 3! 



      $
," "
 ," 

," 

'<  
 

  


D0*   

ED0*  
    
++9)9(0
4B *
  %9* % *% '0
, ++90 0)'+0 0)(+0% (00
, ++9%09

34((04
HUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 +

&&  ' (  % *)  (   )

.
3 .
4 

B" B"




      $
,"   ," 

," 

'<  


  


D0*   

ED0*  
    
F ++0)009
4)B 9*0   '0 *0 (00
0)0+0(
F ++0090
4'B %*%
  %*0 '0 *0 000
0)'%00' 0)(+0% '0
F ++0+0
4)B %*%   '0 *0 000
0)0+0(
F ++'(09
4+B '*(   '0 *0 '00
0)0%0)

&+  ' (  % *)  (    

.
3 .
4 

B" 3! 



      $
," B"
 ," 

," 

'<  
 

  


D0*   

ED0*  
    
++0'+09
4'B '*
  %(* % *% 000
, ++9'0 0)'%00' 0)(+0% '0
, ++90( (00

34((04
VUNCHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 0

&   ,-. / , (

3"   

  !
"
*


  !
"
*
/

 5!"

% !  !"
' &
 
 
( #$

 

&
 
  !  !"
.
3
;8


G
G
.
G
G

,"


,



,/  

34((04
llUNGHEINRICH

  .12 0-+0 


 

!  !"
  !
"
 5!"

 

#  !

"

./ 3!  B"
 
 !  !" B"
 
  
#,  

H     

H .
3
,"
 ,"

0( F, ++(+0 %0  4B*' 0*'    

++'9%0% %0  4B*' 0*'

++(%0%0 %0  4B*' 0*'

0( FF ++'99+0 9  4B*' 0*' ++'9%'0 (0
4)B %

++(%009 9  4B*'  ++(0%09 (0
4)B %

++'9%0( 9 /  

++(%00( 9 /  

0( 2F ++'9%(0 %0  4B*' 0*' ++'9%'0 (0
4)B %

++(0%09 %0  4B*' 0*' ++(0(09 (0
4)B %

++'9%)0' %0 /  

++(0'0 %0 /  

0-' F, ++(%0 '0  4B*' 0*9    

++(%0% '0  4B*' 0*9

0 2F ++(%0) %'  4B*' 0*( ++(%'0 )0
4'B 

++(%0' %' /  

' 2F ++(00 '0  4B*' 0*9 ++(0' )'
4'B +

++(090) '0 /  
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB J 6900.09 09.90 1

Instructions for the prevention of accidents and damage to equipment when performing servicing,
checking and repair operations on fork lift trucks equipped with electronic assemblies
1. Safety measures 3. Correct handling of electronic printed circuit boards
Observe the operating instructions, section "Repair". When removing or installing electronic mounting boards or when
fitting the test adapter ensure that
Remove all rings, bracelets and similar objects before com¬
mencing any operations on fork lift trucks. the electric system is dead (switch off battery main switch and
key switch),
Repairs, as well as removal and installation of electronic com¬
ponents and fuses must only be performed on a dead system. the contact pins are not deformed,
Unplug the battery plug or disconnect the battery.
the cooling on the multipoint connector corresponds with the
Connect the battery and switch on control voltages only, if coding on the mounting board,
required for checking operations. Exercise care during all
the contacts of the mounting board and multipoint connector
operations (hazard of arcing).
are facing each other correctly when there is no coding),
If not instructed otherwise, the vehicle must be jacked up for
the mounting board is correctly inserted into the guide rail,
checking to allow the drive wheels to move freely. (Ensure
absolutely that the vehicle cannot slip.) a seized mounted board is not removed or installed by force
(contacts will be deformed),
Use a tool (brass sockets) for the removal of printed circuit
2. Electric welding operations boards which are fitted by means of lugs.

Before commencing any electric welding operations on a fork lift

truck, ensure that all control current plugs and all cable connec¬
tions have been disconnected from the electronic assemblies, and
that all electronic mounting boards have been removed.
During electric welding operations on the vehicle, the welding cur¬
rent causes in the cables an inductive voltage with high voltage
peaks which is liable to destroy the semi-conductors incorporated
in the electronic assemblies.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHB J 6900.09 09.90 2 (GB)

4. Handling of electronic components (MOS- 6. Installation of heat-sensitive components

components, E-PROM and others) (Diodes, thyristors, transistors, cooling elements, etc.)
These electronic components are very sensitive against static Heat-sensitive components must be installed using heat conduc¬
charges and might be destroyed by such static charges. ting compound, heat-conducting mats or foils.
Always ensure that the electronic components, when not required, Do only apply enough heat-conducting compound to the threads
are placed with their connecting contacts on metallic, bare sup¬ of electronic components or into tapped holes accepting such
ports, or that they are in conductive foam rubber. components, or onto the surfaces of cooling elements that the
New electronic components are always supplied on a strip of con¬ threads or any unevenness in the cooling element surfaces are
ductive foam rubber and for transportation purposes the replaced just filled or evened out.
electronic components must be set back into the conductive foam If excessive heat-conducting compound is applied, the compound,
rubber. which softens when the components become heated, will leak out
(leaving hollows) thus impairing its heat conducting properties.
5. Changing the EPROM
igp In case of varnished boards, do not exchange the EPROM.
Do not bend or damage the connecting contacts of the EPROM! 7. Cleaning operations
Lift the EPROM equally out of the plug connector by putting Cleaning operations must only be performed on dead
the tool - order no. 081.0996 (plastic pliers) - under the narrow installations. Unplug the battery plug or disconnect the
edges. battery.
When replacing the EPROM, ensure that the sides are cor¬ Do not use a steam jet when cleaning electronic components,
rectly placed. EPROM and plug connector are marked by a but use low-pressure compressed air and a brush.
notching. • See SHB 0000.15.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHBZ 0000.15 02.89 1 @>
Instructions for the prevention of functional failures and damage to equipment when performing
cleaning operations on fork lift truck
1. Cleaning operations, general The entire vehicle must be perfectly dry, before operations in
cold storage facilities are resumed.
Unplug the battery connector or disconnect the battery, before
commencing any cleaning operations. Perform several braking tests (drying out the brakes) before
putting the vehicle into operation again.
Only non-inflammable liquids must be used when performing
cleaning operations (for cleaning and servicing of chains refer No sealing spray should be used, as sprayed surfaces tend to
to section 2). increase the attraction of dust and dirt.
Do not use water or a steam jet when cleaning electric and Limit the application of contact spray to as little an area as
electronic assemblies or components. Use vacuum intake air, possible.
weak compressed air and a non-metal brush.
Carefully cover all delicate components, especially electric
and electronic assemblies and components before applying
water or a steam jet.
After completion of steam jet cleaning, grease the vehicle in
accordance with the lubrication schedule. Friction surfaces,
guide rollers and chains must only be greased with the lubri¬
cant specified for the respective operating conditions (normal
operating conditions/operation in cold storage facilities).
Parts susceptible to corrosion must be subjected to the pres¬
cribed after-treatment.
Before putting the vehicle into operation again, ensure that
the electric/electronic assemblies are dry. If necessary, dry
them using air. Ensure that any residual water or liquid deter¬
gent still present on the chassis or inside the vehicle cannot
penetrate into electric or electronic assemblies as a result of
vehicle movements.
 tUNGHEINRICH SHBZ 0000.15 02.89 2 @>
2. Cleaning and servicing of chains
Lifting chains fall into the category of safety elements. Their ser¬
vicing and lubrication must be carried out with great care, as befits
safety elements. Lack of lubrication causes rapid wear of chains.
The intervals indicated in the servicing checklist apply to normal
operating conditions. Under rugged working conditions (dust, high
temperatures) more frequent lubrication becomes necessary. It is
advisable to use the chain spray indicated in the lubrication sche¬
dule. With a clean chain (dust and grease crusts to be removed
beforehand) this will ensure penetration of the lubricant. Mere
external application of grease does not provide adequate
lubrication.
Chains should not be excessively dirty.
Do not clean chains hy means of steam jets, i.e. do not direct
the steam jet directly on to the chain.
Paraffin derivates only must be used for cleaning purposes
(petrol, petroleum or diesel fuel).
Chains must be lubricated whenever they have been cleaned.
Corrosive products and acids must not come into contact with
chains, as they will lead to their destruction.
When servicing or replacing lift chains, check for uniform ten¬
sion and for aligned and smooth passage over the guide
rollers.
 
 
tUNGHEINRICH
  
 

 
 
 
 
 !"#$!
     
  %&#&! !"
   #!
!$&
'$&     
!$&!
!$"( )*
#!"&#& +"&#&! ,&&"&#&! +"&#&

# # #! #! #-&. #

  &/ 0& 0&! 1 &
! !# 2!##&/ 3! ##& 0##&
  !! $! $! ! $! !
  2  & 
& &! &! &! "&! 3 &
 & 1 &! & & &
 & ! &! && &3&
/ "4/ #" & !& !&
$ $&#! $&#! $&#! $&# $&# &
/ /!5 /4! #" "& #"&

     

#& #&! #!&! #!&! #"&! #3 &

# #& #!1 #!&! #& #& &
#/ #/!5 #!/4! #!#" #"& ##"&
! !#& 2!##&/! 3!&! ##&&& 0##&&3&
!$& !#$&#! 2!##&/$&#! 3!$&#! ##&$&# 0##&$&# &
!/ !#/!5 2!##&//4! 3!#" ##&"& 0##&#"&
! !# !!2!##&/ $!3! $! !##& $! !0##&
/ /!5 !!/4! $!#" $! !"& $! !#"&
& &!& &!! &!&! &"&!&& 3 &&3&
/ &/!5 1/4! &!#" &"& & &#"&
# &# ! #! &!#! &&# &3&#
 & ! !! &!$! &&$! ! &3&$! !
 & ! 2 &! &&& &3&
 && ! 1 &!&! &&& &3&& &
/ &"4/ ! #" &!& &&!& &3&!&
/ &/!5 ! /4! &!#" &&"& &3&#"&
/ "4/ #"&/ &0& !&0&! !&1 &
/! "4/!# #"2!##&/ &3! !&##& !&0##&
/ "4/ #"!! &$! !&$! ! !&$! !
/& "4/&! #"&! &&! !&"&! !&3 &
/ "4/& #"1 &&! !&&! !&& &
// "4//!5 #"/4! &#" !&"& !&#"&
$& $&#!&! $&#!&! $&#!&! $&#"&! $&# &3 &
// /!5"4/ /4!#" #"& "&!& #"&!&
 tUNGHEINRICH 004 039 019 00004 10.07 1 (SB)
Wheel Bolt Disassembly/Assembly

In order to disassemble the wheel bolts the truck must be parked

on level ground.

• Switch off the truck and disconnect the battery.

• Jack the truck up securely, making sure the appropriate
safety labels are in place.

• Turn the wheel shaft so that the wheel bolt to be replaced is

opposite a large gap (1) between the fins of the housing.

When jacking up the truck, take appropriate measures (hard

wooden blocks) to prevent the truck from slipping or tipping over.

• Dismantle the idler gear

• Remove the wheel bolt from the wheel shaft using a brass
bolt (2) or punch and hammer.
tUNGHEINRICH 004 039 019 00004 10.07 2 (SB)

• Insert a new wheel bolt with the flat side of the

bolt collar facing the wheel shaft.

• Fit the washer and wheel nut onto the wheel bolt
and hand-tighten.
• Wheel bolt torque : 180- 190 Nm
 tUNGHEINRICH 006 034 000 00003 08.08 1 (SB)
Tilt Speed Setting
Tilt settings /i\ The tilt speed parameters must be set according to the lift height.
When replacing an electrical component, check the tilt speed and
reset if necessary.

Lift height [mm] Setting

Fwd. tilt Tilt back Fwd. tilt Tilt back up to 6490 5 (standard)
(time in sec.) (time in sec.)
from 6500 to 7490 4
9 9 3,60 2,55
from 7500 3
8 8 3,60 2,55
7 7 3,30 2,75
6 6 3,62 2,93
5 5 3,95 3,44
4 4 4,45 3,94
3 3 4,98 4,61
2 2 5,47 5,15
1 1 6,43 8,81
0 0 7,91 7,02
 tUNGHEINRICH 004 014 293 00008 09.08 1 (SB)
Sensor Bearing Disassembly/Assembly
Sensor Bearing Disassembly • Remove the remaining mounting screws

• Park the truck safely

• Lower the load handler fully
• Turn the main switch and key switch "Off'
• Disconnect the battery
• Remove the floorboard and rubber mat
• Loosen the accelerator pedal
• Loosen the wheel nuts, jack up the truck and disassemble
the wheel

• Undo the handbrake cable (3)

Unscrew the two opposite mounting screws, insert and . Disassemble the brake line (4) and seal it with plugs
tighten the guide bolts (1+2) . undo the motor connections and sensor bearing connectors
tUNGHEINRICH 004 014 293 00008 09.08 2 (SB)

• Remove the drive unit • Carefully disassemble the bearing plate (8)
The sensor wire and temperature wire (9) are fixed with adhesive

Remove the sensor bearing (10) from the anchor shaft using
• Undo the Seeger circlip ring (5)
an extractor (11)
• loosen the four screws (6) from the bearing plate and the
three screws (7) from the sensor bearing ring A Take care notto damage the sensor bearing ring (12). If damaged,
replace the sensor bearing ring.
 tUNGHEINRICH 004 014 293 00008 09.08 3 (SB)
Sensor Bearing Assembly

• Push the sensor bearing ring (12) and sensor bearing (10) • Push the bearing plate (8) up straight with the help of
onto the anchor shaft and tighten them with an assembly guides (14)
sleeve (13) • fit and tighten the four screws (6) and three screws (7)
• Fit the Seeger circlip ring

0 For the drive unit assembly refer to service manual D 6001.

• Fix the sensor bearing and temperature wire with adhesive (9)
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.1 (GB)
6. AS 4812 plus F and AS 4814 plus H CAN Bus Controllers

Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid Index

danger to personnel.
AS 4812 plus F Traction Current Controller 6.3

A Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material

damage.
Lift controller 6.3
Pin layout on the AS 4812 plus F / AS 4814 plus H 6.4
Interface 3 6.5
Q Used before explanations.
Operational description of Interface 3 6.5
LEDs on Interface3 6.5
Interface3 connector layout Part 1 6.6
Interface3 connector layout Part 2 6.7
For notes on how to avoid accidents and material damage in Interface3 connector layout Part 3 6.8
industrial trucks with electronic components see J 6900.09. Interface3 connector layout Part 4 6.9
Measures taken to conduct heat (shiny contact surfaces) must remain Interface 4 6.10
intact during repair work. Interface4 functional description 6.10
Any disassembly or assembly of components not listed in the spare LEDs on Interface4 6.10
parts catalog is not permitted. This could affect heat conductivity and Interface4 connector layout Part 1 6.1 1
insulation. Interface4 connector layout Part 2 6.12
Interface4 connector layout Part 3 6.13
Interface4 connector layout Part 4 6.14
Test and Measurement Equipment Exposing the Interface Card 6.14
Multimeter and ohmmeter (digital) Multi Pilot 6.15
Multi Pilot Operational Description 6.15
Stopwatch (slow travel)
Removing the Multi Pilot 6.15
Block Diagram for EFG with Solo-Pilot 6.16
Block Diagram for EFG with Multi-Pilot 6.17
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.2 (GB)
Parameter Setting 6.18
Error messages 6.18
Diagnostics 6.18
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.3 (GB)
AS 4812 plus F Traction Current Controller
The AS 4812 plus F (1U1/1U1.1) traction current controllers 1U1 1F1 2U1 2F1 1U1.1 1F2
govern the two traction motors using threephase technology.
Information is exchanged via the CAN Bus. A microprocessor
system internally processes all the important program parts for the
components. The CAN Bus solely provides the channel for
communication with the rest of the truck components.

Lift controller
Series 2xx with AS 4812 plus H
Series 3xx with AS 4814 plus H

The lift controller (2U1) governs the lift motor using threephase
technology. Information is exchanged via the CAN Bus. A
microprocessor system internally processes all the important
program parts for the components. The CAN Bus solely provides
the channel for communication with the rest of the truck
components.
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.4 (GB)
Pin layout on the AS 4812 plus F IAS 4814 plus H

PIN occupied
JUL
Pin Meaning Range XB XB XB
01 02 03 D4 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 23 39 40 41
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
TT
19 CAN Low X X X
Battery voltage
20 max. 70V X
measurement port
PIN occupied 21 Key switch 1 48 V ± 30% X
Pin Meaning Range XB XB XB 22 GND OV - - -
39 40 41
Positive for external
CAN-Bus 1 23 + 48V / max. 1A X
components
2 Positive 12V ±5% /max. 0.5A X X X Output for
31
diagnostic LED
Negative switching - - -
3 GND OV X X X
36 Key switch 3 48 V +/30%. X
4 CAN High X X X
Negative switching
5 CAN Low X X X 37 Switch output X
overload-protected
8 Key switch 2 48 V +/30%. X
Motor speed sensor
Motor temperature
9
measurement port
- - - 38 Signal B 12V/ 18mA output X X X
39 Signal A 12V / 18mA output X X X
CAN Bus 2
40 GND OV X X X
16 Positive 12V ±5% /max. 0.5A X X X
Sensor power +12V ±5%,
17 GND OV X X X 41 X X X
supply max. 100mA
18 CAN High X X X
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.5 (GB)
Interface 3

Operational description of Interface 3

This contains all the interfaces to the truck's electrical system
(digital and analog inputs and outputs).
A microprocessor system internally processes all the important
program parts for the components. The CAN Bus solely provides
the channel for communication with the rest of the truck
components.
Inteface3 contains an LED for error messages which can also be
shown on the comfort display.

LEDs on Interface3
Interface3 contains a twin green/red LED for status display or error
messages.
Other error messages are shown on the comfort display as system mÿ ÿ 0 0 0 D 0 DD0 D
messages. JrU U U U U U\U U U L LT U U U U
]-s o i/o o o a a &a b
Red LED Green Meaning
LED

- On Power supply to Interface3

On On Initialisation not finished or watchdog has

run out
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.6 (GB)
Interface3 connector layout Part 1

Connector X1 Connector X2

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Travel release, forward travel with Digital input 1 Lift and steering motor Digital input
dual pedal overtemperature (2M1, 3M1)

2 GND for pin 1 GND 2 GND for pin 3 GND

3 Travel rated value (+) +12 V 3 No function for AC -> GND Digital input
(lift motor carbon brush wear)
4 Travel rated value (medium) Analog input
4 Traction motor 1M1 Digital input
5 Travel rated value (-) GND overtemperature

6 GND for pin 7 GND 5 Traction motor 1M2 Digital input

overtemperature
7 Seat switch 1 (normally open) Digital input
6 No function for AC -> GND Digital input
8 Not connected Traction motor carbon brush wear
9 Reverse travel for dual pedal

10 Dual pedal encoding

11 Seat switch 2 (normally closed) Digital input

12 GND for dual pedal encoding to pin

10
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.7 (GB)
Interface3 connector layout Part 2

Connector X3 Connector X4

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Speed reduction Digital input 1 ZH 2 2S76 switch Analog input

2 GND for speed reduction GND 2 Tilt switch 2S73 Analog input

3 Not connected 3 Not connected

4 Not connected 4 Not connected

5 ZH1 switch (traverse) 2S57 Digital input 5 Reverse light connected for reverse Digital input
travel (option)
6 GND for X3 Pin5, X4 Pin1, X4 Pin2 GND
6 GND for pin 5 GND
7 Not connected

8 Not connected

9 Not connected

10 GND for X2 Pin6 GND

 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.8 (GB)
Interface3 connector layout Part 3

Connector X5 Connector X6

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Not connected 1 Forward travel (not used for twin Digital input
pedal)
2 Not connected
2 Reverse travel (not used for twin Digital input
3 Not connected pedal)
4 Steering angle actual value +12V 3 Horn switch Digital input

5 Steering angle actual value Analog input 4 GND for horn switch, pins 1 and 2 GND
(medium)
5 Lift rated value (+) +12V
6 Steering angle actual value GND
6 Lift rated value (medium) Analog input

7 Lift rated value (-) GND

8 Positive 48V to K1 From main contactor

Q When using a switch instead of an analog transmitter, connectors

X6.5 and X6.6 are bridged. The switch is placed between X6.6 and
X6.7.
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.9 (GB)
Interface3 connector layout Part 4

Connector X7 Connector X8

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Horn Digital output 1 Positive 12V/1A

2 Battery GND 2 GND OV

3 Handbrake switch 7S10 Digital input 3 CAN High 1...4V

4 GND for pin 3 GND 4 CAN Low 1...4V

5 Not connected

6 Not connected Connector X9

7 Pedal brake switch 7S11 Digital input Pin Meaning Type

8 GND for pin 7 GND 1 Positive 12V/1A

9 Brake fluid 7S40 Digital input 2 GND OV

10 GND for pin 9 GND 3 CAN High 1...4V

11 Rapid / slow travel Digital input 4 CAN Low 1...4V

12 GND for pin 11 GND

 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.10 (GB)
Interface 4

Interface4 functional description

The Interface4 option with the Multi-Pilot is designed to be used in
the EFG-DF. It contains all the interfaces to the truck's electrical
system (digital and analog inputs and outputs).
A microprocessor system internally processes all the important
program parts for the components. Communication with the other
trcuk components is solely via the CAN Bus. Interface4 contains
an LED for error messages which can be shown on the comfort
display.

LEDs on Interface4
Interface4 contains a twin green/red LED for status display or error
messages.
Other error messages are shown on the comfort display as system 3-0 Q 0 0 0 0 LID D 0 000s0
messages. ]QDQ8DDDuDDDDD D*u 0 D a
Red LED Green Meaning fj [|D ÿ OfO 0\0 ÿ DOS
LED

- On Power supply to Interface3

On On Initialisation not finished or watchdog has

run out
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.11 (GB)
Interface4 connector layout Part 1

Connector X1 Connector X2

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Travel release, forward travel with Digital input 1 Lift motor overtemperature Digital input
dual pedal
2 GND for pin 3 GND
2 GND for pin 1 GND
3 No function for AC -> GND Digital input
3 Travel rated value (+) +12V (lift motor carbon brush wear)

4 Travel rated value (medium) Analog input 4 Traction motor 1M1 Digital input
overtemperature
5 Travel rated value (-) GND
5 Traction motor 1M2 Digital input
6 GND for Pin 7 and Pin 11 GND overtemperature

7 Seat switch Digital input 6 No function for AC -> GND Digital input
Traction motor carbon brush wear
8 Not connected

9 Reverse travel for dual pedal

10 Dual pedal encoding

11 Seat switch control Digital input

12 GND for dual pedal encoding to pin

10
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.12 (GB)
Interface4 connector layout Part 2

Connector X3 Connector X4

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 GND for pin 2 GND 1 Not connected

2 Speed reduction release Digital input 2 Not connected

(speeds can be changed)
3 Not connected
3 Not connected
4 Steering angle actual value +12V
4 Not connected
5 Steering angle actual value Analog input
5 Not connected (medium)

6 GND for X2 pin 6 GND 6 Steering angle actual value GND

When using a switch instead of an analog transmitter, connectors

X4.1 and X4.2 are bridged. The switch is placed between X4.2 and
X4.3.
 VUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.13 (GB)
Interface4 connector layout Part 3

Connector X5 Connector X7

Pin Meaning Type Pin Meaning Type

1 Prop, lowering valve control Output 1A 1 Horn Output 2A

2 +48V Output 1A 2 Horn (-) Horn input

3 +48V Output 6A 3 Handbrake switch 7S10 Digital input

4 Lift solenoid Output 1A 4 GND for pin 3 GND

5 ZH1 sideshift left solenoid Output 1A 5 Not connected

6 Sideshift right solenoid Output 1A 6 Key switch S2 +48V

7 Fwd. tilt solenoid Output 1A 7 Pedal brake switch 7S11 Digital input

8 Rev. tilt solenoid Output 1A 8 GND for pin 7 GND

9 ZH2 left solenoid Output 1A 9 Brake fluid switch 7S40 Digital input

10 ZH2 right solenoid Output 1A 10 GND for pin 9 GND

11 ZH3 solenoid Output 1A 11 Rapid / slow travel Digital input

12 Reverse light (option) 12 GND for pin 11 GND

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.14 (GB)
Interface4 connector layout Part 4 Exposing the Interface Card
• Undo the 2 off M8 bolts (4)
Connector X8 • Remove the floorboard (5).
• Undo the interface bracket by removing M6 bolt (6) and
Pin Meaning Type carefully lift up the box (7) with the interface card.
• Unscrew the 4 off Philips screws (2 on each side of the box),
1 Positive 12V/1A
open the box and expose the interface card.
2 GND OV

3 CAN High 1...4V

4 CAN Low 1...4V

Connector X9

Pin Meaning Type

1 Positive 12V/1A

2 GND OV

3 CAN High 1...4V

4 CAN Low 1...4V

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.15 (GB)
Multi Pilot

Multi Pilot Operational Description

The Multi Pilot includes the following functions (only in conjunction
with Interface4):
• All hydraulic functions can be proportionally regulated via the XB 27
CAN BUS
• Travel direction change
• Horn function

Multi Pilot Connector Layout

Pin Meaning Type
1 Positive
2 CAN High
3 CAN Low
4 GND
5/6 Not connected
7 Special input S1 Removing the Multi Pilot
8 Multi Pilot heating (+) • To remove the Multi Pilot, you must remove the four screws
9 Positive next to the rubber bellows
• Carefully pull out the Multi Pilot.
10 CAN High
• Undo and pull off the connector.
11 CAN Low
12 GND
13 Special input S2
14 Not connected
15 Multi Pilot heating (-)
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.16 (GB)
Block Diagram for EFG with Solo-Pilot

CAN-BUS

Service PC [~X42] CAN

AS 4812 plus F 1M1

Reverse travel relay

Multi function Incremental transmitter


Brake switch CAN
Steering angle transmitter display
Handbrake switch
Seat switch
Key switch
Inch switch
Steering AS 4814 plus H 2M1
Lift cutout
Forward
Interface 3
Reverse
Incremental transmitter
Lift rated value


Tilt
Controller 1
Controllers 2 and 3
Horn switch
Horn AS 4812 plus F 1M2
Brake fluid switch
Reverse travel relay CAN

Incremental transmitter
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.17 (GB)
Block Diagram for EFG with Multi-Pilot

Forward
CAN
Reverse
Lift nom. value AS 4812 plus F 1M1
Tilt Multi Pilot
ZH 1
ZH 2 and 3
Horn switch - Incremental transmitter




Service PC CAN

AS 4814 plus H 2M1

Travel nom. value -

Brake switch - Multi function Incremental transmitter
Steering angle transmitter - display


Handbrake switch -
Seat switch -
Key switch -
Inch switch - Interface 4
Steering -
Lift cutout-
AS 4812 plus F 1M2
Horn -
Brake fluid switch CAN
Temperature control -
Reverse travel relay - Incremental transmitter
Solenoids-
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 6.18 (GB)
Parameter Setting
For parameter settings, see chapter 7

Error messages
For evaluating error messages, see chapter 7

Diagnostics
For diagnostics, see chapter 7
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.1
7. LISA SETTINGS (Version: 3.01)

Index Error log book display 7.28

Error messages 7.28
Structural Diagram:
LISA Service Mode (Part 1) .7.2 System messages 7.29
LISA Service Mode (Part 2) .7.3
LISA Service Mode (Part 3) .7.4
LISA Service Mode (Part 4) .7.5
LISA Service Mode (Part 5) .7.6

Travel parameter setting 7.7

Buzzer (horn) operation 7.10
Handbrake operation 7.10

Lift Parameter Setting 7.11

Limit switch operation 7.15
Hydraulic function locking with multi pilot 7.15

Steering parameter setting 7.16

Battery parameter setting 7.17

Diagnostics 7.18
Travel diagnostics 7.18
Lift diagnostics 7.23
Steering diagnostics 7.27
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.2 (GB)
Structural Diagram: LISA Service Mode (Part 1)
Key switch
SERVICE MODE Y.Y 2 sec only "Y.Y" stands for LISA software version installed
XXX "XXX" stands for the truck type.

"BB %" stands for current battery charge

BB % "TT:TT" stands for time. Q service hours effective service hours

a
To Part 2
TRAVEL PARAMETERS w
DIAGNOSTICS/ERROR
<-
A i „

TRACTION CONTROL TRACTION CONTROL TRACTION CONTROL

PARAMETERS DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY ERROR LOG BOOK

la
i
Travel parameter 1 Diagnostic test 1 Error 1

Travel parameter n Diagnostic test n Error n

Change travel \ Y
parameters? 0
ÿ >
/N Q Travel parameters and errors are shown in tabular form later in this
chapter.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.3 (GB)
LISA Service Mode (Part 2)

LIFT PARAMETER El
DIAGNOST/ERROR Q
ÿ

LIFT CONTROLLER LIFT CONTROLLER LIFT CONTROLLER

PARAMETERS DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY ERROR LOG BOOK

Lift parameter 1 Diagnostic test 1 Error 1

Lift parameter n Diagnostic test n Error n

T
Change lift \Y
parameters? Q ?
ÿ
/N
Q Lift parameters and error messages are shown in tabular form later
in this chapter.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.4 (GB)
LISA Service Mode (Part 20

To Part 2
To Part 4
•«- STEER PARAMETERS
DIAGNOSTICS/ERROR
§ (r
-ÿ

ID ID

STEERING CONTROL STEERING CONTROL STEERING CONTROL

PARAMETERS DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY ERROR LOG BOOK

Steering parameter 1 Diagnostic test 1 Error 1

Steering parameter n Diagnostic test n Error n

T
Change steering \Y
parameters 0 ÿ ?
ÿ
/N Q Steering parameters and error messages are shown in tabular form
later in this chapter.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.5 (GB)
LISA Service Mode (Part 4)

To Part 3 To Part 5
BATTERY TRUCK -ÿ

SETTING STANDARD PARAM.

1
BATTERIE TYPE TRAVEL SETTING
XXX B
LIFT SETTING
BATTERY
XXX ÿ
STEER SETTING
BATTERY VOLT. XXX
-JD-
ÿ
BATTERY SETTING
XXX
-JD-
ÿ Q
OFFSET FULL p
OPTION 1
-JD-
ÿ
OFFSET EMPTY
OPTION 2
-JD-
ÿ
OPTION n

TRAVEL SETTING
DEFAULT
Change battery
type

~6
<1
[gp "XXX" stands for the truck type.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.6 (GB)
LISA Service Mode (Part 5)
IU rdl IH
TIME / LANGUAGE m
ÿ
iu rciii i

ÿ4- SETTINGS -0 4
--- ÿ 1 T

When you have replaced a

T
SET
LANGUAGE
"
component first set the truck
type, then in menu item SET
"Truck Standard Settings" set TIME
the travel, lift, steer and battery SET
parameters to default values. TRUCK
Switch the truck off and on again SET
to apply the settings to all the LOGO
components. DELETE ERROR
LOG BOOK 1)
DELETE
HOURS 1) SIS
Y
TRUCK 0
XXX ÿ
1) Function cannot be performed
under JH logo.
CHANGE TIME

Q "XXX" stands for the truck

type.
|gp Select HOURS and MIN with the X key. To set,
use the t and ikeys.
Y
|gp Select language
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.7 (GB)
Travel parameter setting

Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning

meter limits
Optional parameters must not be changed!

P1 ACCELERATION 0...9 Service This sets the time between maximum application of the travel switch and
9 = fast 100% modulation of the electronics.

P2 RELEASE BRAKE 0...9 Service When the travel switch is released, braking is induced by the traction current
9 = abrupt controller.

P3 INVERSION BRAKE 0...9 Service Electrical braking is affected when the driver applies the travel switch with
the accelerator depressed in order to change direction while travelling.
P»j The truck brakes until it comes to a halt. If the accelerator remains
depressed, the truck will start to move in the opposite direction.
0 = min. braking 19= max. braking

P4 PEDAL BRAKE 0...9 Service Increased braking with brake pedal applied.

P5 MAX. SPEED DRIVE 0...9 Service Maximum speed setting in drive wheeldirection.
MAX. SPEED REVERS 9 = high
Q Note Interface 4 connector X3 1/2.

P6 CUT BACK DRIVE 0...9 Service Maximum speed setting in drivewheeldirection when slow travel switch is
CUT BACK REVERS 9 = high applied (50% of max. travel speed).

P7 MAX. FORK SPEED 0...9 Service Maximum speed setting in load section travel direction.
(MAX. SPEED FORW) 9 = high
Q Note Interface 4 connector X3 1/2.

P8 CUT BACK FORK 0...9 Service Maximum speed setting in load section direction when slow travel switch is
(CUT BACK FORW.) 9 = high applied (50% of max. travel speed).
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.8 (GB)
Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning
meter limits

P9 ACCEL PEDAL ZER teach in Service The left-hand value give the travel switch value at the time of the call, the
TEACH IN: XX 20-40 right-hand value the travel switch value stored in the travel current controller
EPROM at which point the controller starts to operate.

P10 ACCEL PEDAL ZER teach in Service The left-hand value give the travel switch value at the time of the call, the
TEACH IN: XX 100-200 right-hand value the travel switch value stored in the travel current controller
EPROM at which point the controller is set to 100%.

P11 STAND STILL DET 0...9 Service Time taken for the main contactor to be released when the seat switch
(deadman switch) is opened. Default setting = 1
0 = 30 sec. , 9 = 300 sec.

P12 HORN FUNCTION 0...9 Service The behaviour of the LCD display is set for the event that the deadman
(BUZZER FKT) switch is not pressed and the handbrake not applied.
P»j The operator leaves the truck and the handbrake is not applied.
Default setting = 2
See horn function table after the travel parameter description

P13 PARK BRAKE FKT 0...2 Service Sets the truck's behaviour when the handbrake is applied and the
accelerator fully depressed.

Q Operator travels against handbrake.

Default setting = 3
See handbrake function table after the travel parameter description

P14 OPTION 1 0...9 Service Affects the acceleration response from standstill.
Parameters in accordance with operating program
See Option 1 table after the travel parameter description
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.9 (GB)
Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning
meter limits

P15 OPTION 2 0...9 Service Do not change!

Reduces the maximum current of the traction controller to be issued.
0 = Smallest maximum current / 9 = Largest maximum current (300 A)
Default setting = 9
P16 OPTION 3 0...9 Service yjy Do not change!
Sets the safety time:
Response time for the system to cut out in unstable operating conditions
0 = 0 msec response time 19 = 200 msec response time
Standard setting = 6 (150 msec)
P17 OPTION 4 0...9 Service Do not change!
Reduction brake:
Affects electrical braking if the driver resets the rated value with the
accelerator in order to reduce speed.
Do not set to 0, otherwise the coasting brake will be activated.
1 = minimum braking / 9 = maximum braking
Parameters in accordance with operating program

P18 OPTION 5 0-1 Service Traction controller automatic zero position

If the deadman switch is opened and closed again when the traction
controller is applied, the message "NO TRAVEL DIRECTION" is generated
and all rated value requests are ignored. The message disappears and all
rated values are accepted again when the traction controller is reset to zero.
Default setting = 0
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.10 (GB)
Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning
meter limits

P19 OPTION 6 0-1 Service Travel direction automatic zero position

If the deadman switch is opened and then closed again and truck starts to
travel, the travel direction must be changed, otherwise the message "NO
TRAVEL DIRECTION" is generated and the truck will not travel.
Default setting = 0

Buzzer (horn) operation

Parameter Status Status Response

Safety switch Handbrake

0 Any Any No warning signal

1 Any Any No warning signal

2 Not connected Not connected "Handbrake" display

3 Not connected Not connected "Handbrake" display and warning sound

4-9 Not defined

Handbrake operation

Parameter Handbrake status Response

0 Any No warning signal

1 Connected No travel release, "Handbrake" display

2 Connected No travel release, "Handbrake" display and warning sound

tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.11 (GB)
Parameter Handbrake status Response

3 Connected Travel release for 3 sec., "handbrake" display

4 Connected Travel release for 3 sec., "handbrake" display and warning sound

5-9 Not defined

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.12 (GB)
Lift Parameter Setting

Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning

meter limits

P1 TILT 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor

0 = 10% Valve: 2Y46
9 = 39% 0 = minimum tilt speed / 9 = maximum tilt speed
Default setting = 5
The maximum "tilt speed" values depend on the height. See 006 034 000 00003

P2 TILT BACK 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor

Valve: 2Y47
0 = minimum tilt speed / 9 = maximum tilt speed
Default setting = 5
The maximum "tilt speed" values depend on the height. See 006 034 000 00003
P3 ZH1 (SHIFT) 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor
0= 0% Function: Sideshift right
9 = 21% Valve: 2Y48
0 = 0%, 1 = 13%, 2 = 14%, 3 = 15%, 4 = 16%, 5 = 18%, 6 = 19%, 7 = 20%,
8 = 21%, 9 = 21%
Default setting = 4

P4 ZH1 SPEED (SHIFT) BACK 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor
Function: Sideshift left
Valve: 2Y49
0 = minimum traverse 19 = maximum traverse speed
Default setting = 4
HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.13

Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning

meter limits

P5 ZH2 (ZH1) 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor

0= 12% Valve: 2Y50
9 = 100% 0 = 12%, 1 = 16%, 2 = 20%, 3 = 28%, 4 = 35%, 5 = 43%, 6 = 55%, 7 = 70%,
8 = 85%, 9 = 100%
Default setting = 5

P6 ZH2 SPEED BACK (ZH1) 0...9 Service PWM specification for pump motor
Valve: 2Y51
0 = minimum speed 19 = maximum speed
Default setting = 5

P9 ACCELERATION 0...9 Service Response pattern setting

Time between maximum application of lift potentiometer and 100%
modulation of electronics
0 = slow response / 9 = fast response
Default setting = 6

P10 DECELERATION 0...9 Service Brake pattern setting

Time between 100% modulation and switch-off (0%) after releasing the lift
potentiometer
0 = long run-up time/ 9 = fast run-up
Default setting = 9

P11 LIFTING SPEED 0...9 Service The lift speed setting is also dependent on the internally prescribed moment
characteristic
0 = slow lift speed
9 = fast lift speed
Default setting = 8 (depending on operating programs)
HUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.14

Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning

meter limits

P12 AUX. FKT. CUTOUT 0...2 Service Limit switch system setting
See Limit Switch Operation table after the lift parameter description

P13 LIFT POT. ZERO teach in Service Reads and saves the lift potentiometer neutral position
TEACH IN: XX 8-176 The left-hand value give the lift potentiometer voltage at the time of the call,
the right-hand value the voltage stored in the lift controller EPROM at which
point the controller starts to operate.

Q Only used for trucks with hand lever. Parameters can be chosen for
trucks with multi pilot, but no function.

P14 LIFT POT. MAX teach in Service Reads and saves the lift potentiometer maximum position
TEACH IN: XX 49-217 The left-hand value give the lift potentiometer voltage at the time of the call,
the right-hand value the voltage stored in the lift controller EPROM at which
point the controller is set to 100%.

Q Only used for trucks with hand lever. Parameters can be chosen for
trucks with multi pilot, but no function.

P15 PROP-VENTILMIN o CO CO Service P»j Only for trucks with multi pilot.
Setting for multi pilot in relation to proportional valve.
Initial current of prop, lowering valve in 10 mA (20 = 200 mA).
P16 PROP VALVE MAX 40...120 Service Q Only for trucks with multi pilot.
Setting for multi pilot in relation to proportional valve.
Final current of prop, lowering valve in 10 mA (50 = 500 mA).
P17 PROP CURRENDM 0...9 Service Do not change!
Only for trucks with multi pilot.
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx oa.os 7.15 (gb)
Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning
meter limits

P18 PROP. VALUEMED. 0...9 Service Do not change!

Only for trucks with multi pilot.

P19 OPTION 1 0-1 Service 1 0 lift parameters dependent on operating program

P20 OPTION 2 0-4 Service Speed offset (PWM) for traverse

0 = 0%, 1 = 20 %, 2 = 40%, 3 = 60%, 4 = 78%
Default setting = 0

P21 ZH3 SPEED 0...9 Service Function ZH3 left and right
0 = 10% Adjustable PWM limit for pump motor
9 = 100% PWM specification for pump motor
0 = minimum speed 19 = maximum speed
Default setting = 5

P22 ZH3 SPEED BACK 0...9 Service No function

P24 OPTION 4 0-1 Service Zero position sensing

0 = No zero position sensing
1 = When the seat switch is applied, zero position sensing is performed. If at
least one lever is not in the zero position, warning message 39 "No Lift Zero
Position" is displayed.

P25 ZH1/ZH2 CHANGE 0...1 Service Functions ZH2 and ZH3 inhibited
0 = ZH2 and ZH3 inhibit active
1 = ZH2 and ZH3 inhibit de-activated
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.16 (GB)
Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning
meter limits

P26 FORK/MAST TILT 0...2 Service Mast tilt setting

0 = Mast tilt activated
1 = Fork tilt activated
Default setting = 0
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.17 (GB)
Limit switch operation

Parameter Response

0 Sideshift only permitted as sole function

1 Sideshift permitted with TILT and RAISE

2 Hydraulic function only when ZH3 switch applied

Sideshift only permitted as sole function

3 Hydraulic function only when ZH3 switch applied

Sideshift permitted with TILT and RAISE

4-9 Not defined

Hydraulic function locking with multi pilot

FUNCTION Raise Lower Tilt Sideshift ZH2 ZH3

Raise YES*) NO **) NO NO

Lower YES YES NO NO

Tilt YES *) YES NO **) NO NO

Sideshift NO**) YES NO **) NO NO

ZH2 NO NO NO NO NO

ZH3 NO NO NO NO NO

*) Simultaneous RAISE and TILT forward is mechanically locked!

**) Optionally adjustable (see limit switch operation)
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.18 (GB)
Steering parameter seltting

Para¬ Display Setting Default Mode Meaning

meter limits value

P1 STEER POT ZERO teach in approx. 100 Service Teach-in:

TEACH IN: approx. Straight ahead steering angle pot.
90...110

P2 STEER POT RIGHT teach in approx. 150 Service Teach-in:

TEACH IN: approx. Steering wheel at right stop (drive wheel +90°).
140...160

P3 STEER POT LEFT teach in approx. 50 Service Teach-in:

TEACH IN approx. Steering wheel at left stop (drive wheel -90°).
40...60

It takes approx. 2 seconds to change to the next menu item.

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.19 (GB)
Battery parameter setting
Always set the battery default values after installing a traction controller. Otherwise the correction operation cannot be ensured.

Para¬ Display Setting Mode Meaning

meter limits

P1 BATTERY TYPE 0...2 Service Setting the battery characteristics for the discharge indicator.

Q This affects the lift cutout.

0 = Wet cell battery
1 = Enhanced battery
2 = Gel battery
Default setting = 1

P2 BATTERY 0...9 Service Parameter no function

P4 OFFSET FULL 0...9 Service Moves the "Battery fully charged" item to compensate for deviating battery
characteristics.
0 = Battery has low terminal voltage (100% = 49.75V)

5 = Standard parameter (50.64V for wet cell battery)

9 = Battery has high terminal voltage (100% = 51 .35V)

P5 OFFSET EMTY 0...9 Service Moves the "Battery discharged" item to compensate for deviating battery
characteristics.
0 = Battery has low terminal voltage (0% = 46.29V)

5 = Standard parameter (47.28V for wet cell battery)

9 = Battery has high terminal voltage (0% = 48.13V)

 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.20 (GB)
Diagnostics
Travel diagnostics
fÿl The diagnostic display text is only available in English.

LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning

Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
CURRENT AC M1 11 Phase current 11 Eff. current 11 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
CURRENT AC M1 13 Phase current 13 Eff. current 13 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
CURRENT AC M2 11 Phase current 11 Eff. current 11 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
CURRENT AC M2 13 Phase current 13 Eff. current 13 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
DRIVING CONTROL XX Analog input Tests traction controller
KEY - VORWARD NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
KEY - REVERSE NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
RELEASE SWITCH 0 or 1 Digital input Tests travel release microswitch
DIRECTION VORW. 0 or 255 Analog input For master pilot trucks:
0 => No travel direction
255 => Forward travel

0 or 1 Digital input For manual valve block trucks:

0 => Forward travel
1 => Reverse travel
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx oe.os 7.21 (gb)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
DIRECTION REW. 0 or 255 Analog input For master pilot trucks:
0 => No travel direction
255 => Reverse travel

0 or 1 Digital input For manual valve block trucks:

0 => Reverse travel
1 => Forward travel
FULL SPEED 0 or 1 Digital input Tests the "Slow travel" switch
SECURITY SWITCH 0 or 1 Digital input Tests the seat switch (1st contact)
PARKING BREAK SW 0 or 1 Digital input Tests the handbrake switch
EL.BREAK SWITSH 0 or 1 Digital input Tests the footbrake switch
HORN 0 or 255 Analog input Tests the horn
DRIVE PROG.2 0 or 1 Digital input Checks the selected program
DRIVE PROG.1 0 or 1 Digital input Checks the selected program
DRIVE PROG.3 0 or 1 Digital input Checks the selected program
SECOND RELEASE S 0 or 1 Digital input Checks the traction current cutout input
only if installed
ARRANGE MODE NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
COLLISION GUARD NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
COLLISION GUARD 1 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BREAK FLUID 0 or 1 Digital input Checks the brake fluid
MAX TEMP MOTOR 0 or 1 Digital input 1 = Max. motor temperature for traction motor
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx oe.os 7.22 (gb)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
BRUSH WEAR OUT 0 or 1 Digital input Test cannot be performed, brushless motors
SECURITY SWITCH2 0 or 1 Digital input Tests the seat switch (2nd contact)
CONTROL SHAFT NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BATTERY LOCK NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BREAK POTI NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
AISLE SIGNAL 1 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
AISLE SIGNAL 2 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
AISLE END 1 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
AISLE END 2 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
DOOR SWITCH NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
2 HAND OPERATION NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
TRUCK CODE 0 0 Test cannot be performed
TRUCK CODE 1 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
TRUCK CODE 2 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
TRUCK CODE 3 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BREAK OUTPUT NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
HORN OUTPUT 0 or 1 Digital output Horn function
CONTROL LIFTCUT. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
For manual valve trucks: display 0
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx oe.os 7.23 (gb)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
CO NT. LAMP BACK 0 or 1 Digital output Checks the reverse light via the
travel switch (only if a seat is occupied)
HOLD BREAK MAG. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
PULL BREAK MAG. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
TRACTION RPM NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
MP DIR. FORW. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
MP DIR. REV. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
PEDAL DIR. FORW. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
PEDAL DIR. REV. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
CURRENT 12 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
CURRENT 34 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
CURRENT 5678 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SPRING BRAKE NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
MAST SWITCH NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
H. SPEED ENABLE NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BRAKE PEDAL NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEERING SPEED NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
PEDAL SWITCH NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SW-VERS. CANION NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SW-VERS. MP/SP XXX Displays MP lever software version
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.24 (GB)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
SW-VERS. NOT IMPLEMENTED Can only be displayed with Service LISA
LCD display
SW-VERS. PUMP ACS NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SW-VERS.TRACT ACS NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SW-VERS. DRIVE 1 XXX Displays traction controller 1 software version
SW-VERS. DRIVE 2 XXX Displays traction controller 2 software version
SW-VERS. LIFT XXX Displays lift controller software version
SW-VERS. Interface XXX Displays Interface 3/4 software version
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.25 (GB)
Lift diagnostics

Q The diagnostic display text is only available in English.

LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning

Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
CURRENT AC 2M1 11 Phase current 11 Eff. current 11 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
CURRENT AC 2M1 13 Phase current 13 Eff. current 13 ( 1 digit = 4 Amp.)
LIFTING CONTROL 0...255 Analog input Tests the "Lift" controller
LOWERING CONTR. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
ZH 1 RIGHT 0...255 Analog input "Forward traverse" for master pilot trucks
(SHIFT VORWARD) "Traverse" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
ZH 1 LEFT 0...255 Analog input "Reverse traverse" for master pilot trucks
(SHIFT BACK) "Traverse" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
TILT VORWARD 0...255 Analog input "Forward tilt" for master pilot trucks
"Tilt" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
TILT BACK 0...255 Analog input "Reverse tilt" for master pilot trucks
"Tilt" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
ZH 2 LEFT 0...255 Analog input "Forward aux. lift" for master pilot trucks
(ZH 1 VORWARD) "Aux. lift" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx oe.os 7.26 (gb)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
ZH 2 RIGHT 0...255 Analog input "Reverse aux. lift" for master pilot trucks
(ZH 1 BACK) "Aux. lift" for manual valve block trucks:
0 or 1 Digital input
ZH 2 VORWARD NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
ZH 2 BACK NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
ZH 3 VORWARD 0...255 Analog input "Forward aux. lift" for master pilot trucks
No function for trucks with manual valve block
NOT IMPLEMENTED Digital input
ZH 3 BACK 0...255 Analog input "Forward aux. lift" for master pilot trucks
No function for trucks with manual valve block
NOT IMPLEMENTED Digital input
EXTRA LIFT NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
OVERRIDE ESA NOT IMPLEMENTED No function for trucks with master pilot

0 or 1 Digital input Sideshifter locking (see sideshift operation table or lift

parameter P12)
MAX TEMP MOTOR 0 or 1 Digital input 1 = Max. motor temperature for lift motor
BRUSH WEAR OUT 0 or 1 Digital input Test cannot be performed, brushless lift motor
SHIFT OFF VORW. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SHIFT OFF BACK NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
LIFTOFF 0 or 1 Lift cutout input test
SECURITY HIGHT NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
SHIFT MIDLE POS NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.27 (GB)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
DIRECTION LIFT 0...255 Analog input "Lift" master pilot test
(FREIGABE LIFT)
NOT IMPLEMENTED Digital input No function for trucks with manual valve block
DIRECTION LOWER 0...255 Analog input "Lower" master pilot test
(FREIGABE LOWER)
NOT IMPLEMENTED Digital input No function for trucks with manual valve block
SPEEDSENSOR1/A 0-1 Sensor signal A test
SPEEDSENSOR1/B 0-1 Sensor signal B test
VALVE ZH1 RIGHT 0 or 1 Digital input ZH1 "Traverse right" test
(VENTIL SHIFT VW) No function for trucks with manual valve block
NOT IMPLEMENTED
VALVE ZH1 LEFT 0 or 1 Digital input ZH1 "Traverse left" test
(VENTIL SHIFT B)
NOT IMPLEMENTED No function for trucks with manual valve block
VALVE TILT VW 0 or 1 Digital input "Forward tilt" valve test
(VENTIL TILT VW)
NOT IMPLEMENTED No function for trucks with manual valve block
VALVE TILT B 0 or 1 Digital input "Reverse tilt" valve test
(VENTIL TILT B)
NOT IMPLEMENTED No function for trucks with manual valve block
VALVE ZH2 LEFT 0 or 1 Digital input ZH2 left valve test
(VENTIL ZH1 VW)
NOT IMPLEMENTED No function for trucks with manual valve block
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.28 (GB)
LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning
Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
VALVE ZH2 RIGHT 0 or 1 Digital input ZH2 right valve test. No function for trucks with manual valve
(VENTIL ZH1 BACK) block
NOT IMPLEMENTED
VALVE ZH3 0 or 1 Digital input ZH3 valve test
No function for trucks with manual valve block
NOT IMPLEMENTED
OUTPUT BSZ NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
When the hydraulic controller overheats, the max. current is reduced.
(Motor curent is controlled if controllers overheat or motor changes froml max. to I min. 100Amp.)
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.29 (GB)
Steering diagnostics

Q The diagnostic display text is only available in English.

LISA display LISA display Digital/Analog Meaning

Measuring point Measuring point
1st column 2nd column
MOTOR CURRENT NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
MOTOR VOLTAGE NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
MODULATION NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
FIELD CURRENT 0 Test cannot be performed
STEERING ANGLE 0...255 Analog input Steering angle
STEERING PRESS. NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEERING CHECK NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEER. WEEL 1A NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEER. WEEL 1B NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEER. WEEL 2A NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
STEER. WEEL2B NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
BREAK POTI NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
WANTED ANGLE 16...245 Analog input Test cannot be performed
(STEERING RPM)
DRIVER1 NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
HOLD BREAK MAG NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
PULL BREAK MAG NOT IMPLEMENTED Test cannot be performed
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 7.30 (GB)
Error log book display
Component Error no.

Error:TRAVEL1 Error frequency

xxxxxhll 4
Service hours
1st error entry

Q Up to 16 errors can be displayed.

Error display

p»j The display alternates.

Error no. Component Error in component

Change
Error 1 ELECTRICS
TRAVEL Batt: xx% xxh
ÿ_ _ ÿ_
Battery capacity Service hours Battery capacity Service hours

Error messages
fÿl Error messages are stored in the error log book. For error description, see system messages.
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 1 (GB)
Wiring Diagrams

Electrics
Wiring diagram index
99501184 Rear compartment warning mechanism
connection diagram

Electrics 52027475 Work lights 48 volts

52027983 Lighting SET A (brake light, rear light;
dipped light)
Electrics
99506520 BASF road traffic system lighting
Drawing no. Description (S5 / S6 permanent mode)
52009244 EFG-DF/V AC SP wiring diagram 52027985 Brake light
52009245 EFG-DFA/ AC MP wiring diagram 52035947 Heating 48 volts
99501596 213-320ac SP wiring diagram 52027460 Reverse lights 48 volts
99501597 213-320ac MP wiring diagram 99501368 Rear compartment warning device
52031137 ISM (Jubes level 1/2) 99505188 Rear section warning device, adjustable
52031548 ISM (Jubes level 3/4) 52027988 Beacon
99504260 Code Lock 52029097 Buzzer
99505566 Traction current cutout 05040386 Twin pedal
99504119 Central voltage tap (12 V / 24 V / 48 V) 52027984 Strobe
99501621 OFIG wire transformer 52030737 Windscreen wiper system / heating
52027461 Transformer 99503871 Windscreen wiper system / interval / rear
52026672 Road traffic regulation lights diagram windscreen heating
99502338 Windscreen heating, complete
tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 08.08 2 (GB)
Electrics Electrics
99501273 Cushioned seat / 24 volt seat heating 52033513 Lift cutout with override
99504256 MSG 85 driver's seat with heating 99502674 Tilt angle display
99502854 MSG 65/75 driver's seat with heating/ 52032133 Crawl speed for all lift heights
compressor
05094087 Deadman switch
99501603 MSG75 driver's seat with heating
52031363 Cold store SP
99501606 MSG65 driver's seat with heating
99501743 Monitor control, cold store
99501607 MSG20 driver's seat
99501608 MSG20 driver's seat with heating
99501613 ISRI driver's seat
99501616 Savas driver's seat
99503014 MSG 65 seat belt control with heating
99501727 MSG 20 belt locking control
52032561 Bodyguard and monitoring
99501396 Bodyguard monitoring / signal
52032518 ERS restraint system
52032515 AS restraint system
52020100 HRS-E restraint system
52043043 Travel direction switch on the steering column
99502861 On-board charging socket
99505864 Aux. fan 48 V
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 1 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)

A Baugruppen Assemblies
A1 Sicherungskarte Fuse board
A2 Rechner Antriebsraum Computer, drive compartment
A3 Rechner Fahrzeugplatztrager Computer, driver stand carrier
A4 Bedienpult Control desk
A5 Bedienpult Lenkung 1 Control desk, steering 1
A6 Bedienpult Lenkung 2 Control desk, steering 2
A7 Bedienpult Fahren 1 Control desk, driving 1
A8 Bedienpult Fahren 2 Control desk, driving 2
A9 Anzeigeeinheit Display unit
A10 Rechner Bedienpult Computer control desk
A11 I/O Knoten I/O node
A11.1 IO Knoten Personenschutzsystem Personal safety system IO nodes
A11.2 IO Konten Bodenanlage Ground system IO nodes
A11.3 IO Konten Ladegerat IO Charger nodes
A11.4 IO Knoten Fahrerplatztrager IO Operator position carriage nodes
A11.5 IO Knoten Lastaufnahmemittel Load handler IO nodes
A12 Rechner Anbaugerat Attachment computer
A13 Rechner JXP-Safe Ordinateur JXP-Safe
A14 JXP Safe Dongle JXP Safe Dongle
A15 A 15 ersetzt durch A11 1 Oder A11.2
A16 Wegfahrsperre Travel block
A17 Fahrzeugterminal Truck terminal
A18 iCE-Back-Up-Dongle iCE back-up dongle
A19 Steuerung Klimaautomatik Air conditioning controller
A20 Heizungssteuerung Heating controller
A21 Rechner Kamera Camera computer
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 2 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
A22 Anzeige Wiegesystem Weighing system display
7A1 Motortreiber Sitzverstellung Seat adjustment motor driver
7A2 Motortreiber Bremskraftregler Braking force regulator motor driver
8A1 Automatiksteuerung Automatic control
8A2 Display Autom. Steuerung Automatic control display
8A3 WLAN Modul WLAN module
8A4 Navigationsrechner Navigation computer
8A5 Bedienpanel Control panel

B Umsetzer (elektr.-mech.) Transmitter (elec.-mech.)

1B1 Initial Uberw. MV red. Bremsung Initial monitoring SV (solenoid valve): reduced braking
1B2 Initial Uberw. MV red. Bremsung Initial monitoring SV (solenoid valve): reduced braking
1B3 Gangerkennungssensor Aisle recognition sensor
1B4 Gangerkennungssensor Aisle recognition sensor
1B5 Inkrementalgeber Fahrmotor Incremental transmitter, drive motor
1B6 Drehzahlsensor Fahrmotor Speed sensor, drive motor
1B7 Temperatursensor Fahrmotor Temperature sensor, drive motor
1B8 Sensorlager Fahrmotor Sensor bearing, drive motor
1B9 Sensor UEW Bremsventil Sensor, monitoring of brake valve
1B10 Sensor Drehzahl Lastrad links Speed sensor, left load-bearing wheel
1B11 Sensor Drehzahl Lastrad rechts Speed sensor, right load-bearing wheel
1B12 Fahrpedal Accelerator pedal
1B13 Doppelpedal Double pedal
1B14 Bremspedal Brake pedal
1B15 Sensorlager-Fahrmotor-links Drive motor LH sensor bearing
1B16 Temperatursensor-Fahrmotor-links Drive motor LH gauge
1B17 Sensolager-Fahrmotor- rechts Drive motor RH sensor bearing
1B18 Temperatursensor-Fahrmotor-rechts Drive motor RH gauge
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 3 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1B19 Sensor Freigabe Bremspedal Brake pedal relraese sensor
1B20 Ansaug/Ladedruckgeber Intake/charge pressure transmitter
1B21 Kraftstofftemperatur Sensor Fuel temperature sensor
1B22 Regelschieberweggeber control valve position sensor
1B23 Nadelhubgeber Needle lift transmitter
1B24 Saugrohrtemperaturgeber Intake pipe temperature gauge
1B25 Uberwachungssensor-Batterietur Battery door monitoring sensor
1B26 Schwenkwinkelsensor Swivel angle sensor
1B27 Olfullstands- und Oltemperatursensor Oil level and oil temperature sensor
1B28 Drehzahl Temp Fahrmotor Drive motor temp speed
1B29 Drucksensor Feststellbremse Parking brake pressure sensor
1B6.1 Drehzahlsensor-Fahrmotor 2 Drive motor_2 speed sensor
2B Obergang Freihub/Masthub Free lift / mast lift transition
2B1 Proportional-Schalter / Drehen li/re Proportional switch/Swivelling left/right
2B2 Proportional-Schalter / Schieben li/re Proportional switch/Traversing left/right
2B3 Drehzahlsensor Pumpenmotor Speed sensor, pump motor
2B4 Temperatursensor Pumpenmotor Temperature sensor, pump motor
2B5 Sensorlager Haupthub Sensor bearing, main lift
2B6 Sensorlager Fahrerplatztrager Sensor bearing, driver stand carrier
2B6.1 Sensorlager-Fahrerplatztrager Operator position carriage sensor bearing
2B7 Sensorlager Zusatzhub Sensor bearing, auxiliary lift
2B8 Referenz Haupthub Reference, main lift
2B9 Referenz Fahrerplatztrager Reference, driver stand carrier
2B10 Referenz Zusatzhub Reference, auxiliary lift
2B11 Referenz Schieben Reference, traversing
2B12 Sensorlager Pumpmotor Sensor bearing, pump motor
2B13 Dampfung Ende ZH Cushioning, end, auxiliary lift
2B14 Dampfung unten ZH Cushioning, bottom, auxiliary lift
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 4 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2B15 Endabschaltung ZH Final cut-out, auxiliary lift
2B16 Lasterkennung links Load detection, left
2B16.1 Init-Totmann Init. deadman
2B17 Lasterkennung rechts Load detection, right
2B18 Lasterkennung Gabeltrager Load detection, fork carrier
2B19 KOOI Gabel Grundstellung KOOI fork home position
2B20 Sensorlager Heben Anbaugerat Attachment lifting sensor bearing
2B21 Referenz Heben Anbaugerat Attachment lifting reference
2B22 Dampfung Drehen rechts Damping, turning right
2B23 Dampfung Drehen links Damping, turning left
2B24 Dampfung Drehen mitte rechts Damping, turning center right
2B25 Dampfung Drehen mitte links Damping, turning center left
2B26 Kippgabel Grundstellung Tilt Fork Home Position
2B27 Hohe Zusatzhub Height Auxliary Lift
2B28 Transportst. Schubrahmen li Transport Position Thrust Frame Left
2B29 Transportst. Schubrahmen re Transport Position Thrust Frame right
2B30 Stapel.Schubrahmen li Stacking Position Thrust Frame Left
2B31 Stapel.Schubrahmen re Stacking Position Thrust Frame Right
2B32 Sensor Freihub Free lift sensor
2B33 Sensor Masthub Mast lift sensor
2B34 Sensor Neigen Tilt sensor
2B35 Drucksensor Pressure sensor
2B36 Sensor Mastvorschub Dampfung Mast reach dampening sensor
2B37 Sensor Schubende Mastseite Mast side traversing end sensor
2B38 Sensor Schubende Batterieseite Battery side traversing end sensor
2B39 Sensor Seitenschieber Side shift sensor
2B40 Palettenklammer zu Pallet clamp closed
2B41 Sensor Schubende Reach limit sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 5 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2B42 Teleskopgabel Transportstellung Telescopic forks transport position
2B42.1 Teleskopgabel Transportstellung Telescopic forks transport position
2B43 Hohensensor 1 FPT Operator position carriage height sensor
2B44 Hohensensor 2 FPT Operator position carriage height sensor 2
2B45 Plohensensor 3 FPT Operator position carriage height sensor 3
2B46 Hohensensor 1 HG Mast height sensor 1
2B47 Hohensensor 2 HG Mast height sensor 2
2B48 Hohensensor 3 HG Mast height sensor 3
2B49 Obergang Freihub/Masthub Free lift / mast lift transition
2B50 Sensor-Abschalt-Hydraulik Hydraulic cutout sensor
2B51 lnitiator_Verriegelung Proximity switchjock
2B52 lnitiator_Batteriewagen Proximity switch_battery trolley
2B53 Hohensensor Zusatzhub Auxiliary lift height sensor
2B54 Drehzahl Temp Hubmotor Drive motor temp speed
3B1 Lenkhilfe Sensor Steering booster sensor
3B2 Tachogenerator fur Drehrichtung-Erkennung Tacho-generator for recognition of sense of rotation
3B3 Stillstandskontrolle Standstill monitor
3B4 Sensorik Radstellung Fahrantrieb Wheel position sensor - drive wheel
3B5 Sensorik Radstellung Lastrad links Wheel position sensor left load bearing wheel
3B6 Sensorik Radstellung Lastrad rechts Wheel position sensor right load bearing wheel
3B7 Lenkradsensorik Sensors - steering wheel
3B8 Stillstandssensor linkes Lastrad Standstill sensor - left load bearing wheel
3B9 Stillstandssensor rechtes Lastrad Standstill sensor- right load bearing wheel
3B10 Radstellung Sensor fur 2-Motor/Antrieb Wheel position sensor for 2-motor/drive
3B11 Stillstandssensor I Standstill sensor I
3B12 Stillstandssensor II Standstill sensor II
3B13 Sensorlager 1 Sensor bearing 1
3B14_
Sensorlager 2 Sensor bearing 2
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 6 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
3B15 Sensor-Rad - rechts einschlagen Sensor, turn wheel to right
3B16 Sensor-Rad - links einschlagen Sensor, turn wheel to left
3B17 Sensorlager Lenkmotor Sensor bearing, steering motor
3B18 Lenkwinkelbegrenzung Steering angle limiter
3B19 Referenz Lenken Reference, steering
3B20 Sensorlager Lenkmotor Lastrad links Left load wheel steering booster motor sensor bearing
3B21 Sensorlager Lenkmotor Lastrad rechts Right load wheel steering booster motor sensor bearing
3B22 Sensor Lenkradstellung Wheel position sensor
3B23 Drezahl Sensor Lenkmotor Antriebsrad Speed Sensor Steering Motor Drive Wheel
3B24 Drehzahl Sensor Lenkmotor Lastrad links Speed Sensor Steering Motor Load Wheel Left
3B25 Drehzahl Sensor Lenkmotor Lastrad rechts Speed Sensor Steering Motor Load Wheel Right
3B26 Temperatursensor Lenkmotor Steering motor temperature sensor
3B27 Drehzahlsnesor-Lenkmotor Steer motor speed sensor
3B28 Temperatursensor Lenkmotor Lastrad li. LH load wheel steer motor temperature sensor
3B29 Temperatursensor Lenkmotor Lastrad re. RH load wheel steer motor temperature sensor
3B30 Drehzahl Temp Lenkmotor Steer motor temp speed
5B1 Dammerungssensor Daylight sensor
6B1 Wiegezelle Weigh Bin
6B2 Wassertemperatursensor Water temperature sensor
6B3 T emperatursensor-Kabine Temperature gauge - cabin
6B4 T ankfullstandsanzeige Tank level indicator
6B5 Gas-Sensor Gas sensor
6B6 Gas-Elektronik Gas electronics
6B7 Neigungswinkelsensor Tilt angle sensor
6B8 Temperatursensor fur Kaltstarteinrichtung Cold start mechanism temperature gauge
6B9 Fuellstand Hydraulikol Hydraulic oil level
7B1 Initiator Fallriegel rechts Initiator, drop latch - right
7B2 Initiator Fallriegel links Initiator, drop latch - left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 7 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7B3 Initiator Dachabschaltung Initiator, roof cut-out
7B3.1 Initiator Dachabschaltung Initiator, roof cut-out
7B3.2 Initiator Dachabschaltung Initiator, roof cut-out
7B4 Initiator Gabel Frontstellung Initiator, fork front position
7B4.1 Initiator Gabel Frontstellung Initiator, fork front position
7B5 Initiator Ausleger mitte Initiator, boom - center
7B5.1 Initiator Ausleger mitte Initiator, boom - center
7B6 Ultraschallsensor Ultrasonic sensor
7B6.1 Ultraschallsensor rechts Ultrasonic sensor right
7B6.2 Ultraschallsensor mitte rechts Ultrasonic sensor centre right
7B6.3 Ultraschallsensor mitte links Ultrasonic sensor centre left
7B6.4 Ultraschallsensor links Ultrasonic sensor left
7B7 Initiator Ture Arbeitsbuhne Initiator, working platform
7B8 Initiator Ture Arbeitsbuhne aufgenommen Initiator, door -working platform picked up
7B9 Kapazitiver Taster 1 Capacitive button 1
7B10 Kapazitiver Taster 2 Capacitive button 2
7B11 Initiator Fallriegel vorne links Drop latch initiator, front left
7B12 Initiator Fallriegel vorne rechts Drop latch initiator, front right
7B13 Initiator Batterieverriegelung Battery interlock initiator
7B13.1 Initiator Batterieverriegelung Battery interlock initiator
7B14 Endabschaltung Sitzverstellung Seat adjustment limit switch
7B15 Endabschaltung Sitzverstellung Seat adjustment limit switch
7B16 Initiator Totmann Init. Dead Man
7B17 Initiator Klammer Init. Clamp
7B18 Sensor-UEW-Handbremse Sensor UEW Hand Brake
7B19 Sensor Totmann Dead man sensor
7B20 Sensor Fahrerttire rechts RH driver's door sensor
7B21 Sensor Fahrerttire links LH driver's door sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 8 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7B22 Sensor-Endstellung-Sensierung 180° Sensor - 180° limit position sensing
7B23 Laserscanner PSA Lastachse Laser scanner PSS load axle
7B24 Laserscanner PSA Antriebsachse Laser scanner PSS drive axle
7B25 Wasser-in-Oel-Sensor Water in oil sensor

7B26 Gateway Gateway

7B27 Stromabnehmer links eingefahren LH current collector retracted
7B28 Stromabnehmer links ausgefahren LH current collector extended
7B29 Stromabnehmer rechts eingefahren RH current collector retracted
7B30 Stromabnehmer rechts ausgefahren RH current collector extended
7B31 Achslastsensor xle load sensor
7B32 Achslastsensor xle load sensor
7B33 Schienenlochsensor Rail hole sensor
7B39 Drucksensor Not Stop Emergency Stop pressure sensor
7B40 Drucksensor Lastradbremsen Load wheel brake pressure sensor
7B41 Hubende, Sensor Lift limit, sensor
7B42 Schranke verriegelt links LH barrier locked
7B43 Schranke verriegelt rechts RH barrier locked
7B44 Schranke-verriegelt-vorn Gate locked - front
7B45 UW Fahrerstand Operator position monitor
7B46 Sitzposition 0° Seated position 0°
7B47 Sitzposition 90° Seated position 90°
7B48 Sitzposition 180° Seated position 180°
7B49 Lenkventiluberwachung re Steering valve monitoring right
7B50 Lenkventiluberwachung li Steering valve monitoring left
7B85 Wasser in Ol Sensor water in oil sensor
7B34.1 Kollisionssensor front links Front left impact sensor
7B34.2 Kollisionssensor heck links Rear left impact sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 9 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7B34.3 Kollisionssensor front rechts Front right impact sensor
7B34.4 Kollisionssensor heck rechts Rear right impact sensor
7B35.1 Palettendetektion front Front pallet detection
7B35.2 Palettendetektion heck Rear pallet detection
7B36.1 Korperschutzsensor front Front personal protection sensor
7B36.2 Korperschutzsensor heck Rear personal protection sensor
7B37.1 Pos. unter Palette front Pos. under front pallet
7B37.2 Pos. unter Palette heck Pos. under rear pallet
7B37.3 Pos. Kombi front Pos. front combination
7B37.4 Pos. Kombi heck Pos. rear combination
7B38.1 Hub oben links Lift top left
7B38.2 Hub unten links Lift bottom left
7B38.3 Hub oben rechts Lift top right
7B38.4 Hub unten rechts Lift bottom right
7B41.1 Hubende-Sensor Lift limit, sensor
8B1 Handbarcodeleser Manual bar-code reader
8B2 Barcodeleser Bar-code reader
8B3 Initiator links aulien (405) Initiator, left / outside (405)
8B4 Initiator links mitte (255) Initiator, left / centre (255)
8B5 Initiator links innen (105) Initiator, left / inside (105)
8B6 Initiator rechts innen (105) Initiator, right / inside (105)
8B7 Initiator rechts mitte (255) Initiator, right /centre (255)
8B8 Initiator rechts aulJen (405) Initiator, right / outside (405)
8B9 Initiator links auften (330) Initiator, left / outside (330)
8B10 Initiator links mitte (180) Initiator, left / center (180)
8B11 Initiator rechts mitte (180) Initiator, right / center (180)
8B12 Initiator rechts aulSen (330) Initiator, right / outside (330)
8B13 RLS Platzzahlung Einfahrt Antriebsrichtung RLS space counting - entering in drive direction
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 10 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8B14 RLS Platz erreicht Antriebsrichtung RLS space reached - drive direction
8B15 RLS Platzzahlung Einfahrt Lastrichtung RLS space counting - entering in load direction
8B16 RLS Platz erreicht Lastrichtung RLS space reached - load direction
8B17 RLS Reset RLS Reset
8B18 Sensor red. Geschwindigkeit Reduced speed sensor
8B19 Fahrzeugschutzsensor Truck protection sensor
8B20 Navigationssensor Navigation sensor
8B21 Palettenklotzerkennung Pallet block detection
8B22 unten liegende Palette Bottom pallet
8B23 Seitensens. rts orthog. Sideshift right, perpendicular
8B24 Seitensens. Iks orthog. Sideshift left, perpendicular
8B25 Distanzsens. rts orthog Distance sensor right, perpendicular
8B26 Distanzsens. Iks orthog. Distance sensor left, perpendicular
8B27 Gabel frei rts Fork clear right
8B28 Gabel frei Iks Fork clear left
8B29 Freigabe Barcodeleser Barcode reader activation
9B1 Lautsprecher links Loudspeaker, left
9B2 Lautsprecher rechts Loudspeaker, right
9B3 Lambda Sonde Lambda probe
9B4 Lautsprecher Innenraum Internal loudspeaker
9B5 Lautsprecher Aussenraum External loudspeaker
9B6 Mikrofon Microphone
9B7 Temperatursensor Temperature sensor
9B8 Abgastemp. vor Turbo Exhaust temp before turbo
9B9 Kraftstoffdruckgeber Fuel pressure transmitter
9B10 Pos. Ladedrucksteller Position for charge air actuator
9B11 Abgastemp. nach OXI-KAT Exhaust gas temp, after OXI-CAT
9B12 Abgastemp. nach DPF Exhaust gas temp, after DPF
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 11 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9B13 Partikeldifferenzdrucksen Particle difference pressure sensor
9B14 Klopfsensor 1 Knock sensor 1
9B15 Klopfsensor 2 Knock sensor 2
9B16 Einl. Nockenwellensensor Camshaft sensor inlet
9B17 Ausl. Nockenwellensensor Camshaft sensor outlet
9B18 Hohensensor Indoor/Outdoor Indoor/outdoor height sensor
9B19 Drehzahlsensor Motor Motor speed sensor
9B20 Ansaugdruck/-Temperatur Intake pressure / temperature
9B50 Wegsensor-Hyd-Zyl-Zinkenverstellg Fork positioner-hyd.-cyl.-position sensor
9B51 Wegsensor-Hyd-Zyl-Seitenschieber Hyd.-cyl.-position sensor-side shift
9B52 Hydraulikoltemperatur Hydraulic oil temperature
9B53 Temp.fuhler Kabine innen Cabin interior thermal sensor
9B54 Temp.fuhler Enteisung De-frosting thermal sensor
9B55 Temp.fuhler Kabine auGen Cabin exterior thermal sensor
9B56 Fuhler Kab.Lufteinl.temp Cabin air inlet temperature sensor
9B57 Temp. Converter out Converter out temperature
9B58 Temp. Converter Sumpf Converter sump temperature
9B59 Sensor Turbine r/min Turbine speed sensor rpm
9B60 Sen. Vorgelegewelle r/min Intermediate shaft sensor rpm
9B61 Sen. Abtriebswelle r/min Driven shaft sensor rpm
9B62 Drehkranz Sens.vorwarts Forward live ring bearing sensor
9B63 Drehkranz Sens.ruckwarts Reverse live ring bearing sensor
9B64 Sensor Gastank-Fulluberwachung Gas reservoir level monitor sensor
9B65 Fullstand Kuhlmittel Coolant level
9B66 Sensor 02 vor KAT 02 sensor before CAT
9B67 Sensor 02 nach KAT 02 sensor after CAT
9B68 Sensor Klopf Knock sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 12 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)

C Kondensatoren Capacitors
C1 Kondensator zur Induktions-Loschung Capacitor for induction cancelling
C2 Kondensator fur Zeitverzogerung Capacitor for time delay
C3 Kondensator fur Schutzbeschaltung Capacitor for protection circuit
C4 Puffer-Kondensator Buffer capacitor
C5 Sttitzkondensator Back-up capacitor
C5.1 Sttitzkondensator Antriebsrad Back-up capacitor - drive wheel
C5.2 Sttitzkondensator Lastrad links Back-up capacitor - left load bearing wheel
C5.3 Sttitzkondensator Lastrad rechts Back-up capacitor - right load bearing wheel
C6 Entstorkondensator Interference capacitor
3C1 Entstorkondensator Interference capacitor

D
D1 Diode-Entkoppelung Suppressor diode
D1.1 Diode-Entkoppelung Suppressor diode
D1.2 Diode-Entkoppelung Suppressor diode
D1.3 Diode-Entkoppelung Suppressor diode
D3 Freilaufdiode freewheel diode
D4 Diodenbaustein Diode module
D4.1 Diodenbaustein Diode module

E Verschiedenes Miscellaneous
3E1 Kombiruckleuchte - links Combined rear light - left
3E2 Kombiruckleuchte - rechts Combined rear light - right
3E3 Kombileuchte -links Twin light - LH
3E4 Kombileuchte - rechts Twin light - RH
5E1 Arbeitsleuchte FSD links Work lamp, left, overhead guard
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 13 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
5E2 Arbeitsleuchte FSD rechts Work lamp, right, overhead guard
5E3 Abblendlicht links Dipped beam, left
5E4 Abblendlicht rechts Dipped beam, right
5E5 Standlicht links Parking light, left
5E6 Standlicht rechts Parking light, right
5E7 Rucklicht links Tail lamp, left
5E7.1 Rucklicht-links-vorne Front LH tail light
5E8 Rucklicht rechts Tail lamp, right
5E8.1 Rucklicht-rechts-vorne Front RH tail light
5E9 Blinklicht vorne links Turn signal, front left
5E10 Blinklicht vorne rechts Turn signal, front right
5E11 Blinklicht hinten links Turn signal, rear left
5E12 Blinklicht hinten rechts Turn signal, rear right
5E13 Kennzeichen-Licht Number plate lamp
5E14 Arbeitsleuchte FSD hinten Work lamp, rear, overhead guard
5E15 Bremsleuchte hinten links Stoplight rear left
5E15.1 Bremsleuchte hinten mitte Stoplight rear center
5E15.2 Bremsleuchte-vorne-links Front LH brake light
5E16 Bremsleuchte hinten rechts Stoplight rear right
5E16.2 Bremsleuchte-vorne-rechts Front RH brake light
5E17 Ruckfahrscheinwerfer links Back-up light left
5E18 Ruckfahrscheinwerfer rechts Back-up light right
5E19 Arbeitsleuchte FSD links vorn Working lamp, overhead guard - front left
5E20 Arbeitsleuchte FSD rechts vorn Working lamp, overhead guard - front right
5E21 Arbeitsleuchte FSD links hinten Working lamp, overhead guard - rear left
5E22 Arbeitsleuchte FSD rechts hinten Working lamp, overhead guard - rear right
5E23 Arbeitsleuchte-Mast-links Working light-Mast-Left
5E23.1 Arbeitsleuchte-Mast-mitte-links Work lights - mast centre Left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 14 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
5E24 Arbeitsleuchte-Mast-rechts Working light-Mast-Right
5E24.1 Arbeitsleuchte-Mast-mitte- Work lights - mast centre Right
rechts
5E25 Arbeitsleuchte Gabelrichtung Work lights fork direction
5E26 Arbeitsleuchte Antriebsrichtung Work lights drive direction
5E27 Leuchte Kommissionierrichtung li Spotlight for order picking in leftwards direction
5E28 Leuchte Kommissionierrichtung re Spotlight for order picking in rightwards direction
5E29 ASW li.vo.aufwarts Dach LH work lights, front / upwards on roof
5E30 ASW re,vo.aufwarts Dach RH work lights, front / upwards on roof
5E31 Abblendlicht hi li Rear LH dipped lights
5E32 Abblendlicht hi re Rear RH dipped lights
5E33 Fernlicht hi li Rear LH main beam
5E34 Fernlicht hi re Rear RH main beam
5E35 Standlicht hi li weift Rear LH parking light, white
5E36 Standlicht hi re, weilJ Rear RH parking light, white
5E37 Standlicht vo li, rot Front LH parking light, red
5E38 Standlicht vo re, rot Front RH parking light, red
5E39 ASW mitte Kabine vo unten Centre work lights, bottom of cab front
5E40 Fernlicht vorn li Front LH main beam
5E41 Fernlicht vorn re Front RH main beam
6E1 SPOT-vorne SPOT-forward
6E2 SPOT-hinten SPOT-reverse
8E1 AnschluGbox Barcodeleser Barcode reader connection box
9E1 Heizfolie fur Fahrschalter Heating foil for controller
9E2 Sitzheizung Seat heating
9E3 Heizung FPT Heating FPT
9E4 Heizung FPT Heating FPT
9E5 Radio Radio
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 15 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9E6 Fleizung Hydraulikol Fleating hydraulic oil
9E7 Monitor Monitor
9E8 Kamera Camera
9E8.1 Kamera Camera
9E9 Kameraumschalter Camera Toggle Switch
9E10 Zundkerze Spark plug
9E11 Zundspule-Verteilereinheit Ignition coil-distributor assembly
9E12 Rueckhaltesystem Restraint system
9E13 Kamera-AnschlulSbox Camera connection box
9E14 Klimaanlage Air conditioning system
9E15 Wechselsprechverstarker ntercom amplifier
9E16 Drosselklappe Throttle
9E17 Dosierpumpe Metering pump

F Sicherungen Fuses
F1 Gesamtsteuersicherung Master control fuse
F1.1 Sicherung Fuse
F1.2 Steuersicherung 80 V Control fuse 80 V
F2 Uberstromausloser Over-current release
F2.1 Sicherung 80 V Fuse 80 V
F3 Gerateschutzsicherung (Fl-Schalter) Fuse protection (Fl switch)
F3.1 Sicherung 24 V Fuse 24 V
F3.2 Sicherung-24V 24 volt fuse
F4 Steuersicherung Flauptschtitz Master contactor control fuse
F5 Steuersicherung - Minus Leitung Control fuse - negative lead
F6 Sicherung Hydraulikol-Heizung Hydraulic oil heater fuse
F7 Steuersicherung - Abfrage Fahren Control fuse - travel inquiry
F8 Hauptsicherung Plus Leitung (VDE 0666) Main fuse, positive lead (VDE 0666)
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 16 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
F9 Hauptsicherung Minus Leitung (VDE 0666) Main fuse, negative lead (VDE 0666)
F10 Sicherung Ladegerat Battery charger fuse
F11 Sicherung Versorgung EW/BZ Fuse supply EW/BZ
F12 Steuersicherung Schutzstander Control fuse contactor rack
F13 Steuersicherung Magnetventil / Magnetbremse Control fuse solenoid valve / solenoid brake
F14 Sicherung Heizung Fuse - heating
F14.1 Sicherung-Heizung-Lufter Heating fan fuse
F15 Sicherung Fahren/Heben Fuse travel/lift
F16 Sicherung Notstop-Magnet Fuse Emergency Stop-Magnet
F17 Sicherung Datenfunk-Gerat Fuse Radio Data Transmission Device
F 18 Steuersich.Schuetz-Spannungseinschaltung Power-on contactor control fuse
F19 Sicherung-12V Fuse, 12 V
F20 Sicherung - Klimaanlage Fuse - air conditioning system
F21 Sicherung Rel. Zundung Ignition relay fuse
F22 Sicherung-HR-Motor Motor main relay fuse

F23 Steuersicherung 48V

F24 Sicherung-Ausgangskarte Output card fuse

F25 Zusatzsicherung UL UL auxiliary fuse

F26 48 Volt nach Hauptschutz 48 volts after main contactor
F27 Steuerung Fahren / Heben travel / lift controller
F28 MFC Fahren / Heben MFC travel / lift
F29 Sicherung-24V-Standby 24V standby fuse
F30 Sicherung-24V-Steuerung-intern 24V internal controller fuse
F31 Sicherung-24V-Sensorik 24V sensor system fuse
F32 Sicherung-Batterie Battery fuse
F33 Zundschalter KM 5 Ignition switch KM 5
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 17 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
F34 Zundschalter KI50 Ignition switch KI50
F35 Sicherung 48V Fuse 48V
F36 Sicherung-Ventil/Scheibenhzg Window heating valve fuse
F37 Steuersicherung-Plus-Ltg Positive wire control fuse
F38 Sich. 24V1 Fahrerplatztrager Fuse 24V1 operator position carriage
F39 Sich. 24V2 Fahrerplatztrager Fuse 24V2 operator position carriage
F40 Sich. 24V2 10 Knoten Fuse 24V2 IO nodes
F41 Sich. 24V2 Cust Fuse 24V2 Cust
F42 Sich. 24V1 IO Knoten Fuse 24V1 IO nodes
F43 Sich. 24V1 Cust Outputs Fuse 24V1 Cust outputs
F44 Sich. 24V2 Cust Outputs Fuse 24V2 Cust outputs
F45 Sich. 24V0 Standby Fuse 24V0 Standby
F46 Sicherung KL15 Fuse - terminal 15
F50 Haupt- Sicherung Main fuse
F25.1 Zusatzsicherung UL UL auxiliary fuse
F35.1 Sicherung 48V Fuse 48V
1F Sicherung-Fahrmotore Fuse - drive motors
1F1 Sicherung Fahrmotor 1 Fuse - drive motor 1
1F2 Sicherung Fahrmotor 2 Fuse - drive motor 2
1F3 Steuersicherung Impulssteuerung Control fuse - impulse control system
1F4 Steuersicherung - Fahren Control fuse - travel
1F5 Steuersicherung - Heizwiderstand Fahrschalter Control fuse - controller heating resistor
1F6 Steuersicherung fur Nebenschlulifeld Control fuse for shunt field
1F7 Sicherung Druckschalter Federbein Antrieb Fuse for spring leg switch drive
1F8 Steuersicherung Treiber Fahren Control fuse - driver travel
1F9 Steuersicherung Elektronik Fahren / Heben Control fuse - electronics travel / lifting
1F10 Sicherung Feld Fahren Fuse - field travel
1F11 Sicherung Drehstromsteuerung FA Fuse, 3-phase control system - drive system
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 18 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1F12 Steuersicherung Fahrsteuerung Drive controller control fuse
1F 13 Steuersicherung MFC Fahren / Bremsen MFC driving/braking control fuse
1F14 Steuersicherung MFC Fahren / Bremsen MFC driving/braking fuse
1F 15 Sicherung, Gangschalter Fuse, aisle switch
1F 16 Getriebe Steuerung KI30 Transmission controller KI30
1F17 Getriebe Steuerung KM 5 Transmission controller KM 5
1F 18 Sicherung , Gangschalter Aisle switch fuse

2F1 Sicherung Pumpenmotor 1 Fuse - pump motor 1

2F2 Sicherung Pumpenmotor 2 Fuse - pump motor 2
2F3 Sicherung Pumpenmotor 3 Fuse - pump motor 3
2F4 Steuersicherung - P-Schutz Control fuse - P contactor
2F5 Steuersicherung - FIJC-Schwenkschub Control fuse - FIJC swivel/traverse
2F6 Steuersicherung - Anbaugerat ETX Control fuse - ETX attachment
2F7 Sicherung Druckschalter - Uberlastsicherung, dynamisch Pressure switch fuse - dynamic overload protection
2F8 Sicherung Druckschalter - Uberlastsicherung, statisch Pressure switch fuse - static overload protection
2F9 Sicherung Abfrage 2K2 Fuse 2K2 inquiry
2F10 Steuersicherung Flubelektronik Control fuse - lifting electronics
2F11 Steuersicherung Proportionalsteuerung Fleben Control fuse - proportional control - lifting
2F12 Steuersicherung Treiber Fleben Control fuse - driver lifting
2F13 Sicherung Feld Fleben Fuse - field lifting
2F14 Sicherung Ventilsteuerung Fuse - Valve controlled distribution
2F15 Sicherung Drehstromsteuerung HY Fuse - 3-phase control system HY
2F16 Steuersicherung Flubsteuerung Lifting controller control fuse
2F17 Steuersicherung MFC Hydraulik MFC hydraulics control fuse
2F18 Sicherung MFC Hydraulik MFC hydraulics fuse
2F19 Sicherung heben/senken Lift/lower fuse
2F20 Sicherung ZH Auxiliary hydraulics fuse
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 19 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2F21 Sicherung, Lastdampfung Fuse, load damping
2F22 Hebe- /Neigungsbegrenzung Lift / tilt limit
2F23 Sich.-Ventilsteuerg-Heben/Senken Fuse-ControlValve-Lift/Lower
2F24 Sich.-Ventilsteuerg-Schieben vor/ruck Fuse-ControlValve-Reach/Retract
2F25 Sich.-Ventilsteuerg-Schieben-Neigen Fuse-ControlValve-Reach-Tilt
2F26 Sich.-Ventilsteuerg-Neigen-Seitenschieben Fuse-ControlValve-Tilt-Sideshift
3F1 Sicherung Lenkhilfemotor Fuse - steering booster motor
3F2 Steuersicherung Lenkhilfe Control fuse - steering booster
3F3 Hauptstromsicherung Rollenbahn-Motor Main current fuse for roller train motor
3F4 Steuersicherung Rollenbahn-Motor Control fuse for roller train motor
3F5 Steuersicherung Notstop Emergency stop control fuse
3F6 Sicherung Lenkmotor Antriebsrad Fuse - drive wheel steering motor
3F7 Sicherung Lenkmotor Lastrad links Fuse-steering motor left load bearing wheel
3F8 Sicherung Lenkmotor Lastrad rechts Fuse-steering motor right load bearing wheel
3F9 Steuersicherung elektrische Lenkung Control fuse electronic steering
3F10 Sicherung Drehstromsteuerung LK Fuse - 3-phase control system LK
3F11 Steuersicherung Lenkung Antriebsrad Drive wheel steering control fuse
3F12 Steuersicherung Lenkung Lastrader Load wheel steering control fuse
3F13 Lenkung linkes Lastrad LH load wheel steering
3F14 Lenkung rechtes Lastrad RH load wheel steering
4F1 Steuersicherung Hupe Control fuse - hooter
4F2 Steuersicherung Summer Control fuse - buzzer
4F3 Steuersicherung Div. Control fuse - various
4F4 Steuersicherung Rundumkennleuchte Control fuse - 360° warning light
4F5 Steuersicherung Warnblinkanlage Control fuse warning flashlight
4F5.1 Steuersicherung Blinker links Left indicator control fuse
4F5.2 Steuersicherung Blinker rechts Right indicator control fuse
4F6 Steuersicherung Bremslicht Control fuse stoplight
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 20 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
4F7 Steuersicherung Anzeigebedieneinheit Display operating unit control fuse
4F8 Steuersicherung-Anzeigebedieneinheit Control fuse display control unit
4F9 Steuersicherung-Elektronik Control fuse - electronics
4F10 Sicherung Lufter Fuse Fan
4F11 Sicherung Bordcomputer Fuse Onboard Computer
4F12 Steuersicherung MFC Zusatz MFC option control fuse
4F13 Sicherung MFC Zusatz MFC option fuse
4F14 Steuersich.-Blitzleuchte Strobe control fuse
4F15 Zugangsberechtigung access authorisation
4F16 Sicherung, Blinklicht Fuse, indicator light
4F17 Sich.-Lufter-Senken Stop Ventil Fuse-Control-Fan-Lower Stop Valve
5F1 Steuersicherung Suchscheinwerfer 5A Spot lamp control fuse 5A
5F1.1 Steuersicherung Suchscheinwerfer zus.1 Search light aux. 1 control fuse
5F1.2 Steuersicherung Suchscheinwerfer zus.2 Search light aux. 2 control fuse
5F2 Steuersicherung DC/DC-Wandler Control fuse for DC/DC converter
5F3 Steuersicherung Ruckfahrscheinwerfer Reversing lamp control fuse
5F3.1 Sicherung-Rueckfahrscheinwerfer-lks Left reverse light fuse
5F3.2 Sicherung-Rueckfahrscheinwerfer-rts Reverse light fuse
5F4 Steuersicherung Ruckleuchten Control fuse, rear lights
5F4.1 Steuersicherung Ruckleuchten Control fuse, rear lights
5F4.2 Steuersicherung Ruckleuchten vorne Tail lights front control fuse
5F5 Steuersicherung Beleuchtung Control fuse for lighting system
5F5.1 Sicherung-Beleuchtung-links Fuse, illumination - left
5F5.2 Sicherung-Bremsruckfahrleuchte Fuse, stop light/reversing lamp
5F5.3 Sicherung-Beleuchtung-rts Fuse, lighting right
5F6 Sicherung Kabine Cabin fuse
5F7 Sicherung Optionen Fahrerschutzdach Overhead guard options fuse
5F8 Fahrplatzbeleuchtung Operator position lighting
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 21 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
5F9 Sicherung Abblendlicht Dipped lights fuse
5F10 Sicherung StVZO Beleuchtung Road traffic regulations fuse
5F11 Sicherung-ASW-vorne-lks Work lights fuse - front left
5F11.1 Sicherung-ASW-vorne-rts Work lights fuse - front right
5F11.2 Sicherung-ASW-hinten-lks Work lights fuse - rear left
5F11.3 Sicherung-ASW-hinten-rts Work lights fuse - rear right
5F12 Sicherung Ladekabel Charger lead fuse
5F13 Sicherung-Warnleuchten-Beleuchtung Indicator lighting fuse
5F1.3 Steuersicherung SPOT SPOT control fuse
5F14 Sicherung Standlicht Fuse, parking light
5F15 Sicherung, Fernlicht Fuse, main beam
5F16 ASW vorwarts / aufwarts Work lights front / upwards
5F17 Sicherung Leselampe Fuse, reading lamp
5F18 ASW am Mast Work lights on mast
6F1 Steuersicherung Entladeanzeiger Control fuse - discharge indicator
6F2 Steuersicherung - Betriebsstundenzahler Control fuse - operating hour counter
6F3 Steuersicherung Entladeanzeiger in der Minus-Leitung Control fuse for discharge indicator in negative line
6F4 Steuersicherung Kohlebursten-VerschleiGanzeige Control fuse for carbon brush wear indicator
6F5 Steuersicherung-12V Control fuse- 12V
6F6 Steuersicherung Datarecorder Data recorder control fuse
6F7 Steuersicherung Elektronik Russpartikelfilter Soot particle filter electronics control fuse
6F8 Sicherung Russpartikelfilter Soot particle filter fuse
6F9 Sicherung Kamara Camera fuse
7F1 Sicherung Magnetbremse Fuse Solenoid Brake
7F2 Sicherung-Spannungswandler-Ladegerat Fuse-Voltage Transformer-Battery Charger
7F3 Steuersicherung DC/DC-Wandler Control fuse, DC/DC converter
7F4 Steuersicherung DC/DC-Wandler Control fuse, DC/DC converter
7F5 Sicherung-Bremsanlage Fuse, brake system
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 22 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7F6 Sicherung Zubehortrager Accessory carriage fuse
7F7 Sicherung-Schwenkmotor Traverse motor fuse
7F8 Sicherung-Scanne Scanner fuse
7F9 Steuersich.-Scanner-PSA PPS scanner control fuse

7F10 Sicherung Druckbegrenzungsventil Pressure relief valve fuse

7F11 Steuersich.-DC/DC-Wandler DC/DC converter control fuse

8F1 Sicherung Hohenvorwahl Fuse - height selection system
8F2 Sicherung Gangerkennung Fuse - aisle recognition system
8F3 Sicherung IF-Keltronik IF-Keltronic fuse
8F4 Sicherung-Wandler-Steuerung Converter controller fuse
8F5 Sicherung-Ladeschaltung Charging circuit fuse
9F1 Steuersicherung Scheibenwischer Windscreen wiper control fuse
9F1.1 Steuersicherung Scheibenwascher Windscreen wiper control fuse
9F2 Steuersicherung Sitzheizung Control fuse for seat heating
9F3 Steuersicherung Lufter Control fuse fan
9F4 Heizung FPT Heating FPT
9F5 Sicherung Scheibenheizung Windshield heater fuse
9F6 Sicherung Hydraulikol-Heizung Hydraulic oil heater fuse
9F7 Sicherung-Optionen-Zundung-ein Fuse-Options-lgnition-ON
9F8 Sicherung-Optionen-Motor-ein Fuse-Options-Engine-ON
9F9 Sicherung-Heizung-Anzeige Heating fuse display
9F10 Sicherung-Rueckhaltesystem Safety restraint system
9F11 Sicherung Vorgluehen Pre-heat fuse
9F12 Sicherung Katalysator Catalyzer fuse
9F13 Steuersicherung Katalysator Catalyzer control fuse
9F14_ Steuersicherung Scheibenwischer hinten jRear windscreen wiper control fuse
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 23 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9F15 Steuersicherung Scheibenwischer Dach Roof windscreen wiper control fuse
9F16 Sicherung Zuendschloss Ignition lock fuse
9F17 Sicherung Optionen Options fuse
9F18 Sicherung Vorsicherung Vorgluhen Pre-heat fuse
9F19 Sicherung Generator Generator fuse
9F20 Sicherung Klimaanlage Air conditioning system fuse
9F22 Sicherung elektromechanische Komponenten Operating functions release solenoid
9F23 Sicherung - Umschatent. Fuse - changeover valve
9F24 Sicherung-Radio Radio fuse
9F25 Sicherung - Luftmassenmesser Air mass recorder fuse
9F26 Sicherung - Steckdose 12V 12 volt socket fuse
9F27 Sicherung - Klemme 30 nach HR Fuse - terminal 30 after HR
9F28 Sicherung - LPG-Control Valve Gluehzeit TDI Fuse- LPG TDI glow time control valve
9F29 Sicherung - EPW TDI Fuse - EPW TDI
9F30 Sicherung - Diagnose DFG Fuse - DFG diagnostics
9F31 Sicherung - Ladekontrolleuchte Fuse - charger indicator
9F32 Sicherung Kraftstoffpumpe Fuel pump fuse
9F33 Sicherung-Scheibenwaschpumpe Windscreen washer pump
9F34 Sicherung Magnetkupplung Magnetic coupling fuse
9F35 Sicherung-Klemme-30-ECU Fuse terminal 30 ECU
9F36 Sicherung-Relais-Optionen Relay options fuse

9F37 Scheibenw vorne/Hupe Front window wiper / horn

9F38 Lenks.schalt/Abblendlicht Steering column switch / dipped lights
9F39 4/2Ventil (Drehsitz) 4/2 valve (swivel seat)
9F40 Sicherung, Luftsitz Fuse, air cushioned seat
9F41 Radio KI30, Kab.Licht Radio KI30, cab light
9F42 Sicherung Drehsitz Fuse (swivel seat)
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 24 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9F43 Zigarettenanzunder Cigarette lighter
9F44 Magnetventil Gastank Gas tank solenoid valve
9F45 Steuereinheit Drehsitz Swivel seat control unit
9F46 Alarmsystem DPF DPF alarm system
9F47 Sicherung, Motor Steuerung +15 Fuse, motor controller +15
9F48 Sicherung-KI15-ECU-nachl. Fuse-KI15-ECU. time lag
9F50 Elektrischer Kabinenhub Electric cab lift
9F51 Sicherung Gastank-Fulluberwachung Gas tank level monitor fuse
9F52 Sicherung Spiegelheizung Mirror heating fuse
9F53 Sicherung Zundspule Ignition coil fuse
9F54 Sicherung Wiegesystem Weighing system fuse
9F35.1 Sicherung-Klemme-30-ECU Terminal 30 fuse Engine control unit

G Stromversorgung Electr. power supply

G1 Batterie Battery
G2 Ladegerat Battery charger
G3 Stromversorgung Standby Standby power supply
G4 Generator Generator
7G1 Stromabnehmer-links Collector -left
1G2. Stromabnehmer-rechts Collector - right

H Meldeeinrichtung Signalling system

H1 Betriebsbereitschaft Ready for operation
H2 Sensorkontrolle Sensor check
H3 Kontr.-Leuchte-Sicherungen-80V 80 V fuse indicator
H4 Kontr.-Leuchte-Master Master indicator
H5 Kontr.-Leuchte-Safe-IO-A Safe IO A indicator
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 25 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
H6 Kontr.-Leuchte-Safe-IO-B Safe IO B indicator
H7 Kontr.-Leuchte-Sicherungen-24V 24 V fuse indicator
1H1 Motorschutz-Kontrolleuchte Motor protection control lamp
1H2 Fahrbereitschaft Bremse Brake Operational
1H3 Fahren - vorwarts Travelling - forward
1H4 Fahren - ruckwarts Reversing
1H5 Langsamfahrt Ein Slow travel On
1H5.1 Langsamfahrt Ein Slow travel On
1H6 Blinkleuchte fur Fahren Flashing light for travelling
1H7 Blinkleuchte uber 2,5 m Hubhohe (KmS) Flashing light for lifting heights above 2.5 m (KmS)
1H8 Blinkleuchte (FSD) Flashing light (overhead guard)
1H9 Kontroll-Leuchte Fahrtrichtung Anzeige Control lamp direction indicator
1H10 K-Leuchte-Motion-Control-|jC1 Motion-Control pC1 indicator
1H11 K-Leuchte-Motion-Control-pC2 Motion-Control pC2 indicator
1H6.1 Blinkleuchte 1 Flashing light 1
1H6.2 Blinkleuchte 2 Flashing light 2
1H6.3 Blinkleuchte 3 Flashing light 3
1H6.4 Blinkleuchte 4 Flashing light 4
2H1 Heben Lifting
2H2 Heben im Schnellgang Rapid lifting
2H3 Heben im Schleichgang Lifting at inching speed
2H4 Senken Lowering
2H5 Senken im Schleichgang Lowering at inching speed
2H6 Neigen vorwarts Tilting out
2H7 Neigen ruckwarts Tilting in
2H8 Neigen Mittelstellung Neutral position - Tilting
2H9 Drehen links Swivelling left
2H10 Drehen rechts Swivelling right
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 26 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2H11 Drehen Mittelstellung Neutral position - Swivelling
2H12 Drehen Schleichgang Swivelling at inching speed
2H13 Mittelstellung Lastaufnahme (SR oder CS) Central position - load lifting device (SR or CS)
2H14 Schieben links Traversing left
2H15 Schieben rechts Traversing right
2H16 Schieben Mittelstellung Traversing to center position
2H16.1 Schieben Mittelstellung Traversing to center position
2H17 Schieben Schleichgang Traversing at inching speed
2H18 Anzeigenleuchte 2. Einstapeltiefe Control lamp - stacking in second row
2H19 Gabelverstellgerat Ein Fork adjusting device On
2H20 Anzeigenleuchte fur Gabelverstellung Control lamp - fork adjustment
2H21 Klammer schlielJen Close clamp
2H22 Klammer offnen Open clamp
2H23 Filterkontrolle Filter check
2H24 Hubbegrenzung Lifting limitation
2H25 Kontrolleuchte fur 1 ZH Control lamp for 1 ZH
2H26 Schieben vor Traversing out
2H27 Schieben zuruck Traversing in
2H28 TG in Frontaufnahmestellung Fork in frontal position
2H29 TG in Transportstellung Fork in transport position
2H30 Transportstellung links Transport position left
2H31 Transportstellung rechts Transport position right
2H32 Stapelstellung links Stacking position left
2H33 Stapelstellung rechts Stacking position right
2H34 Anzeige Last angehoben Operating unit load lifted
2H35 Anzeige-Last-abgesenkt Load lowered display
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 27 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2H36 Lastaufnahme verriegelt Load handler locked

2H37 Lastaufnahme nicht verriegelt Load handler not locked

4H1 Hupe Hooter

4H2 Summer Buzzer
4H3 Rundumkennleuchte 360° warning lamp
4H3.1 Blitzleuchte Flash lamp
4H4 Punktleuchte Spot lamp
4H5 Blinkleuchte vorn rechts Turn signal, front right
4H6 Blinkleuchte hinten rechts Turn signal, rear right
4H7 Blinkleuchte vorn links Turn signal, front left
4H8 Blinkleuchte hinten links Turn signal, rear left
4H9 Kontroll-Lampe fur Warnleuchte Control lamp for warning blinker
4H10 Warnleuchte Kohlebiirsten Carbon brushes warning lamp
4H11 Lautewerk Bell
4H12 Blinkleuchte Heck Indicating light, rear
4H13 Blinkleuchte vorn Indicating light, front
4H14 Warnsummer Handbremse Handbrake buzzer
4H15 Ladezustand Batterie voll Battery full charge status
4H16 Signalleuchte Hupe Horn indicator lamp
4H17 Signalleuchte Zuendung_an Ignition on indicator lamp
4H18 Floorspot Lastrichtung Floor spot load direction
4H19 Floorspot Antriebsrichtung Floor spot drive direction
4H15.1 Ladezustand Batterie voll Battery full charge status
5H6 Kontrolleuchte Scheinwerfer Ein Control lamp - Headlight ON
5H8 Ruckfahrscheinwerfer Reversing lamp
5H9 Parkleuchte Parking light
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 28 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
5H10 Arbeitsscheinwerfer Spotlight
5H11 Leselampe Reading lamp
5H12 Fahrkorbbeleuchtung Cage lighting
5H13 Suchscheinwerfer Spot lamp
5H14 Kontrolleuchte Warnblinkanlage Control lamp Warning flashlight
5H15 Lampe - Gabel - Neigen Lamp - Fork - Tilting
5H16 Lampe - Seitenschub Lamp - Lateral traversing
5H17 Fahrerplatzbeleuchtung Driver stand illumination
5H17.1 Fahrerplatzbeleuchtung Driver stand illumination
5H18 Kontr.-Leuchte-Sicherungen- iCE-PIO iCE-PIO fuse indicator light
5H19 Kontr.-Leuchte-iCE-PIO ICE-PIO indicator light
5H20 Kontr.-Leuchte iCE-POC iCE-POC indicator
5H21 Kontr.-Leuchte-Sicherg-iCE-POC iCE-POC fuse indicator
5H22 Kontr.-Leuchte iCE-EPS iCE-EPS indicator light
6H1 Radstand links Wheel position, left
6H2 Radstand rechts Wheel position, right
6H3 Radstand Mitte Wheel position, centre
6H4 Radstellungsanzeige Lastrad links Wheel position indicator, load bearing wheel, left
6H5 Radstellungsanzeige Lastrad rechts Wheel position indicator, load bearing wheel, right
6H6 Radstellungsanzeige Antriebsrad Wheel position indicator, drive wheel
6H7 Fahrtrichtungsanzeige Querfahrt rechts Direction indicator - Transverse movement, right
6H8 Fahrtrichtungsanzeige Querfahrt links Direction indicator - Transverse movement, left
6H9 Entlademeldung Aus Discharge message OFF
6H10 Ladegeratstorung Battery charger fault
6H11 Ladegeraet-Ein Charger On

6H12 Ladegeraet-Fahrbetrieb Charger travel mode

 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 29 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
6H13 Ladegerat Ladebetrieb Charger Charging Mode
6H14 LG Ladezustandsanzeige Charger charge status indicator

6H15 K-Leuchte-Getriebeoltemp Transmission oil temp, indicator

6H16 K-Leuchte-Motoroldruck Motor oil pressure indicator
6H17 K-Leuchte-Tankreserve Tank reserve indicator
6H18 K-Leuchte-Neutral Neutral indicator
6H19 K-Leuchte-Vorgltihen Pre-heat indicator
6H20 K-Leuchte-Russfilter Soot filter indicator
6H21 K-Leuchte-Bremsflussigkeit Brake fluid indicator
6H22 K-Leuchte-Batterie Battery indicator
6H23 K-Leuchte-Dieselfilter Diesel filter indicator
6H24 K-Leuchte-Luftfilter Air filter indicator
6H25 Kontrolllampe Fernlicht Main beam indicator lamp
7H1 Abschaltung der Kaltleiter (VDE 0666) Ballast tubes disconnected (VDE 0666)
7H2 Kontrolleuchte Handbremse Control lamp - handbrake
7H3 Batteriewagen entriegelt Battery trolley - unlocked
7H4 Storung der Notstopbremse Emergency brake malfunction
7H5 Storung in der E-Anlage (SPS) Electrical fault
7H6 Stomabnehmer-links-aktiv Collector - left - active
7H7 Stromabnehmer-rechts-aktiv Collector - right - active
7H8 Wareneinrichtung Netzausfall Warning Device Mains Failure
7H9 Storung Automatik Automatic fault
7H13 Abbruch (oder Cancel) Cancel
8H1 Alarmgeber in IF Alarm - inductive guidance
8H2 Lampe Draht IF On wire lamp - inductive guidance
8H3 Kontrolleuchte Gangendsicherung Control lamp - end-of-aisle protection system
8H4 Hohenvorwahl Ein Height selection system On
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 30 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8H5 Stapelautomatik Ein Automatic stacking system On
8H6 Hohenvorwahl 30 Positioner) Height selection system - 30 positions
8H7 IF-Automatik Ein Inductive guidance automatics On
8H8 Kontrolleuchte Fahrzustand IF Control lamp-travelling state industrial guidance
8H9 Kontrolleuchte Automatiklenkung Control lamp - automatic steering
8H10 Notstop Emergency stop
8H11 Suchen Searching
8H12 Lenkung gestort Steering fault
8H13 Lastkorrektur Load correction
8H14 Synchronisation Ein Synchronization On
8H15 Lenkung verriegelt Steering interlocked
8H16 Lampe fur Empf. Sicherheitsbereich Lamp for safety area receiver
8H17 Lenken nach rechts Steering to the right
8H18 Lenken nach links Steering to the left
8H19 Kontroll-Leuchte red. Geschwindigkeit Reduced speed indicator
8H20 Im System In the system
8H70 Quittieren Acknowledge
8H71 Anforderung Request
9H1 Kontrolleuchte Sitzbeheizung Control lamp - seat heating
9H2 Kontrolleuchte Kuhlkorper Fahrsteuerung Control lamp - Drive control cooling body
9H3 Kontrolleuchte Skanner Control lamp - Scanner
9H4 Kontrolleuchte Display-Verriegelung Control lamp - Display interlock
9H5 Richtleuchte Guide light
9H5.1 Richtleuchte 1 Guide light 1
9H5.2 Richtleuchte 2 Guide light 2
9H5.3 Richtleuchte 3 Guide light 3
9H5.4 Richtleuchte 4 Guide light 4
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 31 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)

K Relais + Schutze Relays + contactors

K1 Hauptschutz 1 Master contactor 1
K2 Batterie-Serien-Parallelschutz Battery - Serial/parallel contactor
K3 Relais Ladegerat Ein Relay for battery charger On
K4 Relais Ladegerat Verzogerte Stormeldung Relay - battery charger delay fault
K5 Hauptschutz 2 Master contactor 2
K6 Schutz zur Spannungseinschaltung Contactor power on
K7 Einschaltschutz Power-on contactor
K8 Relais Plattform Heben 1 Platform lift 1 relay
K9 Relais Plattform Senken 1 Platform lower 1 relay
K10 Relais Plattform Heben 2 platform lift 2 relay
K11 Relais Plattform Senken 2 Platform lower 2 relay
K12 Schuetz-auf-Batterie Battery contactor
K90 Drehstrom Ein / Aus Three-phase current On / Off
1K1 Fahrschutz vorwarts Drive contactor forward
1K1.1 Fahrschutz vorwarts Drive contactor forward
1K2 Fahrschutz ruckwarts Drive contactor backward
1K2.1 Fahrschutz ruckwarts Drive contactor backward
1K3 Sicherheitsschutz fur Impuls Safety contactor for impulse
1K3.1 Sicherheitsschuetz-f.lmpuls Safety contactor for impulse
1K4 KurzschluRschutz fur Impuls Short-circuit contactor for impulse
1K5 Hilfsrelais fur NebenschlulSfeld Auxiliary relay for shunt-wound field
1K5.1 Schutz fur NebenschlulJfeld Contactor for shunt-wound field
1K6 Fahrstufenschutz Travel stepping contactor
1K7 Fahrstufenschutz Travel stepping contactor
1K8 Fahrstufenschutz Travel stepping contactor
1K9 Fahrstufenschutz Travel stepping contactor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 32 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1K10 Hilfsrelais - Fahren Auxiliary relay - travelling
1K11 Hilfsrelais - Fahren Auxiliary relay - travelling
1K12 Schleichgang - Fahren Travelling - inching speed
1K13 Fahrrelais vorwarts T ravel relay forward
1K14 Fahrrelais rtickwarts T ravel relay reverse
1K15 Umschaltsperre Change-over lock
1K16 Hilfsrelais fur Verschiebe-Betrieb Auxiliary relay - Shifting operation
1K17 Hilfsrelais fur Mitgeherbetrieb Auxiliary relay - Pedestrian guided operation
1K18 Verriegelungsrelais - Fahren Interlocking relay - travelling
1K18.1 Verriegelungsrelais - Fahren Interlocking relay - travelling
1K19 Hilfsrelais Mitfahrbetrieb Auxiliary relay - rider operation
1K20 Hilfsrelais - K-Schtitzverzogerung Auxiliary relay - K-contactor delay
1K21 Hilfsrelais - Totmannschalter Auxiliary relay - dead man switch
1K22 Halte-Relais (Fahren) Holder relay - T ravelling
1K23 Relais Freigabe Fahren bei Transportstellung Relay releasing Travelling function at transport position
1K24 Fahrabschaltung oberhalb 600 mm bei aufgenommener Arbeitsbuhne Travelling cut-out with working platform raised above 600 mm
1K25 Abschaltung Fahren im Sicherheitsbereich Travelling cut-out when moving in safety range
1K26 Hilfsrelais Auffahrsicherheit Anti-collision auxiliary relay
1K27 Verriegelung Fahren rtickwarts Interlocking - Reversing
1K28 Bremsschutz Brake contactor
1K29 Hilfsrelais Pumpenschutz Auxiliary relay of pump contactor
1K30 Hilfsrelais Proportionalventil Auxiliary relay of proportional valve
1K31 Schutz Magnetventil Not-Stop Contactor, solenoid valve (emergency stop)
1K32 Fahr-Brems-Schutz Driving/braking contactor
1K33 Relais Neutralstellung Fahren Neutral relay
1K34 Relais-Fahrtrichtungsabschaltung Relay-Drive direction cut-out
1K35 Fahrtfreigaberelais Travel release relay
2K1
_
Pumpenschutz Pump contactor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 33 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2K2 Pumpenschutz Pump contactor
2K3 Relais fur Heben, langsam Relay - slow lifting
2K4 Relais fur Heben, schnell Relay - rapid lifting
2K5 Verriegelungsrelais - Heben Interlocking relay - lifting
2K6 Relais fur Hubendabschaltung Relay for lifting limit cut-out
2K7 Relais Oberlastverriegelung Relay - overload interlocking
2K8 Verzogerungsrelais fur Pumpe Delay relay for pump
2K9 Hilfsrelais fur Pumpenschutz (bei HV 09 - 24 V) Additional relay for pump contactor (at HV 09 - 24 V)
2K10 Hilfsrelais - Heben Auxiliary relay - lifting
2K11 Verriegelungsrelais Interlocking relay
2K12 Relais fur Senken Relay - lowering
2K13 Relais fur Senken, langsam Relay - slow lowering
2K14 Relais fur Senken, schnell Relay - rapid lowering
2K15 Pumpenschutz 3 Pump contactor 3
2K16 Verriegelungsrelais fur Senken Interlocking relay for lowering
2K17 Relais fur Drehen links Relay - swivelling left
2K18 Relais fur Drehen rechts Relay - swivelling right
2K19 Relais fur Drehen Mittelstellung Relay - swivelling to central position
2K20 Relais fur Drehen im Schleichgang Relay - swivelling at inching speed
2K21 Relais fur Endstellung drehen links Relay - end position swivelling left
2K22 Relais fur Endstellung drehen rechts Relay - end position swivelling right
2K23 Relais fur Endstellung Mitte (Drehen) Relay - central end position (swivelling)
2K24 Entriegelung - Drehen Unlocking - swivelling
2K25 Verriegelung - Drehen Interlocking - swivelling
2K26 Transportstellung Umschaltung links Transport position change-over left
2K27 Transportstellung Umschaltung rechts Transport position change-over right
2K28 Umschaltrelais - Drehen Change-over relay - swivelling
2K29_ Relais - Schieben, links Relay - traverse, left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 34 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2K30 Relais - Schieben, rechts Relay - traverse, right
2K31 Relais - Schieben, Mittelstellung Relay - traversing central position
2K32 Relais - Schieben, Schleichgang Relay - traversing at inching speed
2K33 Relais - Endstellung, links (Schieben) Relay - end position, left (traversing)
2K33.1 Relais - Endstellung, links (Schieben) Relay - end position, left (traversing)
2K33.2 Relais - Endstellung, links (Schieben) Relay - end position, left (traversing)
2K34 Relais - Endstellung, rechts (Schieben) Relay - end position, right (traversing)
2K34.1 Relais - Endstellung, rechts (Schieben) Relay - end position, right (traversing)
2K34.2 Relais - Endstellung, rechts (Schieben) Relay - end position, right (traversing)
2K35 Relais - Endstellung, Mitte (Schieben) Relay - central end position (traversing)
2K35.1 Relais - Endstellung, Mitte (Schieben) Relay - central end position (traversing)
2K36 Entriegelung Schieben Unlocking - traversing
2K37 Verriegelung Schieben Interlocking - traversing
2K38 Transportstellung Transport position
2K39 Relais 2. Einstapeltiefe Relay - second stacking row
2K39.1 Schutz 2. Einstapeltiefe Contactor - second stacking row
2K39.2 Relais 2. Einstapeltiefe (palettenabhangig) Relay - second stacking row (depending on pallets)
2K39.3 Relais 2. Einstapeltiefe (palettenabhangig) Relay - second stacking row (depending on pallets)
2K39.4 Relais 2. Einstapeltiefe (palettenabhangig) Relay - second stacking row (depending on pallets)
2K40 Relais Gabelverstellung TG Relay - fork adjustment TG
2K41 Relais fur Zusatzhub - Heben Relay - auxiliary lift
2K42 Relais Hubhohenverriegelung 500-70 mm Relay - 500-70mm lifting height interl.
2K43 Hubhohenrelais 100 + 310 mm Relay - lifting height 100 + 310 mm
2K44 Heben Freigabe - Normallast Lifting release - normal load
2K45 Hilfsrelais Schieben Auxiliary relay - traversing
2K46 Relais - Schleichgangabschaltung im Regal Relay - inching speed switch-off in rack
2K47 Relais Zinkenverstellung Relay - tine adjustment
2K48 Hohenabhangiges Schieben im Schleichgang Height-dependent traversing at inching speed
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 35 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2K49 Hilfsrelais Senken bei DZ-Mast Auxiliary relay - lowering with DZ-mast
2K50 Verriegelung - Anbaugerat Interlocking - attachment
2K51 Zeitrelais Verriegelung Anbaugerat Time relay - attachment interlocking
2K52 Hilfsrelais Heben Auxiliary relay - lifting
2K54 Abschaltung - Drehen Schleichgang (z. B. Zinkenverstellgerat) Cut-out - swivelling at inching speed (e.g. tyne adjusting device)
2K55 Verriegelung Zusatzhub Interlocking - auxiliary lift
2K56 Startschalter Zusatzhub Starting switch - auxiliary lift
2K57 Verriegelung Haupthub Interlocking - main lift
2K58 Verriegelung Haupthub Interlocking - main lift
2K59 Relais Gabelvorschub Relay - fork traversing
2K60 Relais Schubrichtung - Umschaltung drehbare Telegabel Relay - change-over of traversing direction of swivel tel. fork
2K61 Relais TG in Frontstellung Relay - fork in front position
2K62 Relais TG Drehen Relay - fork swivelling
2K63 Relais Option Relay, option
2K64 Relais zur Spannungseinschaltung bei Optionen Relay for switching on the voltage supply for options
2K65 Schutz 3. Teleskopgabel Contactor, 3rd telescopic fork
2K66 Schutz zur Spannungseinschaltung Contactor power on
2K67 Relais Anzeige Lastposition Load position display relay

2K68 Versorgung Ventilblock Valve block power supply

2K69 Ventilsteuerung Option2 Valve controller option 2

2K70 Ventilsteuerung Option3 Valve controller option 3
2K71 EL. Kabinenhub Electric cabin lift

3K1 Lenkhilfeschutz Steering booster contactor

3K2 Lenkhilfe Einschaltautomatik Automatic starter for steering booster
3K3 Schutz Rollenantrieb auflaufen Contactor - roller drive, run up
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 36 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
3K4 Schutz Rollenantrieb ablaufen Contactor - roller drive, run off
3K5 Halterelais Rollenbahn Mitte auflaufen Holder relay - center roller train, run up
3K6 Halterelais Rollenbahn Mitte ablaufen Holder relay - center roller train, run off
3K7 Stop-Relais Stop relay
3K8 Sperr-Relais Blocking relay
3K9 Lenkung Antriebsrad Drive wheel steering
3K10 Relais Lenkung linkes Lastrad Relay - left load-bearing wheel steering
3K11 Relais Lenkung rechtes Lastrad Relay - right load-bearing wheel steering
3K12 Schuetz-Schwenkmotor Traverse motor contactor
4K1 Relais Rundumkennleuchte Relay - 360° warning lamp
4K2 Blinkrelais Blinker relay
4K3 Relais fur Klingel Bell relay
4K4 Hilfsrelais fur KohleburstenverschleiGabschaltung Aux. relay - cut-out in case of excessive carbon brush wear
4K5 Verzogerungsrelais Kohleburstenverschleiliabschaltung Delay relay - cut-out in case of excessive carbon brush wear
4K6 Umschaltung Abstandssensoren Change-over of distance sensors
4K7 Relais Hupe Relay hooter
4K2.1 Warnblinkrelais Warning indicator relay

4K2.2 Warnblinkrelais-bei-Rueckwaertsfahrt Warning Flasher For Reverse Travel

5K1 Relais Verriegelung Arbeitsscheinwerfer Relay locking mechanism working headlight
5K2 Relais Arbeitsscheinwerfer Head light relay
5K3 Relais Arbeitsscheinwerfer Light on relay
5K4 Relais-Dammerungsschalter Daylight sensor relay
5K5 Relais-Rueckfahrscheinwerfer Relay-reversing lights
5K6 Relais Abblendlicht Dipped lights relay
5K7 Relais Fernlicht Main beam relay
5K8 Relais ASW Mast Mast work lights relay
5K9 Relais ASW vo / aufwarts Work lights forward / upwards relay
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 37 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
5K10 Standlicht Drehsitz Swivel seat parking light
5K11 Stopplicht li Drehsitz LH stop light (swivel seat)
5K12 Stopplicht re Drehsitz RH stop light (swivel seat)
5K13 Fernlicht Drehsitz Main beam (swivel seat)
5K14 Abblendlicht Drehsitz Dipped lights (swivel seat)
5K15 Blinklicht li Drehsitz LH flashing light (swivel seat)
5K16 Blinklicht re Drehsitz RH flashing light (swivel seat)
5K17 ASW Mast Drehsitz Mast work lights (swivel seat)
5K18 ASW, Mitte, Kabine vorne Centre work lights, cab front
5K19 Relais Warnleuchte Warning indicator relay
5K31 Relais SPOT-Ruckwartsfahrt SPOT reverse travel relay
5K32.1 Relais SPOT-Vorwartsfahrt SPOT forward travel relay
5K32.2 Relais SPOT-Vorwartsfahrt SPOT forward travel relay
6K1 Relais Unterspannung Oberwachung Relay - undervoltage monitoring
6K2 Hilfsrelais - Entladeanzeige Auxiliary relay - discharge indicator
6K3 Hilfsrelais Kundendienstleuchte Auxiliary relay - after sales service lamp
7K1 Relais Pendelschalter Relay - pendulum switch
7K2 Relais fur Abschaltung Kaltleiter VDE 0666 Relay - ballast tube cut-out VDE 0666
7K3 Relais Fahrzeug im Gang Relay - vehicle in aisle
7K4 Zusatzrelais Sicherheitsschaltung Auxiliary relay - safety circuit
7K5 Oberbruckungsrelais By-pass relay
7K6 Relais - Reflex-Taster Relay - reflex key
7K6.1 Relais - Reflex-Taster Relay - reflex key
7K7 Schutz fur Stromabnehmersteuerung Contactor - current collector control
7K8 Schutz fur Stromabnehmersteuerung Contactor - current collector control
7K9 Schutz fur Stromabnehmersteuerung Contactor - current collector control
7K10 Schutz fur Stromabnehmersteuerung Contactor - current collector control
7K11 Fahrstandverriegelung Control platform interlocking
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 38 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7K12 Relais fur T otmannschalter Relay - deadman switch
7K13 Relais fur Druckschalter Relay - pushbutton switch
7K14 Relais fur Antriebsrad 90°/rechts Relay - drive wheel 90° right
7K15 Relais fur Antriebsrad 90°/links Relay - drive wheel 90° left
7K16 Relais fur Lastrad 07Geradeausfahrt Relay - load-bearing wheel 0° / straight on
7K17 Relais Notstop der Steuerung Relay - emergency stop of control system
7K18 Relais Einfahren - Ausfahren Relay - entering-exit
7K19 Hilfsrelais fur Totmannschalter Auxiliary relay - deadman switch
7K20 Relais Synchr. Vorfeld Relay - synchronization on apron
7K21 Hilfsschutz fur Magnetbremse Auxiliary contactor for magnetic brake
7K22 Zugmagnetschutz Bremse Pull-type elctromagnet contactor brake
7K23 Versorgungsrelais fur StVZO Supply relay for StVZO
7K24 Schutz-Feldschwachung Contactor, field weakening
7K25 Relais-Stromabnehmer Relay, collector
7K26 Hilfschtitz / Spannungswandler Auxiliary contactor / voltage transformer
7K27 Relais Bremslicht Brake light relay
7K28 Hilfsrelais-Handbremsueberwachung Auxiliary Relais Hand Brake Monitor
7K29 Energieruckgewinnung aktiv Energy Reclamation Active
7K30 Modul Gurtschlossueberwachung Belt lock monitoring module
7K31 Zeitrelais einstellbar Adjustable time relay
7K32 Schuetz-Schwenkmotor Traverse motor contactor
7K33 Relais-Sitzschalter Relay - seat switch
8K1 Relais Hohenvorwahl - Heben Height selection relay - lifting
8K2 Relais Einstapelautomatik Relay - automatic stacking system
8K3 Relais Umschaltung Istwertgeber Hohenvorwahl Change-over relay-actual value transmitter for height selection system
8K4 Relais Positioniersteuerung Relay - rack approach control
8K5 Relais IF - EIN Relay - inductive guidance ON
8K6 Relais Umschaltgruppe 30 Pos. Relay - change-over assy. 30 pos.
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 39 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8K7 Relais Umschaltgruppe 30 Pos. Relay - change-over assy. 30 pos.
8K8 Umschaltrelais Handautomatik Change-over relay - manual/automatic
8K9 Heben - Senken - Stop Lifting - lowering - stop
8K10 Relais Heben - Senken Relay - lifting - lowering
8K11 Hilfsrelais Abfragemagnet Last Auxiliary relay - load inquiry magnet
8K11.1 Relais Lastsensor Relay load sensor
8K12 Umschaltrelais Halteposition Senken - Heben Change-over relay - stop position lowering - lifting
8K13 Relais Umgehungsventil Einstapelautomatik Relay - by-pass valve for automatic stacking system
8K14 Relais Umschaltventil Einstapelautomatik Relay - change-over valve for automatic stacking system
8K15 Verzogerungsrelais Lenkarretierung IF Delay relay - inductive guidance steering lock
8K16 Hilfsrelais Lenkarretierung IF Auxiliary relay - industrial guidance steering lock
8K17 Hilfsrelais Heben Auxiliary relay - lifting
8K18 Hilfsrelais Senken Auxiliary relay - lowering
8K19 Relais Gangerkennung AUS Relay - aisle recognition OFF
8K20 Relais Gangerkennung EIN Relay - aisle recognition ON
8K21 Relais Aufsetzdampfung Relay - impact damping
8K22 Relais Gangendsicherung Relay - end of aisle protection system
8K29 Relais IF-Notbetrieb Relay - industrial guidance emergency operation
8K30 Relais Schleichgang IF Relay - inching speed under industrial guidance
8K31 Relais Notstop IF Relay - emergency stop under industrial guidance
8K32 Relais Sicherheitsschaltung Relay - safety circuit
8K33 Relais Ventil-Umschaltung Relay - valve change-over
8K34 Hilfsschutz Auxiliary contactor
8K35 Speicher - Relais Relay - storage
8K36 Umschaltrelais Manuell-Automatik Change-over relay - manual/automatic
8K37 Hilfsrelais Auxiliary relay
8K38 Hilfsschutz fur Magnetbremse Auxiliary contactor for magnetic brake
8K39 Uberbrtickung fur Notstop Bridging for emergency stop
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 40 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8K40 Hilfsrelais Draht Auxiliary relay - wire
8K41 llberwachungsrelais Notstop Monitoring relay - emergency stop
8K42 Uberwachungsrelais Notstop Monitoring relay - emergency stop
8K43 Uberbruckung bei Automatik Bridging in automatic mode
8K44 Hohenvorwahl EIN Height preselection ON
8K45 Relais Lastsensor Relay Load sensor
8K46 Relais Draht - IF Relay - Wire - Inductive Guidance (IF)
8K47 Relais Fahrzustand - IF Relay - Travelling state - IF
8K48 Oberbriickung fur Notstop Laststeuerung Load control bridging for emergency stop
8K49 Oberbriickung fur Notstop Hubsteuerung Lifting control bridging for emergency stop
8K50 Uberbruckung fur Notstop Lenksteuerung Steering control bridging for emergency stop
8K51 Relais Notstop Laststeuerung Load control emergency stop relay
8K52 Relais Notstop Hubsteuerung Lifting control emergency stop relay
8K53 Relais Notstop Lenksteuerung Steering control emergency stop relay
8K54 Relais red. Geschwindigkeit Reduced speed relay
9K1 Hilfsrelais Magnetbremse Auxiliary relay - solenoid brake
9K2 Schutz Heizung Hydraulikol Contactor, hydraulic oil / heating
9K3 Relais Starten Start relay
9K4 Relais Gluhkerzen Glow plug relay
9K5 Relais Fahrersitzheizung Relay Driver's Seat Heating
9K6 Relais Scheibenheizung Windshield heater relay
9K7 Schutz Kabine Cabin contactor
9K8 Relais-Optionen-Zundung-ein Relay-Options-lgnition-ON
9K9 Relais-Optionen-Motor-ein Relay-Options-Engine-ON
9K10 Hilfsrelais-Vorgluehen Preheat aux. relay
9K11 Relais Katalysator Catalyzer relay
9K12 Relais-Wischer-vorne Front wiper relay
9K13 Relais-Wischer-oben Top wiper relay
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 41 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9K14 Relais-Wischer-hinten Rear wiper relay
9K15 Relais Uebertemperaturabschaltung Overtemperature cutout relay
9K16 Relais-Heizung-Klimaanlage Air conditioning system heating relay

9K17 Relais Abblendlicht Dipped lights relay

9K18 Relais Abblendlicht links LH dipped lights relay
9K19 Relais-Bel-StVZO-links Road traffic regulations LH lighting relay
9K20 Relais Bel. StVZO rechts Road traffic regulations RH lighting relay
9K21 Relais Lufter Fan relay
9K22 HR-Motor FIR motor
9K23 Rel Z-Motor lauft nicht Z motor relay not operating
9K24 Rel Z-Motor lauft Z motor relay operating
9K25 Relais Kraftstoffpumpe Fuel pump relay
9K26 Relais Magnetkupplung Relay magnetic coupling
9K27 Abschaltung Klimaanlage ir conditioner cutout
9K28 Entlastungsrelais Discharge relay

9K29 Relais Drehsitz ruckwarts Swivel seat reverse relay

9K30 Relais Drehsitz vorwarts Swivel seat forward relay
9K31 Drehsitz langsam drehen Swivel seat slowly rotate
9K32 Relais Klappe Frischluft Fresh air throttle relay
9K33 Relais Drehsitz drehen Swivel seat rotate relay
9K34 Relais Drehsitz drehen Swivel seat rotate relay
9K35 Relais 4/2Ventil Drehsitz Swivel seat 4/2 valve relay
9K36 Geblasemotor Gastank Gas tank fan motor
9K37 Relais Gastank-Fulluberwachung Gas tank level monitor relay
9K38 Relais Standlicht Parking light relay
9K39 Relais Spiegelheizung Mirror heating relay
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 42 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)

L
L1 Zundspule Ignition coil
9L1 Zundspule Zylinder 1 Ignition coil, cylinder 1
9L2 Zundspule Zylinder 2 Ignition coil, cylinder 2
9L3 Zundspule Zylinder 3 Ignition coil, cylinder 3
9L4 Zundspule Zylinder 4 Ignition coil, cylinder 4
9L5 Zundspule Zylinder 5 Ignition coil, cylinder 5
9L6 Zundspule Zylinder 6 Ignition coil, cylinder 6

M Motore Motors
1M1 Fahrmotor 1 Drive motor 1
1M2 Fahrmotor 2 Drive motor 2
1M3 Fahrmotor-Drehstrom-1 Drive motor, three-phase 1
1M4 Fahrmotor-Drehstrom-2 Drive motor, three-phase 2
2M1 Pumpenmotor 1 Pump motor 1
2M2 Pumpenmotor 2 Pump motor 2
2M3 Pumpenmotor fur Lastaufnahmemittel Pump motor for load lifting device
2M4 Pumpenmotor fur Drehen Pump motor - Swivelling
2M5 Pumpenmotor fur Schieben Pump motor - T raversing
2M6 Pumpenmotor fur Klammern Pump motor - Clamps
2M7 Pumpenmotor fur Speicherbremse losen Pump motor for energy-storage brake release
2M8 Pumpenmotor 3 Pump motor 3
2M9 Pumpenmotor-Drehstrom Pump motor, three-phase
2M10 Motor Palettenklammer Pallet clamp motor
2M11 Motor_Batterieauszug Monitor_battery withdraw
3M1 Lenkhilfemotor Steering booster motor
3M2 Rollenbahnmotor Roller train motor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 43 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
3M3 Lenkmotor Antriebsrad Steering motor - drive wheel
3M4 Lenkmotor Lastrad links Steering motor - left load-bearing wheel
3M5 Lenkmotor Lastrad rechts Steering motor - right load-bearing wheel
3M6 Lenkmotor-elektrisch-kommutiert Steering motor, commutated electrically
3M7 Schwenkmotor-Kabine Tilt motor cabin
7M1 Motor fur Stromabnehmer-Bewegung Motor - Current collector movement
7M2 Motor Sitzverstellung Seat adjustment motor
7M3 Motor Bremskraftregler Braking force regulator motor
7M4 Motor Klammer Motor Clamp
7M5 Schwenkmotor-Kabine Tilt motor cabin
7M6 Verstellmotor Sttitzpilz links Variable displacement motor LH
7M7 Verstellmotor Stutzpilz rechts Variable displacement motor RFI support column
7M11 Istwertgeber rechts Actual value transmitter RH
9M1 Luftermotor Fan motor
9M1.1 Ltifter-Motor-Fahren Fan, drive motor
9M1.2 Liifter-Motor-Hydraulik Fan, hydraulics motor
9M1.3 Luefter-Motor-Fahren-2 Fan, drive motor-2
9M1.4 Luefter-Motor-Flydraulik-2 Fan, hydraulics motor-2
9M1.5 Lufter-Motor 1 fur Motorraum Fan motor 1 for motor compartment
9M1.6 Lufter-Motor 2 fur Motorraum Fan motor 2 for motor compartment
9M1.7 Luefter-On-Board-Laden On-board charging fan
9M2 Motor-Scheibenwischer Motor - windscreen wiper
9M2.1 Motor Scheibenwischer vorne Windscreen wiper motor - front
9M2.2 Motor Scheibenwischer hinten Windscreen wiper motor - rear
9M2.3 Motor Scheibenwischer Dach Windscreen wiper motor - overhead guard
9M3 Ventilator Kabine Cabin fan
9M3.1 Ventilator-Kabine Cabin fan
9M4 Motor Scheibenwaschanlage Motor windscreen wiper installation
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 44 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9M5 Aktuator (Motorregelung) Engine actuator
9M6 Starter (Anlasser) Starter motor
9M7 Geblase Heizung Heater blower
9M8 Ltifter Rechner Bedienpult Control panel computer fan
9M9 Luefter Fahrsteuerung
9M10 Kraftstoffpumpe Fuel pump
9M11 Luftermotor Kondensator 1 Capacitor 1 fan motor
9M12 Luftermotor Kondensator 2 Capacitor 2 fan motor
9M13 Kuhlmittelpumpe coolant pump
9M14 Stellmotor Luftklappe Vent flap actuator motor
9M15 Stellmotor Wasservorlauf Water supply line actuator motor
9M16 Hydraulikpumpe Kabinenhub Cab lift hydraulic pump
9M17 Motor (Drehsitz) Motor (swivel seat)
9M18 Kuhlergeblase Gastank Gas tank cooler fan
9M4.1 Scheibenwaschanlage hint. Rear windscreen washing system
9M4.2 Scheibenwaschanlage Dach Roof windscreen washing system
9M7.1 Geblaese-Klimaanlage Air conditioning system fan

P Meligerate Measuring instruments

P6 Entladeanzeige - Ladeanzeige- Kombination Discharge indicator / charge indicator combinatio
6P1 Betriebsstundenzahler Operating hour counter
6P2 Entladeanzeiger Discharge indicator
6P3 Amperemeter Ampere meter
6P4 Betriebsstundenzahler und Entladeanzeiger Operating hour counter and discharge indicator
6P5 Kohlebursten-Verschleiftanzeige mit Hubabschaltung Carbon brush wear indicator with lifting cut-out
6P6 Radstellungsanzeige Wheel position indicator
6P7 Abstandsanzeige Distance indicator
6P8 _
Ladeanzeige Charge display
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 45 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
6P9 Neigungsanzeige ilt display
6P10 Anzeige Russpartikelfilter Soot particle filter display
6P11 Entladeanzeige- Ladeanzeige-Ko Discharge / charge display combination

6P12 Drucksensor, Vorwarts Pressure sensor, forward

6P13 Drucksensor, 2 Gang Pressure sensor, 2nd gear
6P14 Drucksensor, 1 Gang Pressure sensor, 1st gear
6P15 Drucksensor, Ruckwarts Pressure sensor, reverse

Q Starkstrom-Schalter High-voltage current switch

Q1 Hauptschalter Master switch
Q1.1 Hauptschalter Steuerkreis Master switch control circuit

R Widerstande Resistors
R1 Parallelwiderstand Hauptschutz Parallel resistance master contactor
R2 Vorwiderstand DC/DC-Wandler Dropping resistor, DC/DC converter
R3 Vorwiderstand Lufter Protective Resistor Fan
R4 Parallelwiderstand Parallel resistor
1R1 Anfahrwiderstand Starting resistor
1R2 Anfahrwiderstand Starting resistor
1R3 Anfahrwiderstand Starting resistor
1R4 Anfahrwiderstand Starting resistor
1R5 Ersatzwiderstand fur Fahrschalter (Gangendsicherung) Spare resistor for controller (end of aisle protection)
1R6 Schleichgang Inching speed
1R7 Vorwiderstand fur Fahrschalter Dropping resistor - controller
1R8 Begrenzung Fahrgeschwindigkeit Travelling speed limitation
1R9 Potentiometer fur Mitgehergeschwindigkeit Potentiometer - pedestrian-guided speed
1R10 Potentiometer Fahren Potentiometer, driving
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 46 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1R11 Potentiometer Verstellpumpe (Hydrostat) Pump potentiometer
2R1 Vorwiderstand fur Heben der Fahrerstandplattform Dropping resistor - raising of driver standing platform
2R2 Linearpoti - Heben Linear potentiometer - lifting
2R3 Poti Heben Potentiometer lifting
2R4 Vorwiderstand Poti Heben Dropping resistor potentiometer lifting
2R5 Poti Schieben Potentiometer traversing
2R6 Vorwiderstand Poti Schieben Dropping resistor potentiometer traversing
2R7 Poti Neigen Potentiometer tilting
2R8 Vorwiderstand Poti Neigen Dropping resistor potentiometer tilting
2R9 Poti - ZH2 Potentiometer - ZH2
2R10 Poti - ZH2 Potentiometer - ZH2
2R11 Poti - ZH2 Potentiometer - ZH2
2R12 Poti - ZH1 Potentiometer - ZH1
2R13 Poti - ZH1 Potentiometer - ZH1
2R14 Poti - Neigen zuruck Potentiometer - tilting backward
2R15 Poti - Neigen vor Potentiometer - tilting forward
2R16 Poti - Schieben zuruck Potentiometer - traversing in
2R17 Poti - Schieben vor Potentiometer - traversing out
3R1 Entstorwiderstand Lenkhilfe Interference resistor - steering booster
3R2 Potentiometer Lenksensor Steering sensor potentiometer
3R2.1 Potentiometer 2 Lenksensor Steering sensor potentiometer 2
3R3 Parallelwiderstand-Schwenkschuetz Parallel resistance traverse contactor
3R4 Parallelwiderstand-Lenkschuetz Parallel resistance steering contactor
4R1 Vorwiderstand Rundumkennleuchte Dropping resistor - 360° warning light
4R2 Vorwiderstand fur Blinkrelais Dropping resistor - turn signal relay
4R3 Vorwiderstand fur Lautewerk Dropping resistor - bell
4R4 Vorwiderstand Beleuchtung Lighting series resistor
5R1 Vorwiderstand Pultbeleuchtung Dropping resistor - control panel illumination
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 47 (D)/(gb)

<E) (GB)
6R1 Varistor-Hupe Varistor, horn
6R2 AbschluGwiderstand CAN-Bus Terminator CAN-Bus
6R2.1 AbschluGwiderstand Terminator
6R3 Temperaturregler Temperature controller
6R4 Widerstand 470Ohm Resistor 470Ohm
6R5 Widerstand 470Ohm Resistor 470Ohm
6R6 Widerstand 470Ohm Resistor 470Ohm
6R2.2 Widerstand, CAn J1939 Resistor, CAn J1939
6R2.3 Widerstand, CAN Open Resistor, CAN Open
7R1 Vorwiderstand fur Schutzbeschaltung Dropping resistor - protective circuit
7R2 Vorwiderstand fur Zweistufenbremse Dropping resistor - two-stage brake
7R3 Kaltleiter - Widerstand Ballast tube resistor
7R4 Bremspoti Brake poti
7R5 Vorwiderstand Spannungswandler - Ladegerat Dropping resistor - voltage transformer - battery charger
7R6 Mess-Shunt-Ladegerat Measure - shunt - battery charger
7R7 Widerstand-Feldschwachung Resistor, field weakening
7R8 Poti Uberwachung Bremskraftregler Braking force regulator monitoring
7R9 Poti Uberwachung Bremskraftregler Braking force regulator monitoring
7R10 Parallelwiderstand-Schwenkschuetz Parallel resistance traverse contactor
7R11 Istwertpotentiometer-Kabine cabin actual value potentiometer
8R1 Istwertpotentiometer Actual value potentiometer
8R2 Sollwertpotentiometer Nominal value potentiometer
8R3 Widerstand Hohenvorwahl Resistor Lifting Height Preselection
9R1 Heizwiderstande Heating resistors
9R2 Sitzheizung Seat heating
9R3 Kabinenheizung Cabin heating system
9R4 Heckscheibenheizung Rear window heating
9R5 Gluhkerze Glow plug (engine)
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 48 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9R6 Frontscheibenheizung Windshield heater
9R7 Seitenscheibenheizung Side window heating
9R9 Ttirscheibenheizung Door window heater
9R10 Dachscheibenheizung Roof window heater
9R11 Temp.fueler Enteisung De-frosting thermal sensor
9R12 Zigarettenanzunder Cigarette lighter
9R13 Spiegelheizung Mirror heating

S Schalter, Taster Switches, keys

S1 Steuerschalter Control switch
S2 Schaltschloft Key switch
S3 Multifunktionshebel Multi-function lever
S4 EI.Ventilhebel-ZH-ll El. Valve Lever ZH-II
S5 Not-Aus Emergency cut-out
S6 STOP STOP
S7 Bedienungsgruppe-Deichselkopf Tiller head control assembly

S8 T astenfeld keyboard
S9 Aus Off
S10 Ein On
S11 Taster-Sprache Button - Communication
S5.1 Not - Aus Emergency Disconnect
S9.1 Aus Off
S10.1 Ein On
1S1 Fahrtrichtungsschalter Drive direction switch
1S1.1 Fahrtrichtungsschalter fur StVZO Drive direction switch for StVZO
1S1.2 Fahrtrichtungsschalter, Hand Direction switch, manual
1S2 Fahrschalter Controller
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 49 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1S3 Langsamfahrt Ein Slow travel On
1S3.1 Langsamfahrt Ein Slow travel On
1S3.2 Langsamfahrt Ein Slow travel On
1S4 Sicherheitshohe Safety height
1S5 Fahrverriegelung (hohenabhangig) Travelling interlock (height depending)
1S6 Fahrverriegelung auGerhalb des Ganges 500 mm Interlock outside of aisle 500 mm
1S6.1 Fahrverriegelung auGerhalb des Ganges 500 mm / Zusatzhub Interlock outside of aisle 500 mm / Auxiliary hoist
1S7 Pilotschalter fur CD-Feld Pilot switch for CD field
1S8 Plattformschalter Platform switch
1S9 Test Notstop Test - emergency stop
1S10 Uberbruckung Fahrverriegelung By-pass travelling interlock
1S11 Schnellfahrt Rapid travel
1S12 Fahren Start Travelling - Start
1S 13 Fahren Stop Travelling - Stop
1S14 Tastbetrieb vorwarts Contact operation - forward
1S14.1 Tastbetrieb vorwarts Contact operation - forward
1S14.2 Tastbetrieb vorwarts Contact operation - forward
1S 15 Tastbetrieb ruckwarts Contact operation - reverse
1S16 Plattform Mitgehbetrieb Pedestrian guided platform
1S 17 Plattform Mitfahrbetrieb Stand-on platform
1S 18 Schalter Abw. 10 Grad Geradeausfahrt Switch, 10° variation from straight ahead
1S 19 Endschalter Not-Stop-Bremse geladen Limit switch:emergency stop brake is loaded
1S20 Verriegelung Seitenschutz Side protection interlock
1S2.1 Fahrschalter-2 Controller-2
1S21 Fahren Travelling
1S22 5 Stufen Schalter (Vario Control) Five mode switch
1S23 Schalter- Kraftstoff Switch - Fuel
2S1 Taster Heben Key lifting
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 50 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S1.1 Heben Key lifting
2S2 Heben - langsam Lifting - slow
2S3 Heben - schnell Lift - rapid
2S4 Hubbegrenzung Lifting stop
2S4.1 Hubbegrenzung Lifting stop
2S4.2 Hubbegrenzung Lifting stop
2S5 Uberbruckung der Hubbegrenzung Lifting stop override
2S5.1 Uberbruckung der Hubbegrenzung Lifting stop override
2S6 Zusatzheben Supplementary lift
2S7 Hubendschalter Lifting height limit switch
2S7.1 Hubbegrenzung Initialhub Lifting stop for initial lift
2S7.2 Hubendschalter Initialhub Lifting height limit switch - initial lift
2S8 Freihub Free lift
2S9 Hubbegrenzung - Diagonalfahrt Lifting stop - diagonal travel
2S10 Hubbegrenzung - Diagonalfahrt - mit Last Lifting stop - diagonal travel - with load
2S11 Hubbegrenzung - Diagonalfahrt - ohne Last Lifting stop - diagonal travel - without load
2S13 Heben Initialhub oder Zusatzhub Lifting - initial lift or auxiliary lift
2S14 Hubbegrenzung Fahrstromabschaltung Lifting stop - drive current cut-out
2S15 Taster Senken Key lowering
2S15.1 Taster Senken Key lowering
2S16 Senken - langsam Lowering - slow
2S17 Senken - schnell Lower - rapid
2S18 Schleichgang Senken/Heben (bei Z-Mast) Lifting/lowering - inching speed (Z-mast)
2S19 Neigen vor Tilting - In
2S20 Neigen zurtick Tilting - Out
2S21 Neigen - Mittelstellung Tilting - neutral position
2S22 Neigen - Verriegelung Tilting - interlock
2S23 Drehen - links Swivelling - left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 51 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S24 Drehen - rechts Swivelling - right
2S25 Drehen - Mitte Swivelling - central position
2S26 Drehen im Schleichgang Swivelling - inching speed
2S27 Endstellung Drehen - links End position - swivelling - left
2S28 Endstellung Drehen - rechts End position - swivelling - right
2S29 Transportstellung links Transport position - left
2S30 Transportstellung rechts Transport position - right
2S31 Mittelstellung - Ein (SR+CS) Central position - On (SR+CS)
2S32 Schieben - links Traversing - left
2S33 Schieben - rechts Traversing - right
2S34 Schieben - Mitte Traversing - central position
2S35 Schleichgang schieben links 2. Einstapeltiefe (SX) Traversing left - inching speed, second stacking row (SX)
2S35.1 Schleichgang schieben rechts 2. Einstapeltiefe (SX) Traversing right - inching speed, second stacking row (SX)
2S35.2 Schieben Schleichgang Traversing - inching speed
2S35.3 Schieben Schleichgang Traversing - inching speed
2S35.4 Schieben Schleichgang Traversing - inching speed
2S35.5 Schleichgang schieben 2. Einstapeltiefe (TG) Traversing - inching speed, second stacking row (TG)
2S35.6 Schleichgang schieben 2. Einstapeltiefe (TG) Traversing - inching speed, second stacking row (TG)
2S36 Endstellung schieben links End position - traversing left
2S36.1 Endstellung schieben links 2. Einstapeltiefe (SX) End position - traversing left, second stacking row (SX)
2S37 Endstellung schieben rechts End position - traversing right
2S37.1 Endstellung schieben rechts 2. Einstapeltiefe (SX) End position - traversing right, second stacking row (SX)
2S38 Transportstellung Mitte Transport position - central position
2S38.1 Transportstellung Mitte Transport position - central position
2S38.2 T ransportstellung Mitte Transport position - central position
2S39 Schieben vor/zuruck Traversing in/out
2S39.1 Schieben Schleichgang 2. Einstapeltiefe palettenabhangig Traversing - inching speed, second stacking row pallet-dependent
2S39.2 Schieben Schleichgang 2. Einstapeltiefe palettenabhangig Traversing - inching speed, second stacking row pallet-dependent
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 52 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S39.3 Endstellung schieben links 2. Einstapeltiefe palettenabhangig End position traversing left second stacking row pallet-dependent
2S39.4 Endstellung schieben rechts 2. Einstapeltiefe palettenabhangig End position traversing right second stacking row pallet-dependent
2S40 Endstellung schieben zuruck End position - traversing in
2S41 Endstellung schieben vor End position - traversing out
2S42 Schieben im Regal Traversing in rack
2S43 Transportstellung Schubrahmen, links Transport position - traversing frame, left
2S43.1 Transportstellung Schubrahmen links, 2. Einstapeltiefe Transport position - traversing frame, left, second stacking row
2S44 Transportstellung Schubrahmen, rechts Transport position - traversing frame, right
2S44.1 Transportstellung Schubrahmen, rechts, 2. Einstapeltiefe Transport position - traversing frame, right, second stacking row
2S45 Stapelstellung Schubrahmen links Stacking position - traversing frame, left
2S45.1 Stapelstellung Schubrahmen links, 2. Einstapeltiefe Stacking position - traversing frame, left, second stacking row
2S46 Stapelstellung Schubrahmen rechts Stacking position - traversing frame, right
2S46.1 Stapelstellung Schubrahmen rechts, 2. Einstapeltiefe Stacking position - traversing frame, right, second stacking row
2S47 Schleichgang Schieben vor/links Traversing out/left - inching speed
2S48 Schleichgang Schieben zuruck/rechts Traversing in/right - inching speed
2S49 2. Einstapeltiefe Second stacking row
2S49.1 2. Einstapeltiefe Second stacking row
2S50 2. Einstapeltiefe Transportstellung Schubrahmen links (SR) Transport pos. - second stacking row traversing frame, left (SR)
2S51 2. Einstapeltiefe Transportstellung Schubrahmen rechts (SR) Transport pos. - second stacking row traversing frame, right (SR)
2S52 2. Einstapeltiefe Stapelstellung Schubrahmen links (SR) Stacking pos. - second stacking row traversing frame, left (SR)
2S53 2. Einstapeltiefe Stapelstellung Schubrahmen rechts (SR) Stacking pos. - second stacking row traversing frame, right (SR)
2S54 Schalter Zinkenverstellung / Gabelverstellung Switch tine adjustment / fork adjustment
2S55 Seitenschieber Mittelstellung Lateral traversing device - central position
2S56 Uberbrtickungstaster Override key
2S57 ZH1-Ventilschalter Valve switch ZH1
2S58 Abschaltung Gabelverstellung (TG) Disconnection fork adjustment (TG)
2S59 Klammer offnen Clamp - Open
2S60 Klammer schlielJen Clamp - Close
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 53 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S61 Verriegelung fur die Klammern Clamp interlock
2S62 Hubhohenverriegelung Heben / Fahren Lifting height interlock - lifting/travelling
2S63 Hubhohe 1,5 m Lifting height 1.5 m
2S64 Schalter fur Heben / Senken Switch - lifting / lowering
2S65 Hubhohenverriegelung fur Zusatzhub 310 mm Lifting height interlock for auxiliary lift 310 mm
2S66 Hubendschalter fur Zusatzhub Lifting limit switch for auxiliary lift
2S66.1 Hubende Initialhub Initial lift - lift cutout
2S66.2 Senkende Initialhub Initial lift - lower cutout
2S67 Hubhohe 50 mm Lifting height 50 mm
2S68 Druckschalter-Fahrverriegelung Switch - travel interlock
2S69 Schlaffketten-Sicherung Slack chain safety
2S69.1 Schlaffketten-Sicherung Slack chain safety
2S69.2 Schlaffkettenschalter Slack chain switch
2S69.3 Schlaffkettenschalter Slack chain switch
2S70 Hubendschalter 2. Einstapeltiefe Lifting limit switch - second stacking row
2S71 Unterbrechung fur 2 K 2 Interruption for 2 K 2
2S72 Hubhohenabschaltung - FSD Lifting height cut-out - FSD
2S73 Taster Neigen vor / zuruck Key Tilting out / in
2S74 Schalter Mittelstellung Drehen - Schleichgang Switch in central position - swivelling at inching speed
2S75 Sicherheitshohe f. Retrakbewegung oberhalb der Radarme Safety height for Retrak movement above wheel arms
2S76 ZH2-Ventilschalter Valve switch ZH2
2S76.1 ZH3-Ventilschalter Valve switch ZH3
2S76.2 ZH4-Ventilschalter Valve switch ZH4
2S77 Verriegelung l-Mast Interlocking - l-mast
2S78 Senken Initialhub Lowering - initial lift
2S79 Drehen in Frontaufnahmestellung Swivelling to front position
2S80 Drehen in Transportstellung Swivelling to transport position
2S81 TG in Frontaufnahmestellung Fork in front position
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 54 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S82 TG in Transportstellung links Fork in transport position, left
2S83 Startschalter Zusatzhub Starting switch - auxiliary lift
2S84 Endschalter Zusatzhub Limit switch - auxiliary lift
2S85 Schalter Mastdampfung Switch - mast damping
2S86 Gabelstellung 500 mm Fork position: 500 mm
2S87 TG in Transportstellung rechts Fork in transport position, right
2S88 Vierwegeschalter Four-way switch
2S89 Verriegelung Hubhohe Interlocking - lifting height
2S90 Oberbruckungstaster - Verriegelung Heben Override key - interlocking lifting
2S91 Oberbruckungstaster Fahrverriegelung Override key travel interlock
2S92 ZH1 zuruck ZH1 backward
2S93 ZH2 vor ZH2 forward
2S94 ZH2 zuruck ZH2 backward
2S95 ZH1 vor ZH1 forward
2S96 Heben Handventil Manual lifting valve
2S97 Uberlast-Schalter Overload switch
2S98 Endschalter Schieben vor Limit switch, shifting forward
2S99 Endschalter Schieben zuruck Limit switch, shifting backward
2S100 Seitenschieber Mittelstellung Side shifting device, center position
2S101 Schalter Mast 1. Abschaltung Switch, mast - 1st cutout
2S102 Schalter Mast 2. Abschaltung Switch, mast - 2nd cutout
2S103 Schalter Mast 3. Abschaltung Switch, mast - 3rd cutout
2S104 Schalter Mast 4. Abschaltung Switch, mast - 4th cutout
2S105 Schalter Mast Dampfung Heben Switch, mast - damping of lifting
2S106 Schalter Mast Dampfung Heben Obergang Switch, mast - damping of lifting / crossover
2S107 Schalter Mast Dampfung Senken Switch, mast - damping of lowering
2S108 Schalter Mast Dampfung Senken Ubergang Switch, mast - damping of lowering / crossover
2S109 Schleichgang Mltte von links Inching speed, center - from left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 55 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S110 Schleichgang Mitte von rechts Inching speed, center - from right
2S111 Hubhohensensierung Lifting height sensor system
2S112 Vorwahl Zusatzhub Auxiliary lift preselection
2S113 Zusatzhub Heben Auxiliary lift - lifting
2S114 Zusatzhub Senken Auxiliary lift - lowering
2S115 Vorwahl Schieben Preselection traversing
2S116 Vorwahl Drehen Preselection rotation
2S117 Synchron Senken Synchronous lowering
2S118 Schalter Stutzrolle ausgefahren Switch - supporting roller extended
2S118.1 Schalter Stutzrolle ausgefahren Switch - supporting roller extended
2S119 Schalter Stutzrolle eingefahren Switch - supporting roller retracted
2S119.1 Schalter Stutzrolle eingefahren Switch - supporting roller retracted
2S120 Taster Magnetventil Notablass Key - solenoid valve for emergency draining
2S121 Fuhrungsrollen weit Guide rollers, wide
2S121.1 Fuhrungsrollen weit Guide rollers, wide
2S121.2 Fuhrungsrollen weit Guide rollers, wide
2S121.3 Fuhrungsrollen weit Guide rollers, wide
2S122 Fuhrungsrollen eng Guide rollers, narrow
2S122.1 Fuhrungsrollen eng Guide rollers, narrow
2S122.2 Fuhrungsrollen eng Guide rollers, narrow
2S122.3 Fuhrungsrollen eng Guide rollers, narrow
2S123 Druckschalter Drehabschaltung Pressure Switch Speed Cut-Off
2S124 Taster Gabeln waagerecht Pushbutton "Forks horizontally"
2S125 Teleskopgabel Stellungl Telescopic fork position 1
2S126 Teleskopgabel Stellung2 Telescopic fork position 2
2S127 Palettenklammer Pallet clamp
2S128 Palettenklammer auf Pallet clamp open
2S129 Palettenklammer zu Pallet clamp closed
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 56 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2S130 Senkschalter-Fahrgeschwindigkeit Travel speed lower switch
2S132 T aster-Aufnahme-vor Fwd. collection button
2S133 T aster-Aufnahme-zuruck Rev. collection button
2S134 Taster-Pumpe-ein button-pump-on
2S134.1 Taster-Pumpe-ein button-pump-on
2S134.2 Taster-Pumpe-ein button-pump-on
2S134.3 Taster-Pumpe-ein button-pump-on
2S135 Zweihandbedienung Two-hand operation
2S136 Gabelposition Fork position
2S137 Schalter Kabine heben Cabin lift switch
2S138 Schalter Kabine senken Cabin lower switch
2S139 T aster_Batterieauszug Button_battery withdraw
2S140 Synchron Heben Synchronised lifting
2S76.3 Druckschalter (Zustimmtaster ZH3) Pressure switch (acknowledgement button auxiliary hydraulics 3)
3S1 Lenkhilfeschalter Steering booster switch
3S2 Verriegelung Lenkhilfe Steering booster interlock
3S3 Lenkarretierung Steering arrester
3S4 Endschalter - Lenkung rechts Limit switch - steering right
3S4.1 Endschalter - Lenkung links Limit switch - steering left
3S5 Entriegelung der Lenkarretierung Release of steering locking mechanism
3S6 Endschalter Lenkwinkelbegrenzung Limit switch: steering angle limiter
3S10 Oberdruckschalter fur Lenkhilfe Overpressure switch - steering booster
3S11 Rollenantriebstaster - Auflaufen Roller drive key - run up
3S12 Rollenantriebstaster - Ablaufen Roller drive key - run off
3S13 Rollenantriebstaster - Mittelstellung Roller drive key - neutral position
3S15 Lenkdruckschalter Steering pressure switch
3S16 Schalter Notlenkung Switch emergency steering system
3S17 Schalter Bremse Switch brake
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 57 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
3S18 Taster 360 Grad Lenkung Pushbutton "360° steering"
3S19 Druckschalter-Zusatzbremse Aux. brake pressure switch

4S1 Hupentaster Hooter key

4S1.1 Hupentaster Hooter key
4S2 Taster - Handbremsstellung Key - parking brake position
4S3 Schalter Rundumkennleuchte Switch - 360° warning lamp
4S4 Burstenhalter-Meldekontakt Brushholder - message contact
4S5 Pruftaster-Meldeleuchten BurstenverschleiG Test key - Brush wear control lamps
4S6 Schalter DC/DC-Wandler Switch D.C./D.C. Converter
4S7 Schalter Warnsummer abschaltbar Warning indicator switch, adjustable
4S3.1 Schalter-Blitzleuchte Strobe light switch

5S1 Schalter Arbeitsleuchte FSD Switch working lamp FSD

5S2 Lichtschalter Light switch
5S3 Blinkschalter Turn signal switch
5S4 Warnblinkschalter Warning lamp switch
5S5 Bremslichtschalter Brake lamp switch
5S6 Suchscheinwerferschalter Spot light switch
5S7 Parkleuchtenschalter Parking light switch
5S8 Schalter Positionsleuchten Switch: position lights
5S9 Schalter Arbeitsleuchte FSD-vorn Switch, working lamp - overhead guard / front
5S10 Schalter Arbeitsleuchte hinten Rear working lamp switch
5S11 Schalter-Arbeitsleuchte am Mast Switch - Work lights on mast
5S12 Arbeitsleuchte Antriebsrichtung Work lights drive direction
5S13 Arbeitsleuchte Gabelrichtung Work lights fork direction
5S14 ASW, Mitte, Kabine vorne Centre work lights, cab front
6 SI_ Radstandsanzeige - links Wheel position indicator - left
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 58 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
6S2 Radstandsanzeige - rechts Wheel position indicator - right
6S3 Radstandsanzeige Wheel position indicator
6S4 Entlademeldung AUS Discharge message OFF
6S5 Resettaster - KohleburstenverschleilJanzeige Resetting key - Carbon brush wear indicator
6S6 Kohlebursten-Meldekontakt Carbon brush - message contact
6S7 Kohleburstensensor Fahrmotor 1 Carbon brush sensor - drive motor 1
6S8 Kohleburstensensor Fahrmotor 2 Carbon brush sensor - drive motor 2
6S9 Kohleburstensensor Pumpenmotor Carbon brush sensor - pump motor
6S10 Kohleburstensensor Lenkhilfe-Motor Carbon brush sensor - steering booster motor
6S11 Taster Wiegen Pushbutton "Weighing"
6S12 Schalter Ruckraumwarneinrichtung Rear compartment warning device switch
6S78 Schalter Getriebeoltemperatur Transmission oil temperature switch
7S1 Leitschienenschalter, links Switch - guide rail, left
7S2 Leitschienenschalter, rechts Switch - guide rail, right
7S3 Totmanntaster Deadman key
7S4 Zweihandbedienung - Fahren Driving - two-handed operation
7S4.1 Zweihandbedienung - Fahren Driving - two-handed operation
7S5 Zweihandbedienung - Heben Lifting - two-handed operation
7S6 Fahrstandverriegelung Tur links Cab locking - left door
7S7 Fahrstandverriegelung Tur rechts Cab locking - right door
7S8 Notstopschalter Emergency stop switch
7S9 Sicherheitsschalter im Sitz Safety switch on seat
7S10 Handbremsschalter Hand brake switch
7S11 FulSbremsschalter Foot brake switch
7S12 Fahrzeug im Regalgang Vehicle in aisle
7S13 Loschtaster Cancelling key
7S14 Schalter Arbeitsbtihne Switch - working platform
7S15 Palettenschalter fur Fahrkorbsch. Pallet switch for cage switch
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 59 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7S16 Ladetur - Palette rechts Loading door - pallet left
7S17 Ladetur - Palette links Loading door - pallet right
7S18 Zusatzhub - Zweihandbedienung Auxiliary lift - two-handed operating system
7S19 Auffahrsicherheit Collision protection device
7S20 Druckschalter fur Bremsanlage Pressure switch for brake system
7S21 Schalter Magnetbremse Switch - magnetic brake
7S22 Bremsschalter Brake switch
7S23 Schalter Hydro-Spanner (Lastradbremse gelost) Switch - hydro-tightener (load wheel brake released)
7S24 Lastschalter fur Zweistufenbremse Load switch for two-stage brake
7S24.1 Lastschalter fur Zeitstufenbremse Load switch for time ramp brake
7S25 Batteriewagen-Entriegelung Battery trolley unlocking
7S25.1 Batteriewagen-Entriegelung fur Vorschub Battery trolley - extension release
7S26 Oberwachung Lenkverriegelung Steering interlock monitoring system
7S27 Lastradstellung EIN Load-bearing wheel position indicator ON
7S28 Lastradkorrektur Load wheel position correction
7S29 Lastradstellung AUS Load-bearing wheel position indicator OFF
7S30 Filterkontrolle Filter check
7S31 Endsch. fur Stromabnehmer-Steuerung Limit switch - current collector control
7S32 Endsch. fur Stromabnehmer-Steuerung Limit switch - current collector control
7S33 Mikroschalter fur Lastradstellung (linker Selektor) Microswitch for load-bearing wheel position (left selector)
7S34 Mikroschalter fur Lastrad in Geradeausfahrt (rechter Selektor) Microswitch - load-bearing wheel straight on (right selector)
7S35 Mikroschalter fur Fahrantriebsstellung Microswitch for drive position
7S36 Verriegelungsschalter Nachladung Interlocking switch - battery recharging
7S37 Batterie-Vorschub-Abschaltung Cut-out - battery advance
7S38 Reset Lenkverriegelung Steering interlock reset
7S39 Endschalter Notstop-Bremszylinder End switch emergency stop brake cylinder
7S40 Bremsflussigkeitsstands-Schalter Brake fluid level switch
7S41 Schalter-Motor-Start Switch-Engine-Start
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 60 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7S42 Schalter-Motor-Stop Switch-Engine-Stop
7S61 Hydraulik-Verriegelung Hydraulic lock
7S69 Schlaffketten-Not-Betrieb Slack chain emergency operation
7S70 Bergeschalter Laststeuerung Recovery switch - load control
7S71 Bergeschalter Hubsteuerung Recovery switch - lifting control
7S72 Bergeschalter Lenksteuerung Recovery switch - steering control
7S73 Turschalter Door switch
7S74 Ladegerat Ein Battery Charger - on
7S75 Schalter Spannungswandler Switch, voltage transformer
7S76 Taster Sitzverstellung Pushbutton Seat Adjustment
7S77 Schalter Wasserstand im Dieselfilter Water level switch in diesel filter
7S78 Schalter-Getriebeltemperatur Transmission oil temperature switch

7S79 Kraftstoffreserveschalter Fuel reserve switch

7S80 Schalter f. Datenterminal Data terminal switch
7S81 Uberbr.-Stromabnehmer Pantograph bypass
7S82 Schalter Gurtschloss Belt lock switch
7S83 OW-Magnetbremse-Lastrad-li Magnetic brake - left load wheel control
7S84 OW-Magnetbremse-Lastrad-re Magnetic brake - right load wheel control
7S85 UW Magnetbremse Fahrmotor UW drive motor
7S86 Schalter Druckbegrenzungsventil Pressure relief valve switch

7S87 T aster-Bodenverstellung Ground adjustment button

7S88 Druckschalter-UW-Senkstopp Lowering stop monitor pressure switch
8S1 Schalter Hohenvorwahl Ein Height selection system switch On
8S2 Lastschalter Load switch
8S3 Magnetschalter Gangendsicherung Solenoid switch - end-of-aisle protection system
8S3.1_ Magnetschalter Gangendsicherung Solenoid switch - end-of-aisle protection system
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 61 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8S4 Reset Gangendsicherung Reset - end-of-aisle protection system
8S5 Kurvenabschalter Bend cut-out switch
8S6 Einstapelautomatik Ein Automatic stacking system On
8S7 Umschalter Hohenvorwahl auf 30 Pos. Height selection system - change-over switch, 30 positions
8S8 Horizontalpositionierung Ein Horizontal positioning system On
8S9 Magnetschalter Aus Solenoid switch Off
8S9.1 Magnetschalter Aus Solenoid switch Off
8S10 Magnetschalter Ein Solenoid switch On
8S10.1 Magnetschalter Ein Solenoid switch On
8S11 Magnetschalter fur Stromabnehmer-Steuerung Solenoid switch - current collector control
8S12 Magnetschalter Synchr. Vorfeld Aus Solenoid switch for apron synchr. Off
8S13 Magnetschalter Synchr. Vorfeld Ein Solenoid switch for apron synchr. On
8S14 Hubhohensch. fur Kamera 1+2 Lifting height switch for Camera 1+2
8S15 Bodenidentifikation Ground identification
8S29 Schalter IF-Notbetrieb Switch - inductive guidance emergency operation
8S30 Schalter Manuell-Automatik IF Ein Switch - manual / automatic IF On
8S39 Synchronisation Ein Synchronization On
8S40 Schalter Man.-Autom. (ETX-A) Switch Man.-Autom. (ETX-A)
8S41 Umschalter fur Manuelle Datenubertragung Change-over switch for manual data communication
8S50 Magnetschalter Gangerkennung Solenoid switch - aisle recognition
8S51 Magnetschalter Kontrolle Gangerkennung Solenoid switch - aisle recognition check
8S52 Magnetschalter-Gangerkennung Aisle recognition magnetic switch

8S53 Magnetschalter Kontrolle Gangerkennung Solenoid switch - aisle recognition check

8S54 Quittung Lichtschranke Acknowledgement of light barrier
8S55 Umschalter - Gabel- Neigen/Seitenschub Change-over switch - fork - tilting / lateral traversing
8S56 Magnettaster, links au&en (405) Magnet sensor, left / outside (405)
8S57_ Magnettaster, links mitte (255) Magnet sensor, left / centre (255)
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 62 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8S58 Magnettaster, links innen (105) Magnet sensor, left / inside (105)
8S59 Magnettaster, rechts innen (105) Magnet sensor, right / inside (105)
8S60 Magnettaster, rechts mitte (255) Magnet sensor, right / centre (255)
8S61 Magnettaster, rechts aulSen (405) Magnet sensor, right / outside (405)
8S62 Radschalter-links (180) Wheel switch left (180)

8S63 Radschalter-rechts (180) Wheel switch right (180)

8S70 Quittieren Acknowledge

8S71 Anforderung Request
8S92 Magnetschalter, Gangerkennung Solenoid switch - aisle recognition
9S1 Taster - Scheibenwischer Key - windscreen wiper
9S2 Thermoschalter Thermo switch
9S3 Schalter - Sitzheizung Switch - seat heating
9S4 Skannertaster Scanner key
9S5 Temperaturschalter Fahrmotor 1 Temperature switch - drive motor 1
9S6 Temperaturschalter Fahrmotor 2 Temperature switch - drive motor 2
9S7 Temperaturschalter Pumpenmotor Temperature switch - pump motor
9S8 T emperaturschalter Lenkhilfe-Motor Temperature switch - steering booster motor
9S9 Sicherungstest Fuse test
9S10 Taster Scheibenwaschanlage Key windschield washer system
9S11 Schalter Ventilatoren Schutzdach Switch, fans / overhead guard
9S1.1 Schalter-Scheibenwischer-hinten Rear windscreen wiper switch

9S12 Schalter Heckscheibenheizung Heated window switch

9S13 Temperaturschalter Lenkhilfe Motor Lastrad links Left load wheel steering booster motor temperature switch
9S14 Temperaturschalter Lenkhilfe Motor Lastrad rechts Right load wheel steering booster motor temperature switch
9S15 _
Schalter Heizung Switch - heating
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 63 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9S16 Schalter-Dachscheibenwischer Switch-roof wiper
9S17 Scheibenwischerintervallschalter Windscreen wiper interval switch
9S18 Taster Bedienpultverstellung Control panel adjustment switch
9S19 Schalter Klimaanlage Air conditioning system switch
9S20 Druckschalter Kaltemittel Coolant pressure switch
9S21 Temperaturschalter Kaltetauscher Refrigerant replacement temperature switch
9S22 T aster Regenerationsunterdrilckung Regeneration suppression button
9S23 Multifunktions-Schalter Multifunction switch
9S24 Thermosch.kuhlung Gastank Gas tank cooling thermal switch
9S25 Druckschalter Klimaanlage Air conditioning system pressure switch
9S26 Schalter drehen Drehsitz Swivel seat rotate switch
9S27 Umschaltung Gasflaschen Gas bottle changeover
9S28 Druckschalter-Luefter Fan pressure switch

U -
Umsetzer (elektr. elektr.) -
Converter (electr. electr.)
U1 DC-DC-Wandler DC-DC converter
U2 Zentralverteiler Central distributor
U3 Signalsammler-Bedienhaube Signal collector - operating hood
U4 Signalsammler Signal collector
U5 DC-Wandler Fahrerschutzdach DC-converter overhead guard
U6 DC-Wandler Punktlampe DC-converter point lamp
U7 DC/DC-Wandler 24 / 5V DC/DC-converter 24/5V
U8 Kombisteuerung Fahren/Heben Combined control travelling / lifting
U9 DC/DC-Wandler 48/ 12 V D.C./D.C. Converter 48/12 V
U10 Wandler von Wechsel auf Gleichspannung C/DC Converter
U11 Verteiler Ausleger Distribution board, boom
U12 Verteiler Fahrerplatztrager Distribution board, driver stand carrier
U13 Verteiler Mast Distribution board, mast
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 64 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
U14 Verteiler Fahrschalter Distribution board, controller
U15 Verteiler Schutzdach Distribution board, overhead guard
U16 DC/DC-Wandler DC/DC-converter
U17 Batterie-Spannung MeRmodul Battery voltage measuring module
U18 Pegelumsetzer Level converter
U19 Verteiler Reedtaster Distribution panel, reed button
U20 Verteiler Anbaugerat Attachment distributor
U21 Verteiler Gabeltrager Fork carrier distributor
U22 DC/DC Wandler 80/24V und 12V DC/DC-Converter 80/24V and 12V
U23 Steuerung (ECU) Control System (ECU)
U24 Codeschloss Code lock
U25 DC/DC-Wandler-80V/12V DC/DC converter 80/12 V
U26 Kombisteuerung Fahren/laden Travel/charge combination controller
U27 DC/DC-Wandler-80V/24V DC/DC converter 80V/24V
U28 Modul Spannungsversorgung Power supply module
1U1 Fahrstromsteuerung Drive current control system
1U1.1 Fahrelektronik rechts Driving electronics, right
1U2 Elektr. Anfahrsteuerung (Hochlaufverzogerung) Electric starting control (running up delay)
1U4 Schleichgang - Fahren Travelling - inching speed
1U5 Kaltleiter (100°) Fahrmotor Ballast tube (100°) - drive motor
1U5.1 Kaltleiter (100°) Widerstand Ballast tube (100°) - resistor
1U6 Verriegelung Fahren - induktiv Travelling interlocking - inductive guidance
1U6.1 Verriegelung Fahren - induktiv Travelling interlocking - inductive guidance
1U7 Einschaltautomatik Lenkhilfe Steering booster - automatic starting system
1U8 Schutzstanderplatine Contactor rack board
1U9 Fahrgeber Driving sensor
1U10 Gangendsicherung End-of-aisle protection system
1U11 KohleburstenverschleilSplatine Carbon brush wear board
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 65 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1U12 Geschwindigkeits-Uberwachung Speed monitoring system
1U13 Diodenmodul 526 F2 Diode module 526 F2
1U14 Ruckspeise-Modul Feedback module
1U15 Leistungsteil Power component
1U16 Interface Interface
1U17 Drehstromsteuerung-Fahren Travel threephase controller
1U18 Steuerung-Fahren-links Travel left controller

1U19 Steuerung-Fahren-rechts Travel right controller

1U20 Modul-Doppelpedal Double-pedal module

1U21 Drehstromsteuerung-Fahren-rechts Travel right three-phase controller

1U22 Sensor Getriebetemperatur Transmission oil temperature sensor

1U23 MFC Fahren / Bremsen MFC travel / brake
1U24 Fahr- und Lenksteuerung Traction and steering controller
1U25 Hubimpulssteuerung Lift pulse controller
1U26 Steuerung Getriebe Transmission controller
2U1 Proportionalsteuerung - Heben Proportional control - lifting
2U2 Antriebssteuerung Hydraulik Drive control - hydraulics
2U3 Sollwertgeber-Antriebssteuerung Hydraulik Nominal value transmitter -hydraulic drive control
2U4 Stromregler fur Proportionalventil Current regulator for proportional valve
2U5 Laststeuerung Load Control
2U6 Ventilsteuerung Valve controlled distribution
2U7 Proportional-Steuerung-Fahren-links Proportional control, driving - left
2U8 Proportional-Steuerung-Fahren-rechts Proportional control, driving - right
2U9 Drehstromsteuerung-Hydraulik Threephase control system -hydraulic
2U10
_
Drucksensor Haupthub Pressure Sensor Main Lift
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 66 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2U11 Drucksensor Zusatzhub Pressure Sensor Auxiliary Lift
2U12 MFC Hydraulik MFC hydraulics
2U13 Multipilot Multipilot
2U14 Drucksensor Klammer Pressure sensor clamp
2U15 Modul_Batterieauszug Module_battery withdraw
3U1 Lenkhilfe-Elektronik Steering booster electronics
3U2 Sollwertgeber - Lenkkopf Nominal value transmitter - steering head
3U3 Antriebssteuerung Lenkung Antriebsrad Drive wheel - steering drive
3U4 Antriebssteuerung Lenkung Lastrad links Left load-bearing wheel - steering drive
3U5 Antriebssteuerung Lenkung Lastrad rechts Right load-bearing wheel - steering drive
3U6 Lenkkoordinator Steering coordinator
3U7 Anzeige Bedieneinheit Operating unit - display
3U8 Drehstromsteuerung Lenken 3-phase control, steering
3U9 Istwertgeber Lenken Actual value transmitter, steering
3U10 Sollwertgeber Lenkung Nominal value transmitter, steering system
3U11 Ladeschaltung-Schwenken Load switch traverse
3U12 Ladeschaltung-Lenken Load switch steering
5U1 lnterface_Optionen_1 lnterface_options_1
5U2 lnterface_Optionen_2 lnterface_options_2
5U3 lnterface_Optionen_3 lnterface_options_3
5U4 lnterface_Optionen_4 lnterface_options_4
6U1 Netzleitungsfilter Power line filter
6U2 LCD-lnformation-undServiceanze Information and service display LCD

6U3 Informationsanzeige (ELSE-Check) Information display (ELSE-Check)

6U4 CAN-lnterface 3 CAN Interface 3
6U5 CAN-lnterface 4 CAN Interface 4
6U6 Interface CANION Interface CANION
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 67 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
6U7 Interface Solopilot Interface Solopilot
6U8 Instrumententafel Instrument panel
6U9 MFC Zusatzfunktionen MFC auxiliary functions
6U10 Zugangsmodul Access module
6U11 Datarecorder Data recorder
6U12 Funkmodul Radio module
6U13 Interface-CANION-Kabine Interface-CANION-cabin
6U14 Interface MFC02
7U1 Notstop-Einrichtung Emergency stopping system
7U2 Spannungswandler-Ladegerat Voltage transformer - battery charger
7U3 DC/DC-Wandler DC/DC-converter
7U4 Auswerkelektronik-Sensormatte Sensor mat evaluation electronics

7U5 Sensormatte Sensor mat

7U6 DC 7 DC Wandler Option 24V DC/DC converter option 24V

7U6.1 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U6.2 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U6.3 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U6.4 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U6.5 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U6.6 DC/DC-Wandler-Option-24V DC/DC converter option-24V
7U7 Relaismodul Ladegerat Charger relay module
7U8 Ladeschaltung-Schwenken Load switch traverse
7U9 Istwertgeber-Bremskraftregler Brake force governor actual value transmitter

7U10 Istwertgeber Stutzpilz links Actual value transmitter LH

7U11 Istwertgeber rechts Actual value transmitter RFI
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 68 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7U12 Modul Schrankenverriegelung Barrier lock module
8U1 Hohenvorwahl Height selection system
8U2 Einstapelautomatik Automatic stacking system
8U3 Verriegelung Heben - induktiv Inductive interlock - lifting
8U4 Istwertgeber (Federmotor) Actual value transmitter (spring motor)
8U5 Tastatur (Hohenvorwahl) Keyboard - height selection system
8U6 IF-Elektronik Inductive guidance electonics
8U7 Sensor IF Inductive guidance sensor
8U7.1 Sensor IF Inductive guidance sensor
8U7.2 Sensor IF Inductive guidance sensor
8U7.3 Sensor IF Inductive guidance sensor
8U8 Lenkstellungsgeber IF (Pot.) Steering positon transmitter IG (Pot.)
8U9 Tacho-Generator IF Inductive guidance tacho-generator
8U10 Hubsteuerung Lifting control
8U11 Reflex-Taster Leerplatzkontrolle Reflex key - empty position checking system
8U11.1 Reflex-Taster Leerplatzkontrolle Reflex key - empty position checking system
8U12 Induktiver Naherungsschalter Inductive proximity switch
8U13 Gangidentifikation Aisle identification
8U14 Gangerkennung Aisle recognition
8U15 Display Hoz. Pos. Display - horizontal positioning system
8U16 Inkremental- Weggeber (Hozpos.) Incremental path transmitter (Hozpos.)
8U17 Reflex-Lichtschranke (Hozpos.) Reflex light barrier (Hozpos.)
8U18 Hindernissensor (Lastachse) Obstacle sensor (load axle)
8U19 Hindernissensor (Antriebsseite) Obstacle sensor (drive side)
8U20 Antenne (inkl. Datenubertragung) Aerial (incl. data transmission)
8U21 Konturenkontrolle - LAM Contour scanner - LAM
8U22 Reflex-Taster Lastsensor Reflex key - load sensor
8U22.1 Reflex-Taster Lastsensor Reflex key - load sensor
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 69 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8U23 Reflex-Lichtschranke Sicherheitsbereich (Heben) Reflecting light barrier safety area (lifting)
8U24 Reflex-Lichtschranke fur Geschwindigkeitsiiberwachung Reflecting light barrier for speed monitor
8U25 IR-Ubertragung IR-transmitter
8U26 Synchronisation - Vorfeld Synchronization - apron
8U27 Synchronisation (Elektronik) Synchronization (electronics)
8U28 Istwertgeber - Drehen Actual value transmitter - swivelling
8U29 Istwertgeber - Schieben Actual value transmitter - traversing
8U30 Verriegelung Schieben Interlocking - traversing
8U31 Reflex Taster bzw. Magnetschalter LG - Ein/Aus Reflex key resp. solenoid switch LG - On/Off
8U31.1 Reflex Taster bzw. Magnetschalter LG - Ein/Aus Reflex key resp. solenoid switch LG - On/Off
8U32 ReflexlichttasterSchubtiefenue Reach depth monitoring reflex light button

8U33 Reflexlichttaster Schleichgang - Schieben Reflection photosensor for traversing at inching speed
8U34 Hoz. Pos. Steuerung Horiz. positioning control system
8U35 Barcode-Auswerter Bar-code evaluator
8U36 Reflex-Lichtschranke fur Fahrverriegelung Reflecting light barrier for travel interlock
8U37 Speicherprogrammierbare Steuerung Programmable controller
8U38 Lenkendstufe Steering terminal stage
8U39 Baugruppentraeger Component holder
8U40 Ser./Par. Wandlung Ser./par. transformation
8U41 Converter-RS232-20 mA Converter - RS232 - 20mA
8U42 Lichtschranke-Sender Mast Light berrier transmitter, mast
8U43 Lichtschranke-Sender Schutzdach Light barrier transmitter, overhead guard
8U44 Lichtschranke-Sender Schutzdach Light barrier transmitter, overhead guard
8U45 Sendespule Sending coil
8U46 Frequenzgeber Frequency transmitter
8U47 D/A Wandler D/A converter
8U48 Relaismodul Relay module
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 70 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8U48.1 Relaismodul Relay module
8U49 Modul Widerstande Module Resistors
8U50 Bordcomputer Onboard Computer
8U51 Sensor Hohenanzeige / -vorwahl Sensor Height Display/Preselection
8U52 Sensorlager Freihub Sensor Bearing Free Lift
8U53 Datenfunk Terminal Radio Data Transmission Terminal
8U54 Modul-Widerstaende-2 Module resistance 2
8U55 Ladeschaltung charging connection
9U1 Funksender Sicherheitsbereich Senken Radio transmitter, safety area for lowering
9U1.1 Funksender Sicherheitsbereich Senken Radio transmitter, safety area for lowering
9U2 Funkempfaenger Sicherheitsbereich Senken Radio receiver, safety area for lowering
9U2.1 Funkempfaenger Sicherheitsbereich Senken Radio receiver, safety area for lowering
9U3 Funksender Handsender Senken Radio transmitter, manual transmitter for lowering
9U4 Spannungsreduziergerat Voltage reducer
9U5 Kraftstoffsensor Fuel sensor
9U6 Sensor Oldruck Engine oil pressure sensor
9U7 Steuergerat Katalysator Catalyzer controller
9U8 Druck Fahrpumpe A Pressure travel pump A
9U9 Druck Fahrpumpe B Pressure travel pump B
9U10 Kurbelwellensensor Crankshaft sensor
9U11 Nockenwellensensor Camshaft sensor
9U12 Luftmassensensor Air mass sensor
9U13 ECU-Diesel ECU Diesel
9U14 ECU-Gas ECU Gas
9U15 Truck-Control-Unit Truck Control Unit
9U16 Zentralelekt Main electrics
9U17 9U17 ersetzt durch 9U23 Oder 9U24
9U18 Funkempfanger Radio receiver
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 71 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
9U19 Motorcontroller Motor controller
9U20 Regler Kabinenlufter Cabin fan controller
9U21 Steuerung Motor, Drehsitz Swivel seat motor controller
9U22 Steuerung Drehsitz Swivel seat controller
9U23 Handfunksender Manual radio transmitter

9U24 Steuerung DPF Diesel particle filter controller

9U17.1 9U17.1 ersetzt durch 9U23

V Dioden Diodes
V1 Freilauf- und Sperrdioden Free-wheeling and blocking diodes
V2 Sperrdiode Blocking diode
V3 Sperrdiode Blocking diode

W
8W1 WLAN Antenne WLAN antenna
9W1 Radioantenne Radio antenna

X Klemmen, Stecker, Steckdosen Terminals, connectors, sockets

X1 Klemmsockel Terminal socket
X10 Batterie-Steckdose Battery socket
X1.1 Klemmsockel-plus Terminal socket, positive
X1.2 Klemmsockel-minus Terminal socket, negative
X40 Batterie-Steckdose Battery socket
X41 Batterie-Stecker Battery connector
X42 Stecker Ladegerat Buchse Plug Charger Socket
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 72 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
X43 Stecker-Ladegeraet-Stift Charger pin connector

X44 Daten- und Steueranschluss Ladegerat Charger data and control connection
X45 Daten-und-Steueranschluss-Batterie Battery data and control connection
X200 Service-Stecker Service connector
X432 Ladegerat Fahrbetrieb Charger Travel Mode
X680 Zugangsmodul-Fahrzeug E-Anlage Access module-electric truck system
X681 Zugangsmodul-Kundenlaptop/BDE Access module-customer laptop/OU
X682 BDE-Datarecorder OU-data recorder
X683 Datarecorder-Funkmodul Data recorder-radio module
X684 Datarecorder-Sensoren Data recorder-sensors
X685 Datarecorder-Kundenlaptop Data recorder-customer laptop

Y Elektrisch betatigte mechanische Einrichtungen Electrically operated mechanical systems

1Y1 Umscahltung-volle-Bremsung Solenoid valve, change-over - full braking
1Y2 Umschaltung-reduzierte-Bremsung Solenoid valve, change-over - reduced braking
1Y3 Magnetventil Fahren vorwarts Foreward drive solenoid
1Y4 Magnetventil Fahren ruckwarts Reverse drive solenoid
1Y5 Sicherheitsbremse links LH safety brake
1Y6 Sicherheitsbremse rechts RH safety brake
1Y10 Abstellklappe Shutoff valve
1Y11 Ventil PD Zyl1 PD
1Y12 Ventil PD Zyl 2 PD cyl 2 valve
1Y13 Ventil PD Zyl 3 PD cyl 3 valve
1Y14 Ventil PD Zyl 4 PD cyl 4
1Y15 Ladedruckbegrenzung Charge pressure relief
1Y16 Abgasruckfuhrungsventil Exhaust return valve
1Y17_ Magnetventil-Liifter Fan solenoid
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 73 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
1Y18 Ventil fur Einspritzbeginn Injection start valve
1Y19 Mengensteller Flow adjuster
2Y1 Magnetventil - Heben Solenoid valve - lifting
2Y2 Magnetventil - Heben langsam Solenoid valve - slow lifting
2Y3 Magnetventil - Heben schnell Solenoid valve - rapid lifting
2Y4 Magnetventil Abschaltung - Heben (IF) Solenoid valve disconnection - lifting (IG)
2Y5 Magnetventil - Senken Solenoid valve - lower
2Y5.1 Heben Initialhub Lifting - initial lift
2Y6 Magnetventil - Senken langsam Solenoid valve - slow lowering
2Y7 Magnetventil - Senken schnell Solenoid valve - rapid lowering
2Y8 Magnetventil - Senken Schleichgang (bei Z-Mast) Solenoid valve - lowering at inching speed (Z-mast)
2Y9 Magnetventil - Schwenken links Solenoid valve - swivelling left
2Y10 Magnetventil - Schwenken rechts Solenoid valve - swivelling right
2Y11 Magnetventil - Schwenken Schleichgang Solenoid valve - swivelling at inching speed
2Y12 Magnetventil Verriegelung - Drehen Solenoid valve - swivelling interlocking
2Y13 Magnetventil Schieben links (Schubschlitten) Solenoid valve - traversing left (traversing carriage)
2Y14 Magnetventil Schieben rechts (Schubschlitten) Solenoid valve - traversing right (traversing carriage)
2Y15 Magnetventil Schieben im Schleichgang Solenoid valve - traversing at inching speed
2Y16 Magnetventil - Schieben links (Schubrahmen) Solenoid valve - traversing left (traversing frame)
2Y17 Magnetventil - Schieben rechts (Schubrahmen) Solenoid valve - traversing right (traversing frame)
2Y18 Magnetventil Zinkenverstellung Solenoid valve - tine adjustment
2Y18.1 Magnetventil Zinkenverstellung Solenoid valve - tine adjustment
2Y18.2 Magnetventil Zinkenverstellung Solenoid valve - tine adjustment
2Y18.3 Magnetventil Zinkenverstellung Solenoid valve - tine adjustment
2Y19 Gabelverstellung TG Fork adjustment TG
2Y20 Magnetventil - Heben/Senken (Zusatzhub) Solenoid valve - lifting/lowering (aux. lift)
2Y21 Magnetventil - Heben/Senken (Zusatzhub) Solenoid valve - lifting/lowering (aux. lift)
2Y22 Magnetventil - Schieben/Stop Solenoid valve - traversing/stop
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 74 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2Y23 Magnetventil - Senken/Stop Solenoid valve - lowering/stop
2Y24 Magnetventil - Antriebsdruck Federbein Solenoid valve for drive pressure spring leg
2Y25 2. Einstapeltiefe Second stacking row
2Y26 Magnetventil - Schieben/vor Solenoid valve - traversing out
2Y27 Magnetventil - Schieben/zuruck Solenoid valve - traversing in
2Y28 Proportionalventil Heben-Schieben-Drehen Proportional valve, lifting / traversing / swivelling
2Y29 Proportionalventil Senken Proportional valve, lowering
2Y30 Umschaltung Zusatzhub Change-over - auxiliary lift
2Y31 Magnetventil Umschaltung Anbaugerat Solenoid valve - change-over to attachment
2Y32 Proportionalventil Heben/Senken Proportional valve - lifting / lowering
2Y33 Mengenregler - Schieben Volume control valve - traversing
2Y34 Mengenregler - Schwenken Volume control valve - swivelling
2Y35 Umgehungsventil By-pass valve
2Y36 Umgehungsventil Schieben-Schleichgang By-pass valve traversing at inching speed
2Y37 Lasthalteventil Load holding valve
2Y38 Sperrventil / l-Mast Blocking valve - l-mast
2Y39 Magnetventil Gabelvorschub Solenoid valve - fork traversing
2Y40 Magnetventil Mastdampfung Solenoid valve - mast damping
2Y41 Magnetventil Sperren / Drehen Solenoid valve lock / turn
2Y42 Rucklaufsperrventil Return-flow stop valve
2Y43 Proportionalventil Last Proportional valve, load
2Y44 Magnetventil Schieben vor Solenoid valve traversing forward
2Y45 Magnetventil Schieben zuruck Solenoid valve traversing backward
2Y46 Magnetventil Neigen vor Solenoid valve tilting forward
2Y47 Magnetventil Neigen zuruck Solenoid valve tilting backward
2Y48 Magnetventil ZH1 vor Solenoid valve ZH1 forward
2Y49 Magnetventil ZH1 zuruck Solenoid valve ZH1 backward
2Y50 Magnetventil ZH2 vor Solenoid valve ZH2 forward
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben. el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 75 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2Y51 Magnetventil ZH2 zuruck Solenoid valve ZH2 backward
2Y52 Magnetventil Heben Initial Solenoid valve - initial lifting
2Y53 Magnetventil Senken Initial Solenoid valve - initial lowering
2Y54 Magnetventil Schieben-Drehen Solenoid valve - traversing / swivelling
2Y57 Magnetventil Drehen links, rechts Solenoid valve - swivelling to left / right
2Y58 Magnetventil-Rampenhub-Heben Solenoid valve ramp lifting - lift
2Y59 Magnetventil-Heben-Haupthub Solenoid valve - lift - main lift
2Y60 Magnetventil-Senken-Haupthub Solenoid valve - lower - main lift
2Y61 Proportionalventil-Senken-ZH-Schwenken Proportional valve - lower - ZH - swivel
2Y62 Magnetventil-Heben-Zusatzhub Solenoid valve - lift - auxiliary lift
2Y63 Magnetventil-Senken-Zusatzhub Solenoid valve - lower - auxiliary lift
2Y64 Magnetventil-Schieben-rechts Solenoid valve - traversing - right
2Y65 Magnetventil-Schieben-links Solenoid valve - traversing - left
2Y66 Magnetventil-Schwenken-links Solenoid valve - swivel - left
2Y67 Magnetventil-Schwenken-rechts Solenoid valve - swivel - right
2Y68 Magnetventil-Schieben-Schwenken-ZH-heben Solenoid valve - traversing - swivel - ZH - lift
2Y69 Magnetventil-Schieben-Schwenken-synchron Solenoid valve - traversing - swivel - synchronic
2Y70 Magnetkupplung 3. Teleskopgabel Magnetic coupling, 3rd telescopic fork
2Y71 Magnetbremse 3. Teleskopgabel Magnetic brake, 3rd telescopic fork
2Y72 Magnetventil Sttitzrolle ausfahren Solenoid valve - extend supporting roller
2Y73 Magnetventil Stutzrolle einfahren Solenoid valve - retract supporting roller
2Y74 Magnetventil Notablass Solenoid valve - emergency draining
2Y75 Magnetventil Umschaltung Fuhrungsrollen Solenoid valve - switching of guide rollers
2Y76 Magnetventil Fuhrungsrollen weit Solenoid valve - switching of guide rollers, wide
2Y77 Magnetventil Fuhrungsrollen eng Solenoid valve - switching of guide rollers, narrow
2Y78 Magnetventil-2-Gang 2-way solenoid valve
2Y79 Magnetventil-Neigen-Seitenschub Solenoid valve, tilt/side shift
2Y80 Magnetventil-Seitenschub Solenoid valve, side shift
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 76 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2Y81 Magnetventil-Zusatzfunktion-HF5 Solenoid valve, auxiliary function HF5
2Y82 Magnetventil-Gabel-Neigen-Zusatzfunktion-HF6 Solenoid valve, tilt fork, auxiliary function HF6
2Y83 Neigen (HF-3) Tilt (HF-3)
2Y84 Ventil HF 4-5 HF 4-5 valve
2Y85 Magnetventil-ZH3 Solenoid ZH3

2Y86 Magnetventil-ZH4 Solenoid ZH4

2Y87 Magnetventil Freigabe Arbeitsfunktionen Operating functions release solenoid

2Y88 Magnetventil Retarder Solenoid retarder
2Y89 Magnetventil Freigabe Fahren Travel release solenoid
2Y90 Neigen ru/Seitenschub li Tilt back / sideshift left
2Y91 Neigen vo /Seitenschub re Tilt fwd. / sideshift right
2Y92 Proportionalventil-ZH1-vor ZH1 forward prop, valve
2Y93 Proportionalventil-ZH1-zuruck ZH1 rev. proportional valve
2Y94 Proportionalventil-Neigen-vor Fwd. tilt proportional valve
2Y95 Proportionalventil-Neigen-zuruck Rev. tilt proportional valve
2Y96 Magnetventil Masthub Mast lift solenoid
2Y97 Magnetventil Initialhub Initial lift solenoid
2Y98 Druckbegrenzungsventil 1 Pressure relief valve 1

2Y99 Druckbegrenzungsventil 2 Pressure relief valve 2

2Y100 Verriegelung Heben Lift lock

2Y101 Verriegelung Neigen Lower lock
2Y102 Verriegelung ZH1 Lock ZH1
2Y103 Verriegelung ZH 2 Lock ZH2
2Y104 _
Absperrventil Klammer Clamp shutoff valve
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 77 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
2Y105 Absperrventil Klammer Clamp shutoff valve
2Y106 Proportionalventil-Heben Proportional valve - raise
2Y107 Wegeventil Neigen Tilt directional valve
2Y108 Wegeventil ZH 1 Aux. hydraulics 1 directional valve
2Y109 Wegeventil ZH 2 Aux. hydraulics 2 directional valve
2Y110 Ventil Hublastdampfung Lift load damping valve
2Y111 Enlastungsventil Pumpe Pump relief valve
2Y112 Sicherheitsventil Heben Lift safety valve
2Y31.1 Magnetv. Umschaltg. Anbauger. A Attachment A changeover solenoid
2Y31.2 Magnetv.Umschaltg.Anbauger.B Attachment B changeover solenoid
2Y78.1 Ventil fur Getriebe, 1 Gang Transmission valve, 1st gear
3Y1 Magnetventil Lenkhilfe Solenoid valve - steering booster
3Y2 Magnetventil Lenkradarretierung Solenoid valve - steering wheel lock
3Y3 Magnetkupplung Lenkarretierung Magnetic coupling steering arrester
3Y4 Magnet Lenkarretierung Magnet - steering arrester
3Y5 Magnetbremse Lenkrad Steering wheel magnetic brake
7Y1 Magnetventil Bremse/losen Solenoid valve - release brake
7Y2 Magnetventil fur Totmannbremse Solenoid valve - deadman brake
7Y3 Magnetbremse Magnetic brake
7Y4 2stufige Magnetbremse 2-stage magnetic brake
7Y4.1 2stufige Magnetbremse 2-stage magnetic brake
7Y4.2 2stufige Magnetbremse 2-stage magnetic brake
7Y5 Magnetventil Notstop-Bremsanlage Solenoid valve - emergency stop brake system
7Y6 Magnetbremse Lastrad rechts Solenoid brake, right load-bearing wheel
7Y7 Magnetbremse Lastrad links Solenoid brake, left load-bearing wheel
7Y31 Zweistufenbremse - Hauptwicklung Two-stage brake - main coil
7Y32 Zweistufenbremse - Nebenwicklung Two-stage brake - secondary coil
7Y33 Zugmagnet Bremse Pull-type electromagnet brake
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 78 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
7Y34 Haltemagnet Bremse No-work magnet brake
7Y35 Zugmagnet Not-Stop Emergency Stop pull-type solenoid
7Y36 Haltemagnet Not-Stop Emergency Stop arresting solenoid
7Y37 Magnetventil-Betriebsbremse Solenoid - service brake

7Y38 Magnetventil-Betriebsbremse Solenoid - service brake

7Y39 Schrankenverriegelung links LH barrier lock

7Y40 Schrankenverriegelung rechts RH barrier lock
7Y41 Schrankenverriegelung-vorn Gate lock - front
7Y42 Magnetspule-Bodenverstellg Ground adjustment solenoid
7Y43 Bremsladedruck Brake charge-air pressure
7Y44 Ventil Handbremse Handbrake valve
7Y45 Bremsven.SinglePedalDrive Single pedal drive brake valve
7Y46 Bremsventil Brake valve
8Y1 Magnetventil Hohenvorwahl Solenoid valve - height selection system
8Y2 Magnetventil Einstapelautomatik Solenoid valve - automatic stacking system
8Y3 Abfragemagnet Inquiry magnet
8Y4 Umschaltventil Change-over valve
8Y5 Servo-Ventil IF Servo-valve IG
8Y6 Senksperrventil (Uberlastsicherung) Blocking valve - lowering (Overload protection)
8Y30 Hydro-Spannventil Hydraulic tension valve
8Y31 Magnetventil Not-Stop Solenoid valve emergency stop
8Y32 Magnetventil Speicher Solenoid valve - storage
8Y33 Umschaltventil Change-over valve
8Y34 Automatik-Ventile IF Automatic valves IG
8Y35 Servo-Ventil Servo-valve
8Y36 Lenkverriegelung Steering interlock
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 79 (D)/(gb)

CD) (GB)
8Y37 Ventil - Gabel - Neigen Valve - fork - tilting
8Y38 Ventil - Seitenschub Valve - lateral traversing
8Y39 Ventil-Batterieentriegelung Battery unlatch valve
9Y1 Magnetventil Kraftstoffabschaltung Fuel shut-off solenoid
9Y2 Regelventil Pilot valve
9Y3 Magnet Bedienpultverstellung Control panel adjustment magnet
9Y4 Gasregelventil Gas control valve
9Y5 Magnetventil fur Kaltstarteinstellung Cold start setting solenoid
9Y6 Magnetkupplung Kompressor Compressor magnetic coupling
9Y7 Regelvent.Kraftstoffdruck Fuel pressure control valve
9Y8 Ventil Kraftstoffdosierung Fuel metering valve
9Y10 Einspritzventil Z1 Injection valve Z1
9Y11 Einspritzventil Z2 Injection valve Z2
9Y12 Einspritzventil Z3 Injection valve Z3
9Y13 Einspritzventil Z4 Injection valve Z4
9Y14 Einspritzventil Z5 Injection valve Z5
9Y15 Einspritzventil Z6 Injection valve Z6
9Y16 Einl. Nockenwellensteller Cam plate inlet
9Y17 Ausl. Nockenwellensteller Cam plate outlet
9Y18 Magnetkupplung Drehsitz Swivel seat magnetic coupling
9Y19 4/2 Ventil Drehsitz 4 / 2 valve (swivel seat)
9Y20 Magnetventil Gastank Gas tank solenoid valve
9Y21 Magnetventil Gasflasche 1 Gas bottle 1 solenoid valve
9Y22 Magnetventil Gasflasche 2 Gas bottle 2 solenoid valve
9Y23 Elektrischer Kabinenhub Electric cab lift
9Y50 Drucker Printer
 tUNGHEINRICH Schaltplanben., el. / Index of el. wiring diagrams 08.14 80 (D)/(gb)

<E) (GB)

Z Filter Filter
Z1 Filter Filter
 3B1 J.1A Lenkhilfe-Sensor
3B7 1, 2 Lenkradsensorik
3B7 K .2 Lenkradsensorik
2R2 2S73 2S57 2S76
3C1 F,2 Entstoerkordensal'Dr
D3 F,2 Freilaufdiods
4H1 F,2 Hupe
Anschlus 2R2 B.6 Llnearpoti-Heben
1S1 B ,8 Fahrtrichtungsschalter
1S2 B,4 FahrschalEe*
2S57 B ,6 ZHI-VentiLschalter
2S73 B.6 Taster-Neigen-vor/zurueck
2S76 B.6 ZH2- Venfilschalter
1;'
4S1 B.9 Taster-Hupe
7S9 B.3 Sifzschalter
7S10 0.2 HandbremsschalEer
7S11 H.2 Fussbremsschalf-er
1SU0 H.2 Bremsfluessigkeifsstands-SchaLfer
6U3 1.11 InformationsanzeigelELSE-Check)
XB1Q r
6U4 H.8 CAN-lrUerface3

Xbb

Si.
'

SPB.'1-X617fi

7S10
..im

)-ÿ ÿ

fl
?S11 l7rN~|r___ rsn/vxBVa -67.--J

7S40 ÿ .-a. '

Iÿ i i ni r ••
XSfifi XB66
CB6S/1

'•sr..-:-

ÿ
ÿ
Mulhfunktionsanzeige
bHV/l.XBVS
X32/2-XB2/
! : /

ÿ xsn/fi-y.aw;t

CAN NTERFACE 3
XBA4/9-XB36/1 ÿ1 wsl12V)

Anschluss Lenkradsenscr 4-Pad XBW/12-XB36/3 ÿ brIBV]

4> 3B1

XB3SA-XB1J/1 ftl ?

:°rmaf
A1
EFG-DF/V ac SP
SchaitpLan
7fflr--UTC5nummer StSckUs

52009244
''h-.'7 ' r r 7 ~ K
1 n-, :j-
 PreiLauf diod
Besamt-steuarsicherung
F1 1F9 F1B
Steuersicherung-Schuetz-Spannungseinscha
'
i w . Sicherung-Fahrmotor-1
4BV-bpannunqsvers Sicherung-Fahrmofor-2
f. Spg.-WandLer
2) Steuersich-Elektronik-F/H
Sicherunq-Pumpenmotor
Sicherung-Lenkhilfemofor
Sfeuersich.Suchscheinwerfer
Steuersicherung-Beleuchtung
Steuersicherung-Sitzheizung
Bafterle
Hauptschugtz-1
Schuetz-Spannungseinschalfung
Fahrmafor-1-
Fahrmctor-2
Pumperrmolor-1
Lenkhilfemohor
Abschlusswiderstand-CAN-Bus
Schallschloss
MOT-AUS
Sfeuerung-Fahren-links
1 ÿ 1 ÿ

— Steuerung-Fahren-rechts
ÿroporfional-Steuerung-Heben
<lemmsocke.-plus

i a 1

EFG-DF/V an SP
SchalFplan
Trims-,. M-Uilf,.
2M
 3B1 K,14 Lenkhilfe-Sensor
is 3B? J.2 Lenkradsensorik
3B? K ,2 Lenkradsensorik
BC1 F.2 Entstoerkondensator
D3 F.2 FreiLauf diod=
4H1 F.2 Hupe
XB4? I 1S2 B.4 Fahrschalteÿ
swtt-xv.tr>
K»H/11-V9tV2 x? 7S9 B.3 Sitzschalter
7S10 H.2 Handbremsschalter
xs'-i'-
XB4d
xgts/: .1I 7S11 H.2 Fussbremsschalter
7S40 1, 2 Bremsfljesslgkeitsstands-Schalter
6UB 1,11 lnformationsanzeige|ELSE-Check)
mi i 6U5 H.8 CAN-lnterface4
2Y1 C.11 Magnetventil-Heben
2Y29 C.11 Proportionalventil-Senken
*ijy i 2Y46 C.11 Magnetvertf il-Neigen-vor
<5l3/6-XB51.'1
szjtiu-XBa/i Xiz 2Y47 C.11 Magnet ventil-Neigen-zurueck
XS10
2Y46 C.11 Magnet vent" iL-ZH1-vor
XB10 r ÿCS43/7-X650/1
XB50 I 2Y4S C.11 Magnet vent il-ZH1-zurueck
2Y50 C.11 Magnetventit-ZH2-vor
2Y51 C,11 MagnetventiL-ZH2-zurueck

XI
in n I'd n ni nrninnnnnnnro
nnnnnn

ii i -i n

rev

SP7/1-XB1/T

XE»7/j->CB?/4

ÿ
"i ÿ

-
rev?n xa?n

(X3_ 751V3-XB.77
7S11 [ÿ-H~|_. fS1V1--:3'.'5
ÿS1V1- N.Br/* ÿ

t
mO/Z-XB7/9
7S40 **i~_
ÿ
— i-i»i
1 t

XS66 XB66

Mulhfunktionsanzeige
.

ÿ <-;v'r

CAN INTERFACE 4
Ansrhluss Lenkradsensor 4-Rad

XB16

n Wu
EFG-DF/V ac MP
Scha.tpLan
W53M 52009245
ilLLil"
ÿ: 'ÿ - '* ÿ
r1' r p r K r<-, .
 BM1

1U1 2U1 1U1.1 cm.

 3B1 J.1A Leikhilfe-Sensor
3B7 L2 Leikradsensorik
3B7 K.2 LBikradsensDrlk
7S82 9SB 9R2 2R2 2573 2S 57 25 76
3C1 F.2 Entstoerkondensator
D3 Freilaufdiode
AH1 Hupe
2R2 B,6 Lirearpoti-Heben
9R2 B.3 Sitzheizung
1S1 B.8 Fairtrichfungsschalter
1S2 3A Fairschalter
2S57 B.6 ZH1-Ventilschalter
2S73 B.6 T aster-Neicen-vor/zupueck
»• •>
2S76 B.6 ZH2-Ventilschalter
AS1 B.9 Taster-Hup?
7S9 B.3 Sitzschalter
7S10 G,2 Handbremsschalter
7S11 H,2 Fussbremsschalter
75AO H,2 Bremsfluessigkeitsstands-Schalter
7S82 B.3 Scialter-Gurtschloss
9S3 B.3 Snalter-Sifzheizung
6U3 1.11 lnfopmationsanzeige{ELSE-Check)
6UA H.8 CAN-lnterface3

SFB" O

0 0 0

sa/*-XM/«

X61I
XBiic-xai/t ...1

ÿ2/6-KBU4

xswi-XByii

XE97/5-XB774 XBWIWBWZ

/Bir/j Xg//t

7,11/7 XH7/7
fiiFTT-a?
7S11 iW reivi-Kavi

XBM/5-X97/1?
7SA0 w-|
XE.66 XB66

ÿ/S.'l-'.iV:
' ;
ÿÿ ÿ
;

Multifunktionsanzeig0
,=,
XS-f/5-5ÿ/3 .Z)ÿ iKv/'i-xuvi
jr7'1 APy?

XBW-XByt

r an interface b
XB14/9-XB35/1 J ws<12V1
Anschluss Lenkradsetisar A-Ead XBW1Z-XB36/J
XB17/1-XB34/4
i
2 <«>

B17/1 HI.7

-F""'t A1
.09.115 Kannerer
Scmid, I-'. Bfnennung
sssu».w>: 'Schaltplan
EFS 213-320 ac SP
9 9 S) 1596
rugr* narh H'N Bl heachten~
 <• I 5 10 i 11 i p r

Freilaufdiode
GesamtsfGuepsicherung
Stÿuersicherung-Schuetz-Spannungseinscha
L' : Sicherung-Fahrmotor-1
Sicherung-Fahrmotor-2
St=uerslch.-Elektronik-F/H
Sicherung-FumpenmoFor
Sicherung-LenkhilfemoFDr
StGUBrslch.SuchschpinwGrfep
Stfuersichepung-Beleuchtung
Stpuprsicherung-SiFzheizung
Batierle
HaupFschuez-1
Snuetz-SpannungseinschaLtung
enft wtf)-.(g fiV-WI Fairmcifor-1-
F ammo for -2
Pumpenmofor-1
Leikhilfemofor-
Abschlusswiderstand-CAN-Bus
Scialtschloss
NOT-AUS
Stauerung-Fahren-links
_
w-i-iM/i cH _ h-. ft 'i-mv 1U1.1 H,11 St?uerung-Fahren-rechts
40A 2U1 H,7 PrDportional-SFeuerung-Heben
X1+ C.12 Klemmsockel-plus

iiifctijj iiJ t
I-
/tMi
Ij |.!
Steckerbal.. XB1?

Ihi iiulii si ! Isffi

B-
S3 H ibl B :ÿ iinli Hn Si thiiltl !! I Shi .ray
1 analog input
2
9 Sitzsthalter
4 INHIBIT
5 Thermosrhutz

Schaltplan
EFG 213-320 ac SP
 3B1 K,14 Leikhilfe-Sensor
3B7 J,2 Leikradsensorik
7S82 9S3 9R2 3B7 K,2 Lenkradsensorik
3C1 F,2 Entstoerkondensator
9- D3 F,2 Freilaufdiade
4H1 F,2 Hupe
XB49 I
ssi-j/vxawi
9R2 B,3 Sitzheizung
1S2 B.4 Fairschalter
7S9 B,3 SltzschaLter
XBA6 7S10 H.2 Handbrernssehal ter
XSM'E-X&WJ 7511 H,2 Fussbremsschalter
7S4G L2 Br=msfl.uessigkeitsstands-Schalter
Xtji.7
auvSKf.}/:
7S82 B.3 Scnalter-GurtschLoss
3ri 9S3 B.3 Scialter-Sifzheizung
6U3 1,11 Informationsanzeige(ELSE-Check)
6U5 H,8 CAN-lnterfÿce4
2Y1 C,11 Magnetventl-Heben
2Y29 C,11 Pnportionalventil-Senken
XSW7-XB»n
XBiO 2Y46 C,11Magnet vent l-Neigen-vor
2Y47 C,11Magnet vent L-Neigen-zurueck
2Y48 C,11Magnetventl-ZH1-vor
2Y49 C,11Magnetventl-ZH1-zurueck
2Y50 C,11Magnetventl-ZH2-vor
2Y51 CJ1 Magnetventl-ZH2-zurueck
SP8"0
4-fcV
1f XB118
in n p n p g|

C D 0 D D

JQDQIJUQUUO

XB1?>4-XB1/S
5PB/I-XB1/&
5P7/1-XB1/7

XBW13-XB60/2
XBWV-XB1/H

SVUÿMl

?sii 7SH/1-X37/B I
1

7S40 H
XS66 XB66 rJJ
<668/l-X87/ll

SP9/1-XB4/5 ?TX
• vr- ÿ<-..£

XB2
;wa-XB2/i
Multifunktionsanzeige
4.

CAN INTERFACE 4
Anschluss Lenkradsensor "t-fiad XB42/9-XB36/1
ÿ >rs<12Vl
XB44,'12-XB34/3
XB1V1-XB36/4
2 brIOVl
cip
O

XB3irt-XB17 J_= BL.2

29.09.C5 Kaimerer
B?iernung

Scbaltplan
EFG 213-320 ac MP
99ÿ159?
?-rngrÿ narh H'N !<• heachten~
 I 5 10 i 11 i p r

Freilaufdiode
Gesamtsfeuersichprung
F1 1F9 F18 Stpuersicherung-Schuetz-Spannungseinscha
Sicherung-Fahrmotor-1
Sicherung-Fahrmotor-2
r. Spc.-wandle
St=uerslch.-Elektronik-F/H
Sicherung-FumpenmoFor
Sicherung-LenkhilfemoFDr
StGUPrslch.SuchschpinwGrfep
Stfuersichepung-Beleuchtung
Sfpuprsicherung-SiFzhGizung
BaHerle
HaupFschuez-1
Snuptz-SpannungseinschaLtung
Fairmofor-1-
Fairmofor-2
PumpenmoFor-1
LeikhilfemoFor-
Abschlusswiderstand-CAN-Bus
Scnaltschloss
MuLtifunktians-Hebel
NOT-AUS
_
li'-l-rli'l tlMM/l -i!_ — St?uerung-Fahren-links
1U1.1 H,11 Stauerung-Fahren-rechts
2U1 H,7 PrDporPional-SFeuerung-Heben
X1+ C.12 Klemmsockel-plus

I I

I1 1 I I I nm I 1
i 1
iJl «! ! lis 1333 IS ihM i { M
SteckerbEl XB1?
1 analog input
2
9 Sitzschalter
ÿ INHIBIT
5 Thermosthutz

- ••

,jjS
rfflK- Schaltplan
EFG 213-320 ac MP

'l
 Schniftsfelle 1U1.1 Steuerung-Fahren-rechts
zum Fahrzeug 1U1 1
1F2 6U3 Informationsanzeige
i i i i i i
-c£ 33- -o o o-
t 6U10 Zugangsmodul

K| w| l/l|
CO 0 0 D D
X
U *ii 3 Q A X
oo S
x;
6U10
XS172 XB660
s?yp-XRi7ÿyi ip S2 /
*
52/2-XS172/2~ÿ" S2 i -
S2/P-XS172/) ÿ U batt / ÿ
In
S2/B — XS172A jfc U batt / - In
Lisa (Servh e) Out
t= CAN H In
±k CAN H Out
CAN L In
CAN L Out
XS4A/9-XS172/10
XSU/12-XS172/I1 1L.
£ 12V In
OV In
XB4A- 1/9-XS172/12 .12. 12V Out
XBU 1/12-XS172/17 1 OV Out
fu
-
i
it;
U batt / Out

XB681
U batt / - Out
Schnit tsfelle U batt /
RS232 TXD
ÿ
Out

Datarecorder RS232 RXD

OV Out
03;
X

Hgÿ
6U3 Datum Name Format Status Mikr of ilm
Bearb. 22 06 OA Jaenich
Gepr. 27.07.0 A- Schmid, M. Benennunc
MuUifunkHonsanzeige Norm 28.07.OA Wagner
Schaltplan
JUMGHEINRICH Jubes-Modul Stufe-1/2
Werk Moosburg 2eichnungsnummer Shiicklistennummer BLatt

Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr •

52031137
Ers f • |Ers.d :
01
01 Bl.

"Schufzvermerk nach DIM 34 beachfen"

 I 4 11 I

1U1.1

1F2
o—

6U12
6U10 SchniH-sfelle Sensork

6U11

a .>
** ** • <*. o i r t 1 1*
y

XS44/12-XS172/11 ffr
XB44.l/9-XSt72/12

Schnithstelle
'44M£444ut&M44* Erweitemngsmodule

6UB
Multifunkhonsanzeige

1U1.1 Steuerung-Fahren-rechts
6U3 Informationsanzeige Datum Name Format a ÿ Status Mikrofilm
A/ 2 |
6U10 Zugangsmodul 05.07.04
27.07.04
Jaenich
Schmid. M Benennurc
6U11 Datarecorder 28 07.04 Wagner
Schaltalan
6U12 Funkmodul JUHGHEMMCH JUBES Stufe-3/4
Werk Moosburg Jsichrinqsnunmer Stucklisteinummer iBlatt
520315A8 'Ersd-
Schutzvermerk nach Dl'i 2U Eeachfen"
 S2

<;
F1 1F9 F18
J* _9
BM1

CO cQ CQ IjP ÿ !~P
X X X

I I I I I I
YRK
I I
'

UiLf*
xsssÿnr
XB17

I IS
I I its
i i if
I I la
i i is
I I*
i i i

XB172/5-S2/P
si&XB15/F1-52/P

Lei hung XB15/F1-S2/P von

Stecker XB15 ausstecken und mi t
x
X B 1 72 Leitung XB172/5-S2/P verbindeni XSI7L
4HM XB 1 74
X S 1 72
I XB17/3-SP7/2

XS172/6-XB163/1 F18 - Steuersich.Schuetz-Spannungse.

XS172/5-XB163/2
3M1 - Lenkhilfemotor
Leitung XB17/3-SP7/2 von
S2 - Schaltschloss Stecker XB17 ausstecken und
73
XB173 \ U2A - Codeschloss bei Stecker XB17L einsteckeni

ED EE EE XB163
U2A m m m 1, XBM3/I-XS172/6
Datum Format
A3 Status Mikrof ilm

m m ed Bearb 20.02.07 Kanmerer

Qepr. 21.02.07 Lernartz Eenennunc
22.02.07 Wagner
Schaltpian
HiU m ED Codeschloss
zeichnungsnumrner Stiicklisfennummer Blatt

Zust Anderunq Da hum Name Lirspr.:

99504260
Ers.f.: Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

Schutzvermerk nach DIN IK beachten"

 XB12
c4ÿ-
XS193 XB193 XS180 XB180 r / Sir
br 1. br br 1„ XB1/2-XB12/3 r- _XB 1/2iXBl_2/3
1S13 °4h £o- _XB 1/5ÿX612/4
_JW/3-XB12/>
XB1/4-XB12/&
1S2
®
=ÿ=1

±]

Anschluss bei Fahrzeugen

mit Multipil o F

ÿ
i

t -fF
i i
Si picQ
Si
TtI0
Sffl*
® SI
rr. -J
| |
la

SiSiS
xlx x
CD 5
X Xj-Q
_
i illliMliii - I"i1--!- 1ÿ1'li=il

6U4 6U5
CAN INTERFACE 3 CAN INTERFACE 4

1S2 - Fahrschalter Datum Nane Format Status Mikrof ilm

1S13 - Fahren-Stop (Schalter-UEW-Heckscheibe) Bearb 16.1007 Jaenich A3
Gepr. 17.10.07 Lernartz Eenennunc
6U4 - CAN Interface 3 (SP) Norm 18.10.07 Wagner
Schaltplan
6U5 - CAN Interface 4 (MP) Fahrstromabschaltung
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer BLatt

571738 4X
Zust Anderunq
07.02.0 GJ
Datum Name Urspr •
99505566
Ers f • Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3 A beachlen"

 F 19 5F 7 Sicherung im Grundgeraef

F1 1F9

K6A-XBR/D1
K6/A1-52/2
LI L2 L3
r
O O O

__
XB183 XS17A XB17<-
<S1?4/1-XB1f-3/1 XBPA/I-XBIJJ/A
12V 2 <S17C/2-XB183/2 ÿ XBT,4/2-XB1r2/3

XB184
<B184/1-XB?D/rt

XB185 'SP3"
1 X31B5/1-SP3/2ÿ
2 ' XH85/2-SP3/3J=p P3/1-XB107/5
KX618S/3-SP4/3 SPi/i-VSÿ,";
I -
XB_1 5/66ÿ 55/2<-;qIt ,
USS/1-15/-
ss/.-x!
L8V
i„XB18b/4-SPA/4 PL/2-XB18Q/2

XB173/2-S5/

XB187 [
XB173/B-X&187/1 1
f

SP3/1-XB187/5 J
KB188/1-XB 187/7

SB2Z2ÿS55L2
XB 187/7->6108/
5PA/2-XB l«6/2
2!JlZ£LJ--SR52Z_r Cpk

optional optional optional

Schaltschloss
U1 U1 >Fb bF6 LF4 9F17 Not Ajs
Gesant-sfeuer sicherung
Steuersicherung Eleklromk
S rhprung-Arbeitsscheinwerfer
- Sicherung-Rueckfabrsch
Sicherung -Bel euchtung
- Sicherung -Kabme
Sicherung -Option FSD
- Sicherung Option
Steueÿsicherurg Schuetz SpannungseinschaLtung
XB11.4/1-SP3 5icherunc-12V
XBH.i/l-Sri
H3-XB68/4 Schuetz Spannurigseinscnaltung
XB11.2/1-SP3
XB11.1/1-SP3 1U1.1 - Steueruhg-fanren-rechts
7S80 - Schalte' f Da* en terminal
XB11 4/2-X1-
XB11.3/2-X1- U1 - DC/DC Wandler
XB1
XR13/11-XR171
XB11 2/2- XI - U9 - DC/DC Wandler 48V/I2V
XB11 1/2-X1
JJJlZfiÿ-XBU/2 X1+ - Klenrnsccket Plus
>P1-XB11 VU
X1- - Klpmmsockpl -minus

SP1-XBI
Xi11/1-SP1
SP1-XB11 :/4 Formal" 5tarus Mikraril
n&.o;c7 Slanqlmair
Lennar rz ttenennung
SP2-XB .73 06.02 C 7 waqner
XS11/2-SP2
&P2-XB11 2/3 SPE Schal rplan Spannung
SP2-XB11 L/3 12V / 24V / 48V
F iir I- istennurTimer BLat 1"
SP2
01 BL

Schutzvermerk nach JIN it* beachten

 optional optional optional
U1 U1 U1 U1 5F5 5F6 5F1 5F3 4F4 F3.1

24 v a 00 b 24 v a no

-frrl -ft NNf

CD CD CD
X X X

SP3" "
XB11.4/1-SP3
XB11.3/1-SP3
XB11 2/1-SP3 _ÿP3-XB68/A
XB11.1/1-SP3 ,

XB11.4/2-X1- _
XI-
XB11.3/2-X1- .
XB 11.2/2- X 1- ,
XB11.1/2-X1- ,

"SPY'
_SP1-XP1I 1 fU
_SP1-XB11 2/1*
SP1-XB11 3/4
_SPl-XBl1.4/4

_SP2-XB11 1/3
SP2-XB11.2/3
XS11/2-SP2
SP2-XB 11.3/3
_SP2-XBlK/3
Stacker 2-pol. an Leitung aus FSD
"SP2" rechts obere Dachbiegung

XS11.
XB11 Tv F3 1 - Sicherung-2W
4F4 - Sicherung-Rundumkennleuchte
5F1 - Sicherung-Arbeitsscheinwerfer
5F3 - Sicherung-Rueckfahrsch. Datum Name Formal- Status Mikrofilm
5F5 - Sicherung-Beleuchtung Bearb. 0510.05
Gepr. 05.10.05
Jaenich
Schmid, M. Benennunc
5F6 - Sicherung-Kabine Norm 06.10.05 Wagner
SchaL tplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler
Spgs.-wandler Leitung FSD
ÿUMMMHMWCW
X1- - Klemmsockel-minus ileichnungsnummer Stiicklistennummer BLatt

Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr ÿ

99501621
Ers f • |Ers.d :
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"

 optional optional optional
U1 U1 U1 U1 5F5 5F6 5F1 5F3 4F4

2uv a oo c 24V 0 00 B 24V 0 00 B

|ÿj nn - .'|

"SP3"
XB11.4/1-SP3
XB11.3/1-SP3
XB68/A
XB11.2/1-SP3
XB11.1/1-SP3

XB11.A-/2-X 1
X1-
XBH.3/2-X1-
XB11.2/I-X1 -ÿeD
XB11.1/2-X1

"SP1"
SP1-XB1U/4
SP1-XB11 2/4
XS11/1-SP1
SP1-XB11 3/4
SP1-XB11.4/4

SP2-XB 11 1/3
5P2-XB11 2/3
XS11/2-SP2
SP2-XB11 3/3
SP2-XB11.4/3
Sicherung-Rundumkennleuchfe
Sicherung-Arbeitsscheinwerfer
SP2
Sicherung-Rueckfahrsch.
Sic herung-Beleucht iing
x $ 11 Sicherung-Kabine
XB11 [Y
DC/DC-Wandier
Klernmsockel-minus

Dalum Nane Format Status Mikrof ilm

Bearb 07.06.04 Kanmerer A3
Gepr. 07.06.04 Schmid, M. Eenennunc
Wagngr
Sc hal t pi an
JUNGHEINRICH Spannungswandler
Werk Moosburg Zeichnungsnummer Sfucklislennummer Blatt

Zust Anderunq Da hum Name Llrspr ÿ

52027461
Er s f Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"

 _n

Halter-StVZO 2K63 Option-Spg.-wandler Grundgeraet:

®

4F5 5FB 5F4.1 5F4 5F5.1 5F5.B F1 1F9 F18

J ÿ D -1 1

XS101 XB101
(B101/1
ÿ
XS35 XB35
XB?2/8-X£3S/1
Anschluss
Uueckr

"
.12-: :
9 ','11- XI '

X511 XBIOr xsiof XB11

I XB11.1/4-X511/1
ir
1 XB107/1-2K6S/
ÿ

i
.'b |:J6, ?~:-M
XB71/9-X1/

Freilaufdiade
Freilauf diode
Sperrdiode
' iM - IJ;: VIM':
Kombirueckleuchte-Links
Kombirueckleuchte-rechts
XBB'
spt/3-xta7/i .1 Anschlus AbfaLendlichF— Links
| XB104
xc- - rsatu .i Warnsummer vorgesehe
AbbLendLichL-rechfs
Ruecklicht-links
Ruecklicht-rechts
BlinkLicht-vorne-links
xB106 XB71 XSr1 Blinklicht-vorne-rechts
'a i9t=' i BlinkiichNhinten-links
Blinklicht-h nten-rechts
Bremsleuchie-hin Fen-links
Bremsleuch'e-hinten-rechts
7-/BllrV'.
yp MM. .pa9 '2,9'
Rueckfahrscheinwerfer-links
Rueckfahrscheinwerfer-rechfs
XB105 Gesamtsteuersicherung
SFeuerslch.-Schuetz-Spannungseinsch,
XB117
ÿ<ai17/1-Xi105/l.
Steuersich.-Elektroni-F/H
X0117/1-2K66/AI
xBii»/z-x3??/c
Sicherung-Warnblinkanlage
Steuersich.-Rijeckfahrscheinwerfer
'lyr-M
KM 4
XBWfi-X3103/S
'ÿ
-> Steuersich.-Rueckleuchte-rechts
S-euerslch.-RueckLeuchFe-llnks
Steuersich.-Beleuchtung
m w Sic herung-Beleuchtung-l inks
SichBrung-3eleuchf ung-rechFs
KcnfroU-Leuchte-Fahrtricht.Anzeige
KonrrolLeuchre in
Schuefz-Spannungseinschaltung
LISA/ELSE-CHECK
XS60
Relais-Gption-Rueckfahrscheinw.
SP4/4-XS60/1 Schuetz-Spanrungseinschalfung-Optionen
XS'OQ XBIOO Blinkrelais
ffiuo/i Lichfschalter
BLinkschaltor
XB102
Warnblinkschalfer
-42m 'IMIVV.

XS1Q2»ffij BremslichtschalLer
PErkleuchtenschalter
DC/DC-Wandler
Klemmsockel-minus
F3rn3t
A1 r
Schaltplan
Beleuthfung-SFVZO
52026672
iwi V bejel" -n"
glgueltig von: 19.08.2005 bis:

Ruckraum-Warneinrichtung
RRW-107

Sub-D-Stecker Sub-D-Stecker
15-pol. 15-pol.

Ultreschall-Sensor
Ultraschall-Sensor

Steuergerat

Steckverbindung
37-pol.

ii Steckverbindung
25-pol.

XS182

_ °o-- _ge_
+

>
Versorgungsspannung
Steckverbindung
12V
9-pol.
b! Farbcode: Funktion
Ruckfahrsignal braun +Ub
schwarz GND
rot rote LED
gelb gelbe LED
orange grune LED
blau 7-Segment-Anzeige
grGn 7-Segment-Anzeige
weiss
ooooo Summer
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooo Schirm Schirm

ooooo
doooo
ooooo

Signalgeber

___ Datum Name Benennung: Status

- — _ _ Bearb. 11.07.05 Jdnich 2
_ _ _ Gepr. 11.07.05 Schmid
Artschlussplan
- ___ _ Norm 22.07.05 Wagner Ruckraum-Warneinrichtung
- — — — RRW-107
-
_ _ _ For¬
Zeichnungs NR.: Blatt Bl. WN
_ _ _ t/UNGHElNMCH mat
_ _ _ T 99501184 / 11
Zust. Anderung Datum Name M.F-tS.e.loO'T \q,\ Urspr. Ers.f; Ers.d:
Schutzrechte nach DIN34
 Sicherung im Grundgeraet
5F1 F1 1F9 F18 I
I

K6
1U1.1
rÿ-
Q'
,1F2 B- L1 L2 LP,
b==b o o o
9

"SP1"

5E22

XB82
XB82/1-XB13/A XB8A XS8A XB 71 XS71
XB82/5-XB84/1 J_ XSaÿ/l-XBTI/l
SP1-XB84/2 XS84/2-XB?1/2
J -w 5E21
5 I7<-
5S1 XB82/5-XB8P/1
2XB89
XB82/7-XB7I/K
XB82/7-XB83/I wenn RSW, dann XB89
an XS84 anstecken'
Vq XB83/1-XB82/7
XB83/2-SP1
XB83 I
I

SP1-XB71/15
|
XB82/7-XB71/14 J4
5E20

5E19 - ArbeihsleuchEe FSD links vorne

5E20 - Arbeitsleuchte FSD rechts vorne
5E21 - Arbeitsleuchte FSD links hinten
5E19
5E22 - Arbeitsleuchte FSD rechts hinten
F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm
Bearb 18.03.04 Kammerer A3
5F1 - Sicherung-Arbeitsscheinwerf er Gepr. 26.0it.04 Schmid, M. Benennunc
Wagne
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinschaltung Schal tplan
5S1 - Schalter Arbeitsleuchten FSD JUNGHEINRICH Arbeitsscheinwerfer 48V
Werk Moosburg Zeichnungsnummer Stikklistennummer Blatt
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren -rechts
52027ÿ75 01
01 Bl.
Zus|_ÿnderun2_ Datum Name Ursÿ Ers.f.r lErs.d ÿ

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A beachten"

 Sicherung im Grundgeraet
SF5 F1 1F9 F18 I
I

K6
1U1.1
rÿ
Q'
, 1F2 B- LI L2 L3
b=b O O O
9
_0 O O O w w w O

1U1.1/B- - SP1

5S5-XB71/8
OD
5S5 &H0& 5S5-XB1 1 3/1
"SP1"

—| XB113
' 1 . XB113/1-5S5
5E8
XBH3/3-XB13/B
XB71 XS71

5S2 7o{f XBII325-SP2

XB1B/7-XB1K/1
XB1B/S-SP2
XB 116/1-SP2
XB115/1-SP2
SP2-XB71/5
i 5E16
XBI1A/1-XB113/7 "SP2" SP2-XB71/5 CT
XBH4/2-SP1 SP1/XB71/6
SP1/XB71/7
X
XB1K SS5-XB71/8 ,8

%
XB1I6
I
SEA
1
2T
XB116/1-SP2
XB116/2-SP1
I
& I _J
| s
5E15

1
_ XB115
XB115/1-SP2
5E3 XB115/2-SP1
5E7

Datum Name Format Status Mikrofilm

5E3 - AbbLendlichE-lks. F1 - GesamtsFeuersicherung Bearb. 24 03 OA- Kammerer
Gepr. 26.04.04 Schmid, M. Benennunc
5E4 - Abblendlicht-rts. 5F5 - SFeuers.-BeleuchFung Norm 26.04.04 Wagner
5E7 - Ruecklicht-lks. K6 - SchueFz-Spannungseinsch. Schal tplan
5E8 - Ruecklicht-rts. 5S2 - LichtschalFer
JUNGHEINRICH Beleuchtung SET-A
5E15 - Bremsleuchte-lks. 5S5 - BrpmslichFscFialFer
Werk Moosburg 2eichnungsnummer Stiicklistennummer BLatt
5E16 - Bremsleuchte-rts. 1U1.1 - SFeuerung-Fahren-rFs.
Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr
52027983
Ers.f lErs.d:
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A beacFiFen"

 Halter-StVZO 2K63 Option-Spg.-Wandler limui.
Kt
_ _
Grundgeraet:
AK2 t* F5 5F3 5F4.1 5K 5F51 5F5.3 D31 5F5 F1 1F9 F18

[][} (] 0 S[] I] [] [] I]
5E20 TO# m 3 yljif . jJELi
ÿ TTTT
;S©sfc|
1 ii ÿleiijij
III
XS101 X612; x$127 X6101
SPI 1

---—
JKWrt'-Oiin oK] P ta iti-IU11
03 2
— Arit(hlu»t
Ruwkf

5E10
XI-
ÿLatÿJUMa at:— .

mm
1 X«*)i XS10] XBXI3
warn Frpilaufdiode
Freilauf diudp
I* xBw;v>-»Bte<i Spsrrdiade
5S2 £»®4 Kombirueckleuchte-links
XBB7
tfyuyip) fi AnnUm io*r
Wjrnsurwicf vorg*Hh»n
3E2 Kombirueckleuchte-rechls
Rueckhchl-links
*-—I 1 vevti veiAi vom
Ruetkhchl -rechts
Blinklich> - vorn- links
blinkheht-vorn-rechts
| XBTO4 X5llh
m(g) BL mkl ic ht-hinFen-links
ÿ Blin kl icht -hinten- rechts
Br emsleuLhte-hinten-links
Bremslpuchlp-hinlpn-rechts
Ruecktahrscheinwerfer
Arbeilsleuchle FSD links vorne
5E17 Arbeitsleuchle FSD rpchts vorne
Gesamts.1euersicherung
Steuersich -Schuetz-Spannurigseinsch
~~
XS11] XB11T Sleuersich -Elektroni-F/H
1 xmiwi aaa
iÿ3gjB3|BB
* xenrÿj-x:
v/< STL1G JW»I« Sim BASF 12
Sitherung-ÿarnhlinkanlage
4
Sleuprsich -Ruecklahrschpinwprf pr
/whpv"/
Steuersich -Rueckleuthfe-rechls
5S7 Stpuersich -RuPtklPuchte-links
a Steuersich -Beleuchtung
U»ln
K <?U.I 1
B.i SimiMSFl
Sirher ung-Be>l©ut hfung-links
3E1 Sirherung-BeleuEhtung-rethts
Kont roll-Leut hie-Fahrtrichl Anzeige
j Konlrolleuchle in Schuelz-Spannungseinschaltung
j USA/ELSE-CHECK Relais-Opl ion-Ruptkfahrscheinw
Sr huplz-Sjiannungspinschallung-Oplionpn
SE9 XSIOO XB127 <S127 XBIOO
1H9 Blinkrelais
I XB 100.2 "
5Pÿ_, ÿ KBW/mi/- Lichtschalter
Blinksthalfpr
S=fcfel :tU'A ÿ ' I.B ~l" A
Warnblinkschaller
Bremslithlsihallpr
Parkleuchlenschaller
Z) DC/DC-Wandler
f— 1 I XBKlG Klpmmsockpl-minus

,®r*
5E19
— -j
.i,
_|F« Mil

Sc hal t pi an Beleuchtung
SIVZO BASF S5/S6 Dauer

'
r99S06S20
Schuinei ngrk n»:h DIM jL c-acMfn'
 Sicherung im GrundgeraeF
SF5 F1 1F9 F18 I
I

K6
1U1.1
rÿ
Q'
, 1F2 B- LI L2 L3
(Ti ' a] n",a _ _
b==b O O O
9
O O O O C- w w

XB 71 XS71
i
5S5
o& 5S5-XB13/B
0C3- BSB-XR31/B _ SS5-XB71/8
1U1.1/B- - XB71/9
y-
I
8
;T~ 5E15.1
31
I
3

5E15.1 - Bremsleudve-FiinFen-mitFe
F1 - Gesantsteuersicherung
5F5 - SFeuers.-BeleucFiFung
Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm
K6 - SchueFz-SpannungseinscFi. Bearb 24.03.0t Kammerer A3
Gepr. 26.04.04 Schmid, M. Benennunc
5S5 - BremsLichtschaLFer Wagne
Schal tplan
1U1.1 - SFeuerung-FaFiren-rFs.
JUNGHEINRfCH Bremsleuchte
Werk Moosburg 2eichnungsnummer Stikklistennummer Blatt

52027985 lErs.d
01
01 Bl.
Zus|_ÿnderun2_ Datum Name Ursÿ Ers.f.r ÿ

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN lb beacFiFen"

 1U1.1
F 14
2K63A-F14/2 ÿcd
-cr>-
, 1F2 B- L1 L2 LP, 40A
b==b o o o

X41/A--1U1.1/B-2

2U1/B-1- 1U11/B-1

A 2K63
9' W
XBiiAJSl/Bi
9M1— K1/85-
[->
0
ÿ
K1

XB33/3-KI/86+

Heizung _K1/+__3R/J_

K1/+-S5/ -

48V/1500W

1U1.1 SFeuerung-Fahren-RechFs DaFum FormaF

A3 SFaFus Mikr of ilm
Bearb. 25.1C 04 JaenicFi
F14 Sicherung-Heizung Gepr. 02.11.04 ScFimid, M. Benennunc
Norm 03.1'.04 Wagne
K1 HaupfschueFz SchalFplan
2K63 SchueFz-OpFion-Heizung JUNGHEINRICH Heizung 48V/1500W
Werk Moosburg 2eichnungsnummer SFikklisFennummer BlaFF
9R3 Kabinenheizung
ZusF Anderunq DaFum Name iUrs£Ti
52035947
Ers.f.r lErs.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schufzvermerk nach DIN 3A beachfen"

 Grundgeraet:
5F3 F1 1F9 F18
| K6
1U1.1 8 Fe¬
1F2
y es0
CE 3D
L1
o o o
L2 LB m
ft
00
x"
-

2K6B
5E18

XB89 XS8 U XB71 XS71

XB72/1-XB87/1 .. \
iXSB4/1-XB7171
1

JU 1U1.1/B- - XB89/2 _ *2 XB71/2ÿ

84 72; 5E17

|
5 ( 7
a
cO
X rH
/
H

i
a11
2
I
4
XB87
XB72/1-XB87/1 1 Anschluss fuer
1U1.1/B- - XB87/2 ,2 Warnsummer (48V)

5E 17 - Rueckfahrscheinwerf er-links
5E18 - Rueckfahrscheinwerf er-rechfs
F1 - Gesamtsf euersicherung Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm
Bearb 19.08 04 Kammerer A3 ?
5F3 - Sicherung-Rueckfahrscheinwerfer Gepr. 26.04.04 Schmid. M. Benennunq
Norm 26 04 04 Wagner
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinschalfung Schal tplan
2K63 - Relais-Opfion-Rueckfahrscheinw. JUNGHEINRICH Rueckfahrscheinw. 48 V
Werk Moosburg Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren-rechfs
52027460 01

1 i 2 r Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr : Ers.f.: |Ers.d.:

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN ~iU aeachten"
 I 5 I 6

Sicherung im Grundgeraet
F1 1F9 F18

1U1.1

,1F2

_____
4 L1 L2 L3
CB3 o o o

XS3S XB35
SP1/1-XS35/1 Anschluss fuer
SP2/1-XS35/2 T Rueckfahrrelais I
2K63.1 U9 F19
zum Steuergeraet
Rupckraum-Warnehrichtung

H3-
QDi

SP1 SP2
u p° Fb" XSI82
2k A
HN
Y' t -Hi XBI82
CO CO
CO m** x ;
i
X idt
asiaj
X xlx
-J *~l
rÿ'cvj

1!S
x|X
XB17A XS17A
.J .J XB173/A-XB174-/1 .1 br
L_ XB172/3-XB174/2 bl
XB35.1 XS35
SP1A-XB35.1/1 1 XS 35/1- XB72. 1/ 8
SP2/A -XB35.1/2 ÿ XS35/2-XB72.1/P
XB35.2
—C1
-C2
Anschlussmoeglichkeit f Option
Bodyguard mi t akusf. Signal
XB35.3
Anschlussmoeglichkeit f Option
-C2 Rueckfahrscheinwerfer

Datum Nane Format Status Mikrofilm

F1 - Gesamtstauersicherung Bearb 0509 05 Kuba A3
Qepr. 07.09.05 Schmid, M. Eenennunc
F19 - Sicherung-12V Norm 07.09.05 Wagner
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinschaltung Sc halt pi an
2K63.1 - Relais - Option-Rueckraumwarneinrichtung Rueckraum-Warneinrichlung
1U1.1 - Steuprung-Fahren -rechts Zeichnungsnummer Stucklislennummer Blatt
U9 - DC/DC-Wandler-48V/12V
Zusl Anderunq Datum Name Urspr •
99501368
Ers f • Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A beachten"

 Sicherungen im Grundgerael"
F1
K6

[] [> [] []

XS35
5PM-XS3S/1 1
SP2/1-XS3S/2
XB35

TjZ
Anschluss fuer
Rueckfahrrelais
LI
o o o
12 LI

_ I

zum Steuergeraef
Rueckraum-Warreinricht"ung
2K63.1
von Steuergeraef
Rueckraum-Warneinrlchtung

XB196
— YTTT XS 96 1
4 5 fi 7

XS1B2

XB154

XB195.1/1 -XB 154/1

XB17t XS17A
X&173/A-XB'74/1 A br XB155/1-XB154/5
XB172/3- XB174/2 12 bl XS196.1/8 XB154/6

XB35.1 XS35 Xirv.'.. 1/; i 1- /-i

SP1/4-X33S.1/1 ÿ XS3S/1-XB72.1/8
SP2/4-X335.1/2 "XS35/2-XB72.1/4 XB154/5-XB15V1
XS196.1/2-XB155/2
XB35.2 XB196 1/2-XB155/2/'
SP1/4-X3351/1 Anschlussmoeglichkeit f Option '• bI 1

SP2/4-X3351/Z
c: Bodyguard mit akust. Signal
XB35.3
SP1/4-X335.1/1
SP2/4-X33S1/2 ,
( . Anschlussmoeglichkeit f. Option
Rueckfahrscheinwerfer

XB196 1

XS196

zum Signalgeber
Rueckraiitn-Warneinrichtung
F1 - Gesamhsteuersicherung
F19 - Sicherung-12V
K6 - Schuetz-SpannungseinschaLtung
2K63 1 - Relais - Option-Rueckraumwarneinrichbung A2 _L
24.-36.07 Lennarhz Benennung
4S7 - Schalter-Warnsummer-abschall'bar 27 08 07 Wagner
Schal Fplan
1U1.1 - Steuerung-Fahren-rechl-s
Rueckr.- Warneinr absch.
U9 - DC/DC-Wandler-48V/12V beirbin-ingsnunmer SUick listennummer

99505188
I "SchufzverTigrk nach
Frs-f,.
GIN
_[Ersid;_
ju b?achten"
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
U1 I I
I I
I I
I I
XB11

2W 0 00 B*
XS11 41
i i
X1/-

ffllI I I I
i
i
i
i
i
i
"
T'
IML_
I I I
I I
I

XB71 XS71

- XB85
1
LL, XB8S/1-XB70/5

45L)
_5J. XB85/S-XB71/12 XBB5/5-XB71/12
XB86/2-XB71/13
T?
ft
XBS5/7-XB86/1 4H3
"Ej
II XB86/1-XB85/7
XB86/2-X1/-
\ XB86/2-XB71/13

XB86

4F4 - Steuers.-Rundumkennleuchfe Datum Name Formal- Status Mikrofilm

Bearb. 07.06.0ÿ Kammerer
4H3 - Rundumkennleuchte Gepr. 07.06.0ÿ Schmid, M. Benennunc
Norm 07.0o.0£f Wagner
4S3 - Schalter-Rundumkennleuchte Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler JUNGHEINRICH Rundumleuchte
Werk Moosburg i!eichnungsnummer Stiicklistennummer BLatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus

Zush Anderunq Datum Name Urspr :

52027988
Ersf IErsd.:
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachfen"

 GrundgeraeF:
F1 1F9 F18 I
I

K6
1U1.1
rÿ-
Q'
1F2 L1 L2 Li CD

cE 33 o o o x

Xm

2K63

ÿÿ3
ÿCEO
XB89
XB72/1-XB89/1 .1 Anschluss fuer
1U1.1/B- - XB89/2 ,2 Rueckfahrscheinwerfer H8V)

CD
X rj'l/t'l'ii;
/

XB87
XB72/1-XB87/1 1
1U1.1/B- - XB87/2
4H2
F1 - Gesamtsheuersicherung
5F3 - Sicherung-Rueck:ahrscheinwerf er DaFum Name FormaF SFaFus Mikrofilm
Bearb. 2B.0V04. Kammerer
AH2 - Warnsummer Gepr. 26.0*. 04 Schmid, M. Benennunc
Norm 26.0C.0 A- Wagner
K6 - Schuetz-SpannungseinschaLtung ScFial Fplan
2K63 - Relais-OpHon-Rueckfahrscheinw. HUNGHEINRICH Warnsummer b. Rueckw.
Werk Moosburg 2eichnungsnummer SFiicklisFennummer BLaFF
1U1.1- Sheuerung-Fahren-rechts

ZusF Anderunq DaFum Name Urspr •

52029097
Ersf IErsd.:
01
01 Bl.

"Schufzvermerk nach DIN 34- beachlen"

 Fahrschalter
rueckw
Fahrschalter-2
Modul-Doppelpedal

rrrrrrr XB3 Int.M

(jdlb&W) IXB-3/1-XB3/2
3

K|
XB i/10-INTl-J (6
Anschluss bei Masterpilof (DC)
XBB (In r 3)
XS 122 Anschluss bei AC
(MF u. HH) KB3/1-XB3/2
XB122/U-XB121/1
Die Leitung XB1/10-lnt (-)

_
der vorhandenen XBA9/ÿXBi/5
XB122/15-XS12/3
©mil-Leit-ung XB1/12- S2/GND X&49/1-X&3/6
XB122/16-XR120/1 zusammencnmpen'
XB122/17-XB121A
XB1/10-INK-)
XB122/1B-XS12A
XB 122/6-XS12/C.
XB122/19-XB120/4 Anschluss bei Vent ilhebel (DC)
XB122/7-XB120/6

XB122/B-XB121/6 XS12 XB12 XB12/2-XB1/1 .1

XB120/2-XS12/1 XB12/1-XB1/9 KBT2/3-XBV2 ~\l
XB121/2-XS12/2 XB12/2ZXP.'1/J XB12/50<B2/3_
XB122/15- XS12/3 XB12/12XBV2
XB122/16-XS12/U . .. XB12/ÿ;XB1/5
XB122/13-XS127ÿ~ XB12/SX&1/3
ZllllLr _XB 12A_z_XBJ/5
XB10/2-XB1/6 ~:6
It*
XB122/11-XB120/5 XB122/6-XS12/6E XB12/6-XB1A XB10/j-XB V7 :7
XSI6/A-XB1/8
.< B 122/ 12-XB121/5 XB12/1-XB1/9 '9
INTI-I-XB1/10 JO
XB122/13-XS12/5 XB10/3-XB1/I1
XS16/6-XB1/12

Datum Name Format Status Mikrofilm

Bearb 02 06 99
Gepr 23 0501 Schmid. M Benennunq
Wagner
Doppelpedal Montage
LE,KE(-D),EFG(-AC)
Zetchnungsnummer StiKklistennummer Blatt
_
T 10 SO 2 1x OB 10 02
05040386 01
JU_ Bl_
0 N0Q01 1y
Zust Ariderunq
01 09 99
Dafum Name ÿrs£r_ Ers t
"Schutzvermerk nach DIN zX beachfen"
IE r 5 d
 Sicherung im GrundgeraeF
5F5 F1 1F9 F18 ~~i
K6
1U1.1 0 T>
\
Q -,u\
1F2 L1 L2 L3
cE 3o o o o
9'
ÿ ÿ

4SB.1
T)
XB71 XS71
s
CD
CQ
CD
"| XB111
11., XB111/1-XB13/B
i s
CD
CD
-IX
XB111/5-XB 71/12

XB111/7— XB112/1

XB112/1-XB111/7
XB111/5-XB71/12
, XB112/2-1U1.1/B
XXB112/2-XB71/13 XB112/2-XB71/13 ±te 4H3.1
X B 112

F1 - GesamtsFeuersicherung
5F5 - SFeuers.-BeleichFung Datum Name Format a Status Mikrof ilm
Bearb. 24.C3.04 Kammerer A3 2 |
4HB.1 - Biitzleuchte Gepr. 26.04.04 Schmid. M. Benennung
Norm 26.04.04 Waqner
K6 - SchueFz-SpannungseinscFi. SchaltpLan
4S3.1 - SchaLFer-BLiFzleuchte Biitzleuchte
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
1U1.1 - SFeuerurig-Fahren-rts.
~~
52027984 01
01 Bl.
1 I 2 Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr.: Ers.f.: |Ers.d.:
"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beacFiFen"
 T T

Op I" ion- Spg -Wandler Sicherung im Grundgeraeh

9F1 9F5 F1 1F9 F18

X1/- [] D 0 []

1XB90
' XB90/I-XB14/L"

X69tl/'5-XB9b/1
9S12

___
t. XB9Q/7-XB91/1

XB9V1-XB9Q/7 1
XB91/2-SP1

JXB91 , SPl-XB9b/2

XB94 XS9ÿ
XB90/8-XB9b/1
XB92 5P1-XB9b/Z
XBnn XB66/2 XB68/2-XB9b, I Optional
9S10 xB9jy?-XB93/2
~ XB92/b-?MbA mit Frontscheibenheizung."

X&92/7-X&93/3

9Rb

XB93
*rr
F1 - Gesamkskeuersicherung XS93 4-H
'
r T

9F I - Skeuers.-Scheibenwischer DO

—HH 9S1.1
"

9F5 - Steuers.-Scheibenheizung
K6 -
9M2.1-
9M2.2-
9Mb -
Schuehz-Spannunqsemsch.
Motor-Scheibenw.-vorne
Motor-Scheibenw.-hinFen
Motor-Scheibenwaschanlage
i
9Mb
j
! tlJ> 9M2.2

9Rb -
Heckacheibenheizung
9R6 - Frontscheibenheizung
9S1 - Schalter-Scheibenwischer-vorne
9S1.1 - Schal ter-Scheibenwischer-hint'en A2 _L
9S10 - Taster-Scheibenwaschanlage 17 06 01 Schmid. M. Benennung
17.06.06 Wagner
9S12 - Schalter-Heckscheibenheizung Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-WandLer JUNGHEMMCH Scheiben-Wisch./-Heizung
X 1/ - - Klemmsockel-minus Wer« Moosburq .ÿ""irnniingsm.mmer SHick listennummer

52030 73 7 _[Ersid;_
"SchutzverTierk nach DIN ju baachten"
 T

Op I" ion- Spg -Wandter Sicherung im Grundgeraeh

9F1 9F5 F1 1F9 F18

[] 0 I0

X5 XB 1

|XBVU
ÿ XB90/I-XBU./C

Xfc/'J S 'P - X1/- -SPV1 SP1/£,-XB9£./2

X6W-XBW1 XB91/2-iP1/2 SP1/5-XB94/4 XB94 X594
X B213/2 -S P 1/ 3 SP1/6-9M'./ XB90/5-XB9A/1 .1
XB9V1-XB90/7 SP1/4-XB9t/2
>'-B9l/2-SP1/2 XB68/2-XB91/3
SP1/5-XB9t/i.

_I Optional
XB/1? mit Frontscheibenheizung11
| XR*'t?/l-XB93
XB7T2/ 1-X62>2' 6
XB22/;-XBfca/2
g/'X6?,2/:-XB9S/l
XB212/5-XB 159/1
XQ2"2'i-X3zl2/1
'XB2'2/'.-XB213/1
<BP?/t -XB2"2/»
Aus KB2l2/fl-XB15?/S
Interva XtS2"3'1-X2212'6
Dauerbefriph <0213/2 SP 1/2
aju/ «BW31
IXB213

|XB 95
XR95/I-XB217/3 XB159 ÿ\V\M
?ÿ-vX69S/l-XB1B97i5

? * XBY5/S X B159 / 86
i XB93
XS93
-144ÿ'

F1 - Gesamhsleuersicherung
9F1 - Steuers.-Scheibenwischer
9F5 Steuers.-Scheibenheizung
K6 - Schuefz-Spannungseinsch.
9K12 - InfervaUrelais-Wischer-ÿorn Scheibenwischer- In fervallsc halter
9M2.1- Motor-Scheibenw.-vorne Schalfer-Scheibenwischer-hinlen Format a
1
Status
2 |
Mikrofilm

9M2.2- Motor-Scheibenw.-hinten T aster-Scheibenwaschanlage 2802.07 Lennarhz Benennung

0103.07 Wagner
9M4 - Mctor-Scheibenwaschanlage Schalfer-Heckscheibenheizung Schal tplan
9R4 - Heckscheibenheizung DC/DC-Wandler Scheibenwi.-lnt./Hs-Hzg.
>irtiniinnsnwnn<er Stiicklistennummer
9R6 - Frontscheibenheizung Klemmsockel-minus
1
99503871 lErscL
"SchutzverTiErk nach DIN ju baachten"
 Option-Spg.-Wandler Sicherung im Crundgerae
9F1 9F5 F1 1F9 F18

00

XS XB11

Minus QV

XB90
XE90/ I-XB14/C

Xbytl/ 5-XB9A/1

XB9D/7-XB91/1

X891/1-XB90/7
<BVl/2-5F1 L i
Qptinrial
<B91/2-5PI SP1-XB94/ m f Seiienscheibenheizumj
KB9i/i-SPl SPI-9M4/-
XB9A- KS94 1 XB94- 1 XS9ÿ
XB90/5-XB94/1 XS94 XB116/3-X&94.1/1
XS9V1/2-XBI16/&
XB9222 •XB68/7 XB68/2-XB94/3 KS96.1 XB94 1/3 XS94, /3-X694.1/-!
ÿ\XB2£j2J<B93/2 SP 1 -XB94/4 XS?<..1A-XB9«..1A XS94 /4-XB94.1/4
£ XB92/4-9M1,/
XB927 n9 3 1

X&92/7-X&93/3

2U1
[Steuerung Hebenj

F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung
9FI - Steuers.-Scheibenwischer XB1I6 J L2 L3
9F5 - Steuers.-Scheibenheizung
K6 - Schuetz-Spannunqseinsch. MpK / r
ÿ

9M2.1 - Motor-Scheibenw.-vorne
9M2.2- Mctor-Scheibenw.-hinten
9M4 - Mo tor- 5c heibenwas chantage i— U 9S1.1
9R4 -
Heckscheibenheizung
9R6 - Frontscheibenheizung 9M2.2
9S1 - Schalter-Scheibenwischer-vorne
9S1.1 - Schalter-Scheibenwischer-hinten Format status Mikrafil
01.03.06 Stanqtmair
9S10 - Taster -Sc he ibenwaschanlage BdLIE benennung
Wagner
9S12 - Schal ter-Heckscheibenheizung Spe Schal rpLan
9R7 Seitenscheibenheizung
U1 - DC/DC-WandLer Scheibenheizung kompletf
9K6 Retais - Scheibenheizung
X1/- - Ktemmsockel-minus »innnnnsrK.rner

9F17 Sicherung Optionen Scheibenheizung komplett 99502338 1)1 Bl

 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F2

24V 0 or B
-=§
I I II

XB110 XS110

Si Iz lei tung © XB61

7S82 ©

ÿ H IJ
XB 10 XS10

© 7S9 - Sitzschal. ter

® 7S82 - Schalter Gurtschloss

—
© 7M2 - Motor Sitzverstel lung Datum
Bearb 09 08 05
Name
Kuba
Format a
A3
Status
2 |
Mikrofilm

9F2 - Steuers.-Sitzheizung Cepr. 09.08.05 Schmid, M. Benennung

Norm 10.03.05 Tristl
9R2 - Sitzheizung Schaltplan luftgefed.
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Sitz/Sitzheiz. 24V
Zeichnungsnummer Stuck listennummer Blatt
XV- - Klemmsockel-minus

1
a 535336 9x
Zust Anderunq
12.08.05 STS
Datum Name Urspr.:
99501273
Ers.f.: |Er s.d.:
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"

 Option-Spg- Wandler
9F2

2tV Ci

-Hi
I I II

7S9
XB10 XS10
XB61
1
H 7S82

H 9S3
D-f 9R2
XB110 XS110
-
5"

7S9 - Silzschaller
7SS2 - Schaller Gurtschloss
9R2 - Sibzheizung Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm
Sifzheizung: Bearb 19.02.07 Kanmerer A3
9S3 - Schalber-Sitzheizung Gepr. 19.02.07 Lernartz Eenennunc
Wagner
9F2 - Steuers.-Sitzheizung Spannung;2tV SPE, SchaL tplan
Leistungica 80W
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Fahrersitz MSG85 m. Hzc
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer BLatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus

Zust Anderuncj_ Da hum Name Ursÿ

99504256
Ers f.: Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A- beachfen"

 5 I 6

Sicherung im Grundgeraet":
9F2 F1 "~i
i K6
1U1.1

3.
d=to
1F2 . B- L1
O O O
L2 L2

_ i

7S9
XB10 XS10
3 Si Izlaifunq XB61
1 n 1
H 7S82

3mpr.|—I o H 9S3
tzh. |-1 7M2 ©
9R2
XB14/C-XB110/1 _
XB110 XS110
f1 4_
1U1.1/B— XB110/2 T r

F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung
9F2 - Steuers -Sitzheizung
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinsch.
© 7M2 - Motor Sitzverstellung
9R2 - Sitzheizung Datum Nane Format
A3 Status Mikrof ilm
Bearb 2206 06 Jaenich
7S9 - Sitzschalter Gepr. 22.06.06 Lernartz Eenennunc
Norm 23.06.06 Wagner
7S82- Schalter Gurtschloss Schaltplan Fahrersitz
9S3 - Schalter Sitzheizung MSG65/75 m. Hzg./Kompr.
2eichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren-rts.
54995i. 2x
Zust Anderunq
26.09.06 GJ
Datum Name Urspr •
9950285A-
Ers.f.: Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN IU beachten"

 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F2

ÿ««HI
2UV 0 00 &

I I I I

7S9
XB10 XS10
XB61
n===i B
1
7S82

_=nV
|-1 9S3
izmftf v
' 7M2
ilfh ]-1
XB110 XS110 9R2
rt
±
,1 4

7M2 - M:tor-Sitzverstellung
7S9 - Sitzschalter
7S82 - Schlatter Gurtschloss
9R2 - Sitzheizung Datum Name Format Status Mikro film
Luftkompressor: Bearb 0510.05 Kuba
9S3 - SchaLter-Sifzheizurg Gepr 0510 05 Schmid. M Benennung
Norm 0510.05 Wagner
9F2 - Steuers -Sitzheizung Spannung:2W SPE, Schaltplan
Leistung ca 110W
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler JHHRjUHHMCri# Fahrersitz MSG75 m. Hzc
Zeichnungsnummer StOcklistennummer Blatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus
99501603 01

E Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr Ers f

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 54 beachten"
lErsd
01 Bl
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F2

2UV o oo &

i i i i

7S9
XB10 XS10
3 XB61
i 7S82

h 9S3
9R2
XB110 XS110
tl J 4

7S9 - Sitzschatter
7S82 - Schalter Gurfschloss
9R2 - Sitzheizung Datum Name Format a t Status Mikrofilm
SiFzheizung: Bearb Kuba AJ 2 |
9S3 - SchaLter-Sitzheizurg uepr 0510 05 Schrnid. M Benennung
0510.05 Wagner
9F2 - Steuers -Sitzheizung Sparnurig:2W SPE, Schaltplan
Leistung ca 80W
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Fahrersitz MSG65 m. Hzg.
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus
99501606 01

E Zust lArid&runq Datum Name Urspr Ers t

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"
lErs d
01 Bl
 Option-Spg.-Wandl&r
U1
I I
I I

2UV 0 00 &
XB11
XS11'
'' XV-
I I CO
I I X
I I
I I I I I I
SMIL 1 |
I I L
I J I
J

XB10 XS10
XB61r
1 L

—<* O 7S9
±
XS110
u
2

Datum Name Format Status Mikro film

Bearb 0510.05 Kuba
Gepr 0510 05 Schmid. M Benennung
Norm 0510.05 Wagner
7S9 - Sitzschalter SPE, Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler JHHRjUHHMCri# Fahrersitz MSG20
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus
99501607 01

E 1 Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr Era f

"Schut2vermerk nach GIN 54 beachten"
lErsd
01 Bl
 Sicherung im Grundgeraeh
9F2 F1 i i

9S3
1 XB108
, XB108/1-XBH./C

XB108/5-XB110/1 XB108/S-XB110/1
o- XE10a/7-XB1<»/1 Si Iz lei Iuru) XB61
1. X&109/1-XB1Q8/7
ÿ X&109/2-1U1 1/B-
7S9
XB109
XB10 XS10

9R2

Zust A nd e r ij ri q Datum NameUrspr Ers f

_ "Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34- beachten"
 7S9 - Sifzschalter

7S9
O
m
©

XB61
Hit |l

5C

XS10 XS110
II
XB10

el el?

Datum Name Format Status Mikrof ilm

Bearb 0510 05 Kuba A4 2
Gepr. 05 10 05 Schmid M Benennung
Norm 0510 05 Wagner
SPE, SchaLf plan
Fahrersitz ISRI
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt

9950 16 1B 01
01 Bt.

0 Zust Anderun Datum Name Ur c.pr Ers f

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachien"
Ers d
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F2

AV 0 Oli [

fhWh!
I I I I

____
XB110 XS110
rt
™

::::S=E
1
% n
2

Ui_ L_
a XB61| II
7S9

9R2
XB10 XS10 cr 1
-Kftmpr |-
7M2

7S9 - SitzschaL ter

9F2 - Sfeuers.-Sitzheizung Kompressor: Datum Name Format ad
AJ
Status
2 |
Mikrofilm
Bearb Kuba
9R2 - Sitzheizung Spannung-2ÿV uepr 0510 05 Schrnid. M Benennung
0510.05 Wagner
7M2 - Motor Sitzverstellung Leishung-ca HOW SPE, Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Savas Fahrersitz
Zeictinungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt
X1/- - Klemmsockel -minus
99501616 01

E 1 Zust lAnderunq Datum Urspr

"Schutzvermerk nach GIN
Er;t
beachten"
|Ers d
01 Bl
 Sicherungen im Grundgeraet Option-Spg - Wandler
9F2 F1 3F1

on
_1 L2 L
o o o

7K30

10 XB110
Silzleilung I XBIIQ/I-Xeu/C
7S9 XB110/2-1U1.1/B-

XS10 XB10.1 XS10.1 XB10

1 XB61 ÿ 3 K XB10 1/1-XB179/6 XB179/2-XS101/1 U XB10/1-SP7/3
7S82 XB179/7-XS10.1/2 T X&10/2-SP8/Z
Sitzheizung: 6
, XB10.1/3-XB179/8 XB179/6-XS10.1/3 £ X&10 / <B1/ 11
ÿ XB10.1/I-X1/- XBWt-5PB/3

Spannung 48V
Strom max. 2A 9S3
9R2

F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung
3F1 - Sicherung-24V Achtung:
In Verbindjng init Sonderschalter "Codeschloss Dataschalt" muss die Reihenfolgp der
9F2 - Steuers-Sitzheizung Kabelsaetze vom Geraet zur Sizleitung engehalten werden.
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinsch. XB1Q vom Grundgeraet mit dem Kabelsatz vom Codeschloss. darn mit dem Kabelsatz
von der Gurtschlossueberwachung und am Ende mit der Sitzleitung verbunden werden.
7K30 - Modul Gurtschlossueberwachung
9R2 - Sitzheizung
7S9 - Sitzschalter
7S82- Schalter Gurfschloss Format fi
AZ
*h Status
2 |
Mikrofilm

9S3 - Schalter Sitzheizung 19 07.06 Lennartz Benennung

20.07.06 Wagner
Ul - DC/DC-Wandler Schaltplan
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren-rts. Gs.-Ueberw.MSG65 m. Hzg.
?«chnungsnu*ir»r Stiicklistennummer
X1/- - Klemrnsockel Minus 99ÿ03014
I "SchutzverTErk nach DIN 34 baachten"
 Sicherungen im Grundgeraet Option-Spg - Wandler
9F2 F1 3F1

on
_1 L2 L
o o o

7K30

10 XB110
Silzleilung I XBIIQ/I-Xeu/C
7S9 XB110/2-1U1.1/B-

XS10 XB10.1 XS10.1 XB10

1 XB61 ÿ 3 K XB10 1/1-XB179/6 XB179/2-XS101/1 U XB10/1-SP7/3
7S82 XB179/7-XS10.1/2 T X&10/2-SP8/Z
Sitzheizung: 6
, XB10.1/3-XB179/8 XB179/6-XS10.1/3 £ X&10 / <B1/ 11
ÿ XB10.1/I-X1/- XBWt-5PB/3

Spannung 48V
Strom max. 2A 9S3
9R2

F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung
3F1 - Sicherung-24V Achtung:
In Verbindjng init Sonderschalter "Codeschloss Dataschalt" muss die Reihenfolgp der
9F2 - Steuers-Sitzheizung Kabelsaetze vom Geraet zur Sizleitung engehalten werden.
K6 - Schuetz-Spannungseinsch. XB1Q vom Grundgeraet mit dem Kabelsatz vom Codeschloss. darn mit dem Kabelsatz
von der Gurtschlossueberwachung und am Ende mit der Sitzleitung verbunden werden.
7K30 - Modul Gurtschlossueberwachung
9R2 - Sitzheizung
7S9 - Sitzschalter
7S82- Schalter Gurfschloss Format fi
AZ
*h Status
2 |
Mikrofilm

9S3 - Schalter Sitzheizung 19 07.06 Lennartz Benennung

20.07.06 Wagner
Ul - DC/DC-Wandler Schaltplan
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren-rts. Gs.-Ueberw.MSG65 m. Hzg.
?«chnungsnu*ir»r Stiicklistennummer
X1/- - Klemrnsockel Minus 99ÿ03014
I "SchutzverTErk nach DIN 34 baachten"
 7KB0

Z4V 41

I I I I

Option-Spg.-Wandler
ri J

Leitung SitzschaLter
und Sirzheizung XS110
=±t
XS10 XB10 1 XS10.1 XB10
7S9
O
f 1 J., XB10 1/1-XB179/4
xbioi/z-xv-
XB10 1/3-XB179/8
XB179/2-XS 10.1/1 J_. XBWjzSP7/B_
XB179/7-XS10.1/2 .
XB179/6-XS10 1/3
XB10/2-SP8/2
XB10/3-XB 1/11
X
A*
X
XB178 XS178
6 „_L XS178/1-XB68/2
U gear. 3" XS 178/2-XB179/5

Q-
7S82 n=|
XS177 XB177

Achfung.
In Vertiindung mit Sanderschalter "Codeschloss Dataschalt" muss die Reihenfolge der
Kabelsaetze vom Geraet zur Sitzleitung eingehalten werden.
XB10 vom Grundgeraet mit dem Kabelsatz vom Codeschloss, dann mit den Kabelsatz
9F2 - Sicherung-Sitzheizung von der Gurtschlossueberwachung und am Ende mit der Sitzleitung verbunden werden

7K30 - Modul Gurtsthlossueberwachung Datum Name Format Status Mikrofilm

7S82 - Schalfer Gurtschloss Bearb 20 10 05 Kuba A3 2
Gepr 20 10 05 Schmid, M Benennung
7S9 - Sifzschalter Nor m 2110.05 Wagner
SPE, Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Gurtschlossueberw. MSG20
XI/- - Klemmsockel Minus Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer BlaH

99501727 01

E Zust lAnderunq Datum Name Urspr Ers t

"Schuf 2vermerk nach DIN 54 beachfen"
lEr;d
01 Bl
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F10

II []l4?._ 0 [] []

5'

|
3933*
aaaasi
aaaasi
i
i

1K35

INTERFACE
7620 O

XS195 XBW5 XB1 XS1

m ÿwmrwr
Xfii«/S-X6M«
ymnzmmn
M6iW6-1ki5;«~
SP1
, SPVI-1K3S/86
XB180 XS180
I-XjVDÿEfl. ,,-L br
XB12/2-X&1/1

XB12/5-X&V3

X612/i-XBU5
7B21 O

7B20 - Sensor-Fahrertuer-rechf s
7B21 - Sensor-Fahrertuar -links
D3 - Freilauf diode
9F10 - Sicherung-Rueckhalfesystem
1K35 - Fahrtf reigaberelais
1S2 - Fahrschalter A2
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Gepr Benennung

X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus Schaltplan

Bodyguard m.Ueberwachung
Zeichnungsnummer Sfucklislennuminer BlaH*

E I
AndHur.u Uispr
"Schutzvermerk nach DIN
520 B 2561
3ÿ beachten"
JETÿT
01
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
9F10

If 0 [] ] []
5 111

INTERFACE
la 9 "a
ÿ3
asÿasi
aaassi
i 1 1 i i

8UA3 XB1 XS1

mi
! XB180 XS180
~
XB12/2-XB1/1
RL1
I l_L_
-XftU/S-X&VSbT"

Ml
X
v9 i 5tFiJ74ÿxET/r_
tflTtf7J-XTi75

Lwi— ml

7B20

XS195 XB195
X&1WMPVJ XB19VJ-SP1/3
SP1 SP1A-XB18J/4
XMW3-XMK7I~ '
TFttmoWT-
XB195/S-SPV1 JH7TIkWTTT
XMW5-5H21 "

XB1W4-SPm " XB19S/6-SP2/1 Pj SP2/3-XBiai/i~

7B21 |

XB1S2/2-7K3V15 7KS1/31-XB181/X

XB203 XS2Q3
Xb182/1-?KJ1/iO
XBTBTCTKlUiirXM
7B20 - Sensor -Fahrertuer-rechts 7K31/87a-XB201/3 7K3VS7a-XyOi/l
£Pi/r-xÿ3iA ;jt.
7B21 - Sensor -Fahrertuer -links 7K31
UH2
D3.2 - Freilauf diode
9F10 - Sicherung-Rueckhalte system
UH2 - Warnsumtner
8U48 - Relaismodul
7K31 - Zeitrelais abfallverzoegert-einsfeltbar A2
Gepr Benennung
1S2 - Fahrschalter
Schaltplan
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler
Bodyguard Ueberw /Signal
X1/- - Klemmsockel-minus Zeichnungsnummer Stucklislennuminer

E flndprunq Uispr
99501396
"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3& beachten"
JETÿT
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
U1 9F10

« []
i i
i i

iix 0 (MS-
XB11
XS11
i i

M XI/- i] [i [] []
i i
i
is ÿ

—
i i
<
! ! Lh
II
i i
j

Elektronik-Steuerung
f. Rueckhaltesystem

Sensor Baÿeriehaube

Sensor obere Endlage

** Sensor unfere Endlage

** Sensor Handbremse

4»—ÿ—<•> ~
Versorgungsspannung
___f

Rueckhaltesystem
9E12
"n°

9F10 - Sicherung- Rueckhaltesystem

9E12 - Rueckhaltesystem
4S2 - Schalter-HamJbrpmssteUung
A2
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler Gepr ftenennung

XI/- - Klemrnsockel-minus Schaltplan

"ERS"
Zetchnungsnummer SEucklislennuminer ElaH-

E ZusMAndfrung Dahir_ Nam? i

Schutzvermprk
•
520
_ 3 2518
nach DIN 34 beachten"
01
 Option-Spg.-Wandler
U1 ii 9F10
ii

XB11
XS11 ÿtt
II
XI/- 0 [] [II 1 G
-ÿffM II
1 1 _/ \_ÿ '

5 11 II
III!:: — II
I
II
I

Elektronik-Steuerunq
f. RueckhaJtpsystem

Sensor Baffenehaube

Sensor obere Endloge

Sensor unfere Endlage

f,1*! Sensor Handbrornse

XTs*
* •—77-
>525 'A°

Rueckhaltesystem

9E12
'52 A°
-o

9F10 - Sicherung-Rueckhaltesystem
9E12 - Rueckhaltesystem
US2 - Schclter-Handbremsslellung
7S25 - Schalter-Batterieverriegelung A2
Benennung
U1 - DC/DC-Wandler
Schaltplan
XI/ — Klprrmsockel-minus
"ERS-AS"
Zetchnungsnummer Sfucklislennummer Blaff

E Andprung

T
Name i
Schutzvermprk nach DIN
'
520
_ B 2515
beachten"
ZITrr
01
 1S2

HRS-E Rueckhaltesystem
ÿ2. ri
7S73
r!
sw
cK©-
br
Interface

CQ
X 2i
allI alii i£il ail eol

siaaas
sisisiagi
i i i i i
i i i i i XS1
XB180 XS180 XBWZ-XB1/1
I | | I XB12/5-XB1/2 J. br
riiL.
"
XB12/5-XB1/5
I L X_BJ2/6_-XB1/i,
i XB12A-XB1/5

XB181 i XS181

br S br
SM r—"t "w

7S73 - Tuerschalter
1S2 - Fahrschalter
Datum Name Format Status Mikrofil m
Bearb 17 09 03 A3 2 _L
Ijepr 18 09 03 Schmid. M Benennung
18 09 03 Wagner
Schaltplan
Rueckhaltesystem HRS-E
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistpnnijmmer Blatt
_
52020100 01
_ Bl_
0 Zust
&0Q001 1x
Anderunq
26 01 PL HR_
Datum Name ÿrs£r_ Ersf ÿ

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"

IE r 5 d
j)1
 1S1 -
Fahrtrichfungsschalfer
4S1 -
Taster-Hupe

1S1 br
XS50 XB50
br , XB50/1zSP10/2_
B j—\nhv—1_ qn XB50/2lSP.10/3_
B
,Q Q„
ge 9n , XB50/3IXB6/_2_
qe . XB50/A_-XB6ÿ1_
XB50/5lSP.10/i.

Jl
XB50/6-XB6/3

Datum Name Format Status Mikrof ilm

Bearb 21. OA. 05 Jaenich A4 2
Gepr. 25.04.05 Schmid, M. Benennung
Norm 25.04.05 Wagner
SchalfpLan Fahrfrichfg.-
D schalter a. Lenksaaule
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt

Zust Anderunq Datum NamelUrspr.:

52043043
Ers.f Ers.d.:
01
01 Bl,

'Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten'

 Druckschaller
Sicherung Luefter
Kfc IF y F18 LLef ter
u/_u<iyLi
>. 'i :,v. Luef ler
B_adegeraef
kBV-Spannungsvrri
Sleuerung-Heben
Spg - wandler Schuetz-Spannungseinschaltung
Klemmsockel plus

44-3 in
_ yi'di-jflus/x
BL 1 —.Jffilftittft
T IL
---
1

JLiUiaVTJlQ :'• I V .'

y./j-nvn

...1
__
KB27
xetVLIhi/L
t
4 - mm
nP-Hebel
S3
EF-=t* «f-

JWQU«W-
iMffinnil I

Sjnj
£51 I

51 II I I ; '
\*& I i'ÿ'h

>'««kerlMl X61T
ipjlog inpul

bil'iuliallpr

1 IMHIBIT
? T h#r rituhu 11

Iais
'!=
+ÿ ÿ

t-t-ri
l_' JWa-iBiraÿ
n tt'JUJUUl
_

kiikMiOl iUni
: Fÿj.r II—n-n,
-I'
"
"ÿÿI""" I«-»>3spe Schaltplan
On-Bord-Ladfstetkdose
9950?8t>1
EtNui2>er"i?rh naik DIM ~.-L taatr'tp
 Sicherungen im Grundgeraet

A- F 10 F1 ~~i
K6
1U1.1 1Q_

XT

b»
q=£>
1F2 .-o LI
O O O
L2 L3

9M1.1 SP2 SP1 9M1.B

a(ÿ) 6 (ÿ)m
L
QQ o©
rt
XB1i6 XBK"?
br II)
bl (11
br 12)
bl (21
±±

F1 - Gesamtsteuersicherung
ÿF10 - Sicherung-Luef ter Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm
Bearb 2? 1107 Jaenich A3
K6 - Schuetz-Spanniingseinschaltung Gepr. 28.11.07 Lernartz Eenennunc
Wagner
9 M 1.1 - Lueffer-Motor-Fahren Schaltplan
9 M 1. 3 - Lueffer-Motor-Fahiren-2 Zusatzluef ter A8V
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklisfennummer BLatt
1U1.1- Steuerung-Fahren-rechts
99505864 01
01 Bl.
Zusÿ ÿnderun£_ Da hum Name Ursÿ Ers f.: Ers.d ÿ

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A- beachfen"

 Option-Spg.-Waridler
U1
2S4

XB11
XS11
(tvo 00 B
Y
O-Lq
E
430
I I I I
I I I L.

><B199
1 XB199/1-7K5/30
ÿS\XB199/1-XB200/2
2 XB199/5-7K5/86
2S90
XB166 XS166
7K5/30-XB166/1 ,± br
B200 XI — XB166/2
_L XB200/1-XB70/6
XB200/2-XB199/1

Anschluss bei SP

X x

2F14 Sicherung-Ventilsteuerung
6U4 6U5
U1 DC/DC Wandler
X1- Klemmsockel-minus CAN INTERFACE 3 CAN INTERFACE 4
7K5 Ueberbrueckungsrelais Datum Name Format Status Mikrofllm
Bearb 09 09.04 A3 2 _L
2S4 Hubbegrenzungsschatter Gepr 13 09 04
Hobmaier
Si:hmid. M EJenennunq
6U4 CAN Interface 3 (SP) 13 09 04 Wagner
Schaltplan
6U5 CAN Interface 4 (MP) Hubabschaltung m.Ueberbr.
2S90 Taster Ueberbrueckung VerriegeLung Heben T11064 1x 16 02.05 HR
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistpnnijmmer Blatt
_
52033513 01
£1_ Bl_
0 1 Zust
T1Q94? 1x
Anderunq
21 1QQ4 ILL
Datum |Name| Urspr Ers f
"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3t beachten"
IE r 5 d
 Option-Spg.-Wandler

XB11 U
2k<J 0
n ÿ4

6B7
T
Mi,
IE4
_ XBK8
XB1A8/1-XB15Q/3
XB 148/2-XB150/2

Wh£ XB 148/5-XBISO/ 1

© XB150
© XS150 WW

6P9
C /UB
A /UE
B /UO
—>
_9L_
_an_
6B7
9F17
6P9
- Neigungswinkelsensor
- Sicherung Optionen
- Neigungswinkelanzeige
_ge_ U1 - DC/DC-WandLer
X1- - Klemmsockel minus

Datum Format Status Mikrof ilm

Bearb 09.0506 Jaenich A3
Gepr. 11.0506 Lernartz Eenennunc
Wagner
Schaltplan
Neigungswinkelanzeige
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt

547939 3x
Zust Anderunÿ_
20.06.06 GJ
Da hum Name Ursÿ
99502674
Ers.f.: Ers.d ÿ
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A- beachfen"

 1S3.1

O
Q- -Q

XS66
XB66
D

1S3.1 Schleichfahrfs.-Masf
6U4- CAN Interface
XB7
-(Nmj-Lnvor+-coo\ÿÿÿ:

6U4 (6U5)
CAN INTERFACE
Datum Name Format Status Mikrofilm
Bearb 20.07 04 Kammerer AA 2
Gepr. 21 07.04 Schmid, M. Benennung
Norm 22.07.04 Wagner
Schaltplan-Schleichfahrt
fuer alle Hubhoehen ®
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt

B00001 - a 27.04.05 GJ 52032133 01

01 Bl.
Zust Anderunt]_ Datum_jNarne[Urs£rÿ Ers.f.; Ers.d.:
'Schufzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"
B
1S2 - Fahrschalter
7S3 - Tofmannschalter

XB 12/ 2.-_X Bl/1_

y XB.12/3rXBL/2_
XB.12/4_-XBi/5_
XB.12/5=XB1Z3_.
__XB.12/6rXBL(k.

Datum Name Format Status Mikrofilm

Bearb 16.05.07 Kammerer 2
Gepr. 16.0507 Schmid, M. Benennung
Norm 16.0507 Wagner
SchaltpLan
Tofmannschalter
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer Blatt

05094087 01
01 Bl.
Zust Anderunt]_ Datum_jNarne|Urs£rÿ Ers.f.; Ers.d.:
'Schufzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten"
 Sicherung im Grundgeraet:
9F9 F1 1F9 F18 ~~l
K6
1U1.1 6.
5
<r
i_n

, 1F2 B- LI L2 LB
rt 0'
b=b* ÿ0' O O O'
2

Optional auch moeglich:

XB13/A Oder XB14/C

XB4-5 Jkjf
F1 GesamtsFeuersicherung
I
L_ 9F9 Sichierung-Fleizung-Anzeige
I
K6 ScFiuefz-Spannungseinsch.
XBW
1U1.1 Sfeuerung-Fahreri-rts.
iV¥*r-i 6U3 Inforrnationsanzeige

—
Datum Name Format a ÿ Status MikrofiLm
6U3 Bearb. 29.06.04 Kammerer Ad 2 I
Gepr. BO.06.04 Schmid. M. Benennung

Muififunkfionsanzeige Norm 30.06.04 Waqner

Schal tplan
Kuehlhaus-SP
Zeichnungsnummer Stucklistennummer BLatt

Zust Anderunq Datum Name Urspr.:

52031363
Ers.f.: |Ers.d.:
01
01 Bl.

"Schutzvermerk nach DIN 3A beachten"

 9E1B Spannungswandler A 8/24 V galv.getr.
C2 C1 8S41 7U6
F3.1

0 []
rrl
XB173 JJ J XB172
XB231
.-ittrrrrrfii § I
111
I+H
§ 3
I ÿ i
L1 H Ql REV
[ Jrn+l .ÿ

Xr~ g=aa ubbe

P
m
still
133
X
w>
>w
- Veriorgungsspanngng
- Ver>orgung»ipannung
- 2-t V
OV
-3 gri - Schallsignal Rueckvaerl*

SP1
XB231/1-SPV4 _ XB17i 1 XS17*. 1
XE2B2/ l-<P 1/B
WW/J.Wifi
n , SPI/2-XL'i
„ LJ
, >4 1/1
SP7/1-XH.1H 1/7
SP1/2-XB17i 1/1
SP*/1.)teiK 1/3
Anschlusskabel MK73

"fa'
-
SP2

XB232 i
XS2B2
II

o o
Nastkabel MKJ61B SH SSH MoniEorkatel HK2A
9E9 9E8 it
bl

9E7 - Monror
9E8 - Kamera 1
9E9 - Kamera 2
9E13 -
ÿ
Kamera Umschaltbox A2 _L
F3 1 - Sicherung 2UV Gepr
Wagn»r
Berenriung

8S4 1 - Umschalfer Kamera 1/2 SPE, SchaltpLan

7U6 - DC/DC- Wandler 48/2AV Monitorueberwachung (KH)
Zeichnungsnummtr BlaH
SEucfclistennumner
_
B ÿ i D£un_
995017A-3
"Schutzvgrmerk nach DIN jl* bgachfen"
ÿtLL
01
 tUNGHEINRICH EFG 2xx / 3xx 05.04 9.1 (GB)
9. Hydraulic diagrams

Drawing no. Date Pages Description

05074932 03.04 1/1 Hydraulic diagram 3 and 4 wheel with proportional valve (Multi Pilot)
05074933 03.04 1/1 Hydraulic diagram 3 and 4 wheel with manual control (Multi Pilot)
 Neigzylinder rts
90 ©
Leitungsbruchsicherungen im Hubzylinder boden 1.6 2.0
im mittleren H.Z.: ZZ u. DZ-Mast 5017937 OK OK [
im ausseren H.Z.. ZT/ZZ u. DZ-Mast 5086434 5110379

Steuerblock
Leitungsbruchsicherung

ZT-Masr
rlubzylinder
Lenkeinheit

190 (T>
iqk L17

LenkhiL f e-Aggregat
11
1 4555902

[Lieferum-
fana - St

Druckfilter

ZZ-Mast 1
Hubzyhnder

60(1) (Schlau

Leitungsbruchsicherung

Verteilerblock
Hydrauuk-Agqregat

© in Stueckl. Hydraulische Leitung Lenkung LE/400AH 5046082

© in Stueckl Hydraulische Leitung Lenkung LE/500AH 50A6083
Hubzyhnder © in Stueckl. Hydraulische Leitung Lenkung LE/6O0AH 5046084
© in Stueckl. Hydraulische Leitung Lenkung KE/S00AH S046085
DZ-Mast © in Stueckl. Hydraulische Leitung Lenkung KE/600AH 5046086

Neigzylinder Iks. © © in Stueckl. Hubgerues' UES 50537A 9/50 ©

© in Stueckl Lenkhilfeaggregat 5041722 Oelbehaelter vollst.
© in Stueckl Lenkung kompl. rait Lenkhilfe 5041713

© in Stueckl. Hydraulikaggregat 48V 5041551

© in Stueckl Hydr. Leitung ST.-O-MP 5074 934 HYDRAULIKPLAN 3 u. A-Rad

mil Prop-Ventil

05074932~iÿ~
Schutzvermgrk nach
o IVJ
M

© ©
© © © ©

Zusatzfunktionen

© © © © ©
Zusatzfunktionen

Y Y

<OwJ j

Lenkzylinder Vierrad Lenkzylinder Dreirad